<PAGE> 1
As Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 1997.
Registration No. 33-95436
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 9
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
------------------------
<TABLE>
<C> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 2679 76-0171625
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (IRS employer identification number)
incorporation or organization) Classification Code)
</TABLE>
100 TRI-STATE DRIVE, SUITE 200, LINCOLNSHIRE, ILLINOIS 60069
(847) 945-9100
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
------------------------
G. DOUGLAS PATTERSON, ESQ.
VICE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL COUNSEL
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
100 TRI-STATE DRIVE, SUITE 200
LINCOLNSHIRE, ILLINOIS 60069
TELEPHONE NO.: (847) 945-9100
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
------------------------
WITH COPIES TO:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
WILLIAM R. KUNKEL PAUL W. THEISS
SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM (ILLINOIS) MAYER, BROWN & PLATT
333 W. WACKER DRIVE 190 SOUTH LASALLE STREET
CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60606 CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603
TELEPHONE NO.: (312) 407-0700 TELEPHONE NO.: (312) 782-0600
</TABLE>
------------------------
APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC: As soon as
practicable after this registration statement has become effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [ ]
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the
following box and list the registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [ ]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
------------------------
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
EXPLANATORY NOTE
This Registration Statement contains two forms of prospectus: one to be
used in connection with an offering in the United States and Canada (the "U.S.
Prospectus") and one to be used in a concurrent international offering outside
the United States and Canada (the "International Prospectus"). The complete U.S.
Prospectus follows immediately. Following the U.S. Prospectus are certain pages
of the International Prospectus, which include an alternate front cover page, an
alternate underwriting section and an alternate back cover page. All other pages
of the U.S. Prospectus and the International Prospectus are identical.
<PAGE> 3
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT
BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR
SHALL
THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION IN WHICH
SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR
QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE OR JURISDICTION.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED SEPTEMBER 26, 1997
PROSPECTUS
8,400,000 SHARES
IVEX LOGO
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
------------------------
Of the 8,400,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common
Stock"), of Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company" or
"Ivex"), being offered hereby, 6,700,000 shares are being offered by the Company
and 1,700,000 shares are being offered by Acadia Partners, L.P. and certain
related investors (the "Selling Stockholder" or "Acadia"). The Company will not
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Selling Stockholder. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
Of the 8,400,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 6,720,000 shares are
being offered initially in the United States and Canada by the U.S. Underwriters
(the "U.S. Offering"), 1,680,000 shares are being offered initially in a
concurrent international offering outside the United States and Canada by the
International Managers (the "International Offering," and together with the U.S.
Offering, the "Offerings") and shares are being sold directly by the
Company to employees of the Company and certain other individuals. The initial
public offering price and the underwriting discount per share are identical for
each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. For a discussion relating to factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price, see "Underwriting." It is anticipated that the
initial public offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.
The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "IXX," subject to official notice of issuance.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) STOCKHOLDER
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share............ $ $ $ $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)............. $ $ $ $
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offerings payable by the Company estimated
at $1,000,000.
(3) The Company has granted to the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers options to purchase up to an additional 1,008,000 shares and
252,000 shares of Common Stock, respectively, in each case exercisable
within 30 days of the date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
If such options are exercised in full, the total Price to Public,
Underwriting Discount and Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and
$ , respectively. See "Underwriting."
------------------------
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and to
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York,
on or about , 1997.
------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
<PAGE> 4
The following photographs depict applications of the Company's plastic and paper
packaging products. The Company is not the exclusive provider of packaging
products to the companies whose name-branded products appear below.
[photo of man]
Medical Packaging
[photo of woman]
Supermarket Deli Containers
[photo of food]
Home Meal Replacement Packaging
[photo of car]
Surface Protection
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THE OFFERINGS MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE STABILIZING, THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK TO COVER
SYNDICATE SHORT POSITIONS AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION
OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
<PAGE> 5
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and
notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus. Except where the context
otherwise requires, all references in this Prospectus to the "Company" or "Ivex"
are to Ivex Packaging Corporation and its direct and indirect wholly owned
subsidiaries, and all references to "IPC" are to IPC, Inc. and its direct and
indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. IPC is the only direct subsidiary of Ivex
and is wholly owned. All share and per share data in this Prospectus reflect the
9.65-for-1 split of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company effective
immediately prior to the Offerings and assume no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment options. See "Underwriting."
THE COMPANY
Ivex is a vertically integrated specialty packaging company that designs
and manufactures value-added plastic and paper-based flexible packaging
products. The Company believes that it is the leading provider of customized
packaging in specialty markets, ranking first or second in markets representing
approximately 65% of the Company's revenues. Ivex has increased sales and
profitability by focusing on niche markets that provide attractive margins and
growth and where the Company's integrated manufacturing capabilities enhance its
competitive position. Ivex serves a variety of markets, providing packaging for
food, medical devices and electronic goods and protective packaging for
industrial products.
Over the past several years, the Company has executed a comprehensive
growth strategy based upon (i) achieving internal growth through product
extensions and further penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth
through strategic acquisitions. The Company has completed six acquisitions since
1995. Since 1993, net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT (as defined
herein) have increased at compound annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and
20.8%, respectively, and, excluding such acquisitions, of 4.7%, 8.7% and 16.8%,
respectively.
MARKETS
Consumer Packaging. The Consumer Packaging product group designs and
manufactures plastic and paper-based products for food packaging applications
and, more recently, for applications in the medical and electronics industries.
The Company produces a broad array of items, including plastic containers for
prepared foods, produce and baked goods; specialty paper products such as fluted
baking cups and liners for cookies and other baked goods; microwaveable
packaging materials; and protective packaging for medical devices and
electronics products. The Consumer Packaging product group markets its products
to a variety of end users, including national wholesale bakeries, supermarket
chains, foodservice distributors, fast-food chains, major agricultural growers,
medical equipment suppliers and electronics manufacturers. The Company also
manufactures a variety of plastic sheet and film products from several different
resins for internal use and sales to third party converters. Ivex is the leading
producer of oriented polystyrene ("OPS") sheet in North America. The Consumer
Packaging product group represented approximately 56% of the Company's net sales
and 58% of the Company's Adjusted EBITDA during the 12 months ended June 30,
1997.
Industrial Packaging. The Industrial Packaging product group manufactures
and coats film, paper and foil products for protective packaging and specialty
papers. The Company produces products for some of the fastest growing
applications in the protective packaging industry, including film and paper
maskings and self-sealing coated packaging applications. These products are
marketed primarily to consumer durable goods manufacturers, automotive
companies, other industrial manufacturers and integrated paper producers. The
Company also manufactures a variety of recycled kraft paper made from
post-consumer and post-industrial fibers and specialty lightweight paper made
primarily from virgin pulp for internal use and sales to third party converters.
The Industrial Packaging product group represented approximately 44% of the
Company's net sales and 42% of the Company's Adjusted EBITDA during the 12
months ended June 30, 1997.
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Ivex seeks to differentiate itself from other packaging providers by
offering customized packaging that addresses the specialized needs of its
customers. The Company's goal is to be the number one or number two
3
<PAGE> 6
provider of customized packaging in its markets. Ivex believes it has a number
of key strengths that support its ability to implement this strategy:
Focus on Niche Markets. Ivex focuses primarily on markets with attractive
margin and growth characteristics. The Company's markets include the in-store
bakery, delicatessen and prepared food sections of supermarkets; foodservice
outlets; medical equipment and electronics goods manufacturers; and users of
industrial protective masking. The Company believes that these markets have been
among the fastest growing for packaging products over the past several years.
Each of these is characterized by few competitors, technological barriers to
entry, significant customer service requirements and attractive growth
potential.
Broad Product Range. Ivex manufactures a broad range of plastic and
paper-based stock and customized packaging products to provide a full service
approach to fulfilling its customers' packaging needs. Through its multi-resin
extrusion and thermoforming capabilities, Ivex is able to offer its customers a
variety of plastic packaging solutions. The Company believes its breadth of
product range and customization capabilities are competitive advantages that
allow it to be more responsive to, and provide a single supply source for, many
of its customers' packaging needs. Further, these capabilities enhance the
Company's ability to adapt to changing market preferences.
Flexible Design and Engineering. Ivex seeks to maximize opportunities
within niche markets by providing its customers with lower-cost product
development and shorter lead times than its competitors. The Company delivers
these benefits through research and development and technical expertise such as
computer-aided design and manufacturing and extensive in-house mold-making
capabilities.
Vertical Integration. Ivex pursues a vertically integrated operating
strategy in order to maximize product quality, minimize the influence of
external commodity price fluctuations and maintain its low-cost position. Within
Consumer Packaging, the Company operates two polymerization, seven extrusion and
eleven thermoforming facilities. In 1996, the Company produced 42% of its
polystyrene needs and 100% of its OPS sheet needs internally, resulting in a
significant advantage over competitors that purchase these materials in the open
market. Within Industrial Packaging, the Company's polyethylene film and paper
facilities provide important source products and product development
capabilities for many of the Company's protective packaging products.
Proprietary Technology. Ivex's proprietary technology strengthens its
product quality, market position and growth prospects in existing markets as
well as new product and geographic markets. Examples of the Company's
proprietary technology used by Consumer Packaging include extensive extrusion
process technology, low residual monomer polymerization technology and the
capability to manufacture OPS film to a gauge of less than one-thousandth of an
inch. Because of its proprietary production technology, the Company's OPS is
recognized as having a high level of quality within the industry. Within
Industrial Packaging, the Company utilizes many customized adhesive and cohesive
formulations in its surface protection and self-sealing products which
strengthen its market position and product development capabilities.
Broad Distribution Network. The geographic breadth of Ivex's manufacturing
and distribution network, including 26 plants in North America and Europe and an
extensive network of sales representatives, is another significant advantage
over the Company's competitors, which are often smaller and regionally based.
Ivex's distribution network allows it to meet the broad geographic needs of its
larger customers from a single source, which is an advantage as customers seek
to reduce their number of suppliers. Extensive geographic coverage also reduces
transportation costs and contributes to the Company's cost competitiveness.
GROWTH STRATEGY
Over the past several years, Ivex has executed a comprehensive growth
strategy based upon (i) internal growth through product extensions and further
penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth through strategic
acquisitions. Since 1993, net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT have
increased at compound annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%,
respectively, and, excluding such acquisitions, of 4.7%, 8.7% and 16.8%,
respectively. The Company believes it can continue growing sales and earnings
through its growth strategy as well as through utilizing excess cash flow to
reduce debt and interest expense.
4
<PAGE> 7
Internal Growth. Ivex intends to utilize its business strategy and strong
market position to capitalize on a number of emerging industry trends. As
supermarkets, bakeries and foodservice distributors consolidate packaging
vendors to create efficiencies, the Company plans to use its broad product
offerings and distribution capabilities to capture market share through
increased sales to these customers. Consumer trends toward convenient,
ready-to-eat food products and the increased utilization of clear plastic
packaging for more appealing presentation within the delicatessen, bakery and
produce sections of supermarkets are resulting in increasing use of OPS sheet.
As the leading producer of OPS sheet in North America, Ivex believes that it
will experience increased production and sales of OPS sheet. In addition,
manufacturers are increasingly realizing the quality and cost/benefit advantage
of using protective packaging and masking to protect products from damage or
breakage during manufacturing, handling, storage and shipping. This trend
creates additional demand for the Company's protective masking products and
corrugated cushioning materials.
Acquisitions. Ivex has pursued a disciplined acquisition program of
"bolt-on" acquisitions that are easily integrated into the Company's operations
and that meet certain defined strategic and financial return criteria. Since
1995, Ivex has completed six acquisitions that achieve a number of strategic
objectives:
- apply existing technology to new products and markets (the acquisition of
Plastofilm Industries, Inc. added medical and electronics end markets);
- fill out or extend existing product lines and markets (the acquisition of
Trio Products, Inc. added multi-resin capabilities and the acquisition of
Packaging Products, Inc. expanded surface protection product offerings);
- expand geographical presence (the acquisitions of M&R Plastics, Inc. and
AVPEX International in Canada and the European OPS business of Viskase
Limited extended operations outside the United States); and
- create rationalization opportunities (the integration of Plastofilm's
extrusion operation into Trio created a lower-cost operation).
As a market leader with a broad range of products and proven capabilities, the
Company believes that it is well positioned to continue to successfully apply
its acquisition and operating expertise to take advantage of consolidation
opportunities within the highly fragmented specialty packaging market.
------------------------
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 100 Tri-State
Drive, Suite 200, Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069, and its telephone number is
(847) 945-9100.
RISK FACTORS
Purchasers of Common Stock in the Offerings should carefully consider the
factors set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" and other information
included in this Prospectus prior to making an investment decision. In
particular, such factors include the Company's highly leveraged condition,
historical losses, the Company's dependence on subsidiary distributions,
volatility of raw material pricing, cyclical demand for certain of the Company's
products, highly competitive markets, risks associated with the Company's growth
strategy, environmental matters, the limitation on the ability of the Company to
use its net operating losses, control by principal stockholders, anti-takeover
provisions, absence of a prior public market for the Common Stock, restrictions
on the ability of the Company to pay dividends, shares eligible for future sale,
dilution and tangible net worth deficiency and nonrecurring charges in
connection with the Offerings. See "Risk Factors."
THE REFINANCING
The Offerings are a component of a comprehensive refinancing strategy of
the Company to significantly lower its interest expense, strengthen its balance
sheet and provide financial flexibility to enable Ivex to continue to pursue
investment opportunities. As part of this refinancing, IPC will enter into,
simultaneously with consummation of the Offerings, a new credit facility (the
"New Credit Facility") that will refinance its
5
<PAGE> 8
existing credit facility (the "Existing Credit Facility"). The Company intends
to use the proceeds of the Offerings together with borrowings under the New
Credit Facility to refinance substantially all of its existing indebtedness.
Specifically, IPC presently intends to use approximately $176.3 million of
the funds to be provided under the New Credit Facility to retire the entire $158
million aggregate principal amount of its 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2002 (the "12 1/2% Subordinated Notes") and pay approximately $12.4 million of
premiums and $5.8 million of accrued interest (assuming the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes are purchased September 30, 1997) pursuant to a tender offer and consent
solicitation (the "Subordinated Note Offer"). The Company presently intends to
use the proceeds of the Offerings and borrowings under the New Credit Facility
to retire all or a portion of the $160 million aggregate principal amount
($116.8 million accreted value assuming the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are
purchased September 30, 1997) of its 13 1/4% Senior Discount Debentures due 2005
(the "13 1/4% Discount Debentures") plus approximately $16.8 million of premiums
pursuant to a tender offer and consent solicitation (the "Senior Debenture
Offer" and, together with the Subordinated Note Offer, the "Offers"). See "The
Refinancing," "Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data -- Pro
Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations."
The New Credit Facility provides for aggregate maximum borrowings by IPC of
up to $475 million principal amount at variable interest rates. On a pro forma
basis at June 30, 1997, the Company expects IPC to borrow approximately $328.4
million under the New Credit Facility to (i) refinance $49.2 million outstanding
under the revolving credit portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (ii)
refinance $52.5 million outstanding under the term loan portion of the Existing
Credit Facility, (iii) apply approximately $178.2 million to the acquisition of
the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures,
(iv) lend approximately $14.0 million to certain key executives to enable them
to pay their individual income taxes payable in connection with the conversion
of the IPC Options (as hereinafter defined) and (v) pay approximately $34.6
million of fees associated with these transactions, and to utilize approximately
$45 million of availability under the New Credit Facility to refinance
outstanding letters of credit. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The
New Credit Facility," "Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data."
THE OFFERINGS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company.................. 6,700,000 shares(1)
Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholder...... 1,700,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offerings... 19,166,666 shares(1)(2)
Use of Proceeds...................................... To repay certain indebtedness. See "The
Refinancing" and "Use of Proceeds."
NYSE Symbol.......................................... The Common Stock has been approved for listing
on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE")
under the symbol "IXX," subject to official
notice of issuance.
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment options granted by the Company to
the Underwriters.
(2) Includes 2,114,133 shares of Common Stock to be issued to certain officers
of the Company concurrently with the closing of the Offerings, assuming an
initial offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the range of the
estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof), but
excludes approximately 766,667 shares (817,067 shares assuming exercise of
the over-allotment option) of Common Stock (assuming such offering price) to
be issued under outstanding stock options granted to certain officers of the
Company. See "Management -- Executive Compensation."
6
<PAGE> 9
SUMMARY SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following summary selected consolidated financial data presented below
for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the five year period ended
December 31, 1996, are derived from and should be read in conjunction with the
consolidated audited financial statements of the Company. The data as of and for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the consolidated
unaudited interim financial statements and include, in the opinion of
management, all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments)
necessary to present fairly the data for such periods. The financial data of
Ivex reflect the following acquisitions as of the respective acquisition dates:
Packaging Products, Inc. ("PPI") as of September 11, 1995; Plastofilm
Industries, Inc. ("Plastofilm") as of August 16, 1996; Trio Products, Inc.
("Trio") as of September 11, 1996; the OPS business based in the United Kingdom
(the "European OPS Business") as of January 17, 1997; and M&R Plastics Inc.
("M&R") as of February 21, 1997. The following summary selected financial data
do not reflect the impact of any pro forma adjustments for the transactions
contemplated hereby, except that the earnings (loss) per share amounts give
effect to the Company's 9.65-for-1 stock split effective immediately prior to
the Offerings.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, ENDED JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales....................... $367,649 $ 366,851 $ 390,975 $ 451,569 $ 451,807 $ 210,443 $ 264,034
Gross profit.................... 74,076 72,213 74,271 85,160 100,383 45,775 56,361
Selling and administrative...... 38,502 39,274 41,662 42,567 47,462 22,132 29,467
Amortization of
intangibles(1)................ 12,266 4,372 1,140 1,904 621 258 512
Write-off of goodwill(1)........ 113,859 13,471
Acquisition related
expense(2).................... 1,100
Restructuring and special
charges(3).................... 4,350 4,960
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations... 23,308 (90,742) 31,469 22,258 52,300 23,385 26,382
Interest expense................ 46,426 37,179 39,820 43,270 42,732 21,221 22,805
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income
taxes and extraordinary
item.......................... (23,118) (127,921) (8,351) (21,012) 9,568 2,164 3,577
Income tax provision............ (1,722) (1,177) (942) (1,113) (900) (440) (890)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item............ (24,840) (129,098) (9,293) (22,125) 8,668 1,724 2,687
Extraordinary item(4)........... (5,532) (2,359)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)............... $(30,372) $(129,098) $ (9,293) $ (24,484) $ 8,668 $ 1,724 $ 2,687
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Earnings (loss) per share(5):
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item.......... $ (12.63) $ (.90) $ (2.14) $ .84 $ .17 $ .26
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net income (loss)............. $ (12.63) $ (.90) $ (2.37) $ .84 $ .17 $ .26
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Cash flow from operating
activities.................... $ 31,195 $ 22,157 $ 15,647 $ 22,746 $ 49,202 $ 17,451 $ 1,269
Cash flow used by investing
activities.................... (11,306) (8,261) (13,057) (29,871) (38,136) (7,650) (41,689)
Cash flow from (used by)
financing activities.......... (24,838) (5,823) (6,102) 5,666 (13,074) (10,191) 45,943
Adjusted EBIT(6)................ 28,597 28,567 31,469 41,828 52,300 23,385 26,382
Depreciation and
amortization(1)............... 30,931 137,837 22,189 35,871 22,724 11,303 13,290
Adjusted EBITDA(7).............. 54,239 52,545 53,658 63,089 75,024 34,688 39,672
Capital expenditures............ 12,820 9,528 16,769 19,385 17,633 7,996 10,984
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital(8).............. $ 28,451 $ 34,729 $ 32,853 $ 38,090 $ 32,539 $ 39,885 $ 60,200
Total assets.................... 423,051 297,674 304,246 294,911 315,901 289,476 370,642
Long-term debt.................. 278,369 330,201 330,768 353,717 352,893 349,850 404,612
Redeemable preferred stock...... 50,313
Stockholders' equity
(deficit)..................... 23,899 (101,579) (111,266) (136,332) (127,344) (134,608) (124,392)
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE> 10
(1) Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill of $13,471 and the
accelerated non-cash write-off of a non-compete agreement of $1,139.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1993 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill totaling $113,859.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1992 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of non-compete agreements and a patent
totaling $5,289.
(2) Acquisition related expense totaling $1,100 was incurred during 1993 in
connection with an acquisition attempt.
(3) Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1995 include the following
special charges: $2,250 associated with IPC's special incentive agreement
with certain executive officers, $1,950 of costs related to an attempted
initial public equity offering and a reduction of land value of $760
associated with a donation of certain land to the Village of Chagrin Falls,
Ohio. Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1993 include
restructuring and special charges of $4,350, reflecting a $1,500 non-cash
write-down of certain property held for sale and costs of $2,850 related to
the reorganization of the Consumer Packaging product group, which include,
among other things, severance, transition and relocation expenses.
(4) In connection with the 1995 refinancing of IPC's credit facility, the
Company wrote off deferred financing costs of $2,359. In connection with the
1992 12 1/2% Subordinated Note offering, the Company wrote off deferred
financing costs of $5,977, net of a tax benefit of $445.
(5) The earnings (loss) per share amounts give effect to the Company's
9.65-for-1 stock split effective immediately prior to the Offerings. A loss
per share amount has not been presented for 1992 since the Company's
combined financial statement presentation and capital structure precluded
meaningful equivalent per share calculations.
(6) Adjusted EBIT includes income from operations adjusted to exclude goodwill
write-offs of $13,471 and $113,859 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1993, respectively, and acquisition related expenses of $1,100,
restructuring charges of $2,850 and special charges of $1,500 for the year
ended December 31, 1993. In addition, Adjusted EBIT for the year ended
December 31, 1995 excludes the accelerated write-off of a non-compete
agreement of $1,139 and special charges of $4,960, and for the year ended
December 31, 1992 excludes the accelerated write-off of non-compete
agreements and a patent totaling $5,289. Ivex believes that Adjusted EBIT
provides additional information for determining its ability to meet future
debt service requirements. However, Adjusted EBIT is not a defined term
under generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").
(7) Adjusted EBITDA includes income from operations adjusted to exclude
depreciation and amortization expenses, goodwill write-offs of $13,471 and
$113,859 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1993, respectively, and
acquisition related expenses of $1,100, restructuring charges of $2,850 and
special charges of $1,500 for the year ended December 31, 1993. In addition,
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes special
charges of $4,960. Ivex believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides additional
information for determining its ability to meet future debt service
requirements. However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a defined term under GAAP and
is not indicative of operating income or cash flow from operations as
determined under GAAP.
(8) Working capital is determined to be the excess of current assets over
current liabilities (including the current portion of long-term debt).
8
<PAGE> 11
SUMMARY PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(UNAUDITED)
The following summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data were
derived from and should be read in conjunction with the "Pro Forma Consolidated
Financial Data" included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following summary pro
forma consolidated financial data give effect to the transactions contemplated
hereby as if such transactions had occurred at the beginning of the periods
presented below for purposes of the statement of operations and other operating
data, and as of the dates presented below for purposes of the balance sheet
data. The following summary pro forma consolidated financial data do not reflect
the Company's actual results of operations or financial position had the
transactions contemplated hereby been consummated on the dates assumed. The pro
forma results of operations for the period ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. This
unaudited data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------- -----------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4) HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4)
---------- --------------- ---------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales............................... $451,807 $451,807 $264,034 $264,034
Gross profit............................ 100,383 100,383 56,361 56,361
Selling and administrative.............. 47,462 47,462 29,467 29,467
Amortization of intangibles............. 621 621 512 512
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations.................. 52,300 52,300 26,382 26,382
Interest expense........................ 42,732 25,147(2) 22,805 13,841(2)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income before income taxes.............. 9,568 27,153 3,577 12,541
Income tax provision.................... (900) (10,861)(3) (890) (5,016)(3)
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Income before extraordinary item........ $ 8,668 $ 16,292 $ 2,687 $ 7,525
========== ========== ========== ==========
Income before extraordinary item per
share(5).............................. $ .84 $ .85 $ .26 $ .39
========== ========== ========== ==========
Average shares outstanding(5)........... 10,352,533 19,166,666 10,352,533 19,166,666
========== ========== ========== ==========
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------- -----------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4) HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)(4)
---------- --------------- ---------- ---------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital......................... $ 32,539 $ 21,419 $ 60,200 $ 50,330
Total assets............................ 315,901 351,893 370,642 405,154
Long-term debt.......................... 352,893 299,714 404,612 352,683
Stockholders' deficit................... (127,344) (56,228) (124,392) (53,044)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Company (assuming net proceeds of $92,316), (ii) the issuance of 2,114,133
shares to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options
and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility, and the anticipated use
of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such issuances and borrowings
had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented. Accordingly, the pro
forma adjustments reflect the refinancing of the Existing Credit Facility,
the repurchase of all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and all
of the outstanding 13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
9
<PAGE> 12
(2) Represents the adjustment of interest expense, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Estimated interest on the New Credit Facility at a
weighted average interest rate of 7.9%................. $ 21,623 $12,173
Elimination of interest on the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes.................................................. (19,891) (9,866)
Elimination of interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures............................................. (12,811) (6,968)
Elimination of interest on the Existing Credit
Facility............................................... (4,843) (3,439)
Non-cash amortization of new deferred financing costs.... 677 339
Elimination of amortization of existing deferred
financing costs........................................ (1,363) (714)
Interest income on management note receivable (at
7.0%).................................................. (977) (489)
-------- -------
Net change in interest expense...................... $(17,585) $(8,964)
======== =======
</TABLE>
(3) The Company's income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended June 30, 1997 has been adjusted to reflect a 40%
effective tax rate on pro forma taxable income.
(4) The pro forma statements of operations do not reflect non-cash extraordinary
expense of $8,528 and $8,141 for previously capitalized debt issuance costs
during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30,
1997, respectively, and a cash extraordinary expense of $30,496 during both
periods for prepayment costs assumed to have been paid in connection with
the repurchase of all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and
13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Also the pro forma statements of operations for
the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 do
not include a nonrecurring compensation charge of approximately $49,200 in
connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. The nonrecurring
compensation charge consists of (i) a non-cash compensation charge of
approximately $31,700 associated with the conversion of the IPC Options into
shares of the Company's common stock and (ii) a non-cash compensation charge
of approximately $17,500 associated with the accrual of future Company
payments to senior management of an amount which (after taxes) will enable
such management to pay the interest on the loans made to them by the
Company. Such loans were made to senior management to enable them to pay
their individual income taxes payable in connection with the conversion of
the IPC Options. The extraordinary expense and nonrecurring charge is
expected to be recorded net of a tax benefit of approximately $35,300 and
$35,100 during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended
June 30, 1997.
(5) The average shares outstanding and the income before extraordinary item per
share give effect to the Company's 9.65-for-1 stock split immediately prior
to the Offerings.
10
<PAGE> 13
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained in this Prospectus, including, without
limitation, statements containing the words "believes," "anticipates," "expects"
and words of similar import, constitute "forward-looking statements" within the
meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the "PSLRA").
Such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties
and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements
of the Company, or industry results, to be materially different from any future
results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following:
international, national and local general economic and market conditions;
demographic changes; the size and growth of the paper and plastic packaging
markets for both consumer and industrial uses; the ability of the Company to
sustain, manage or forecast its growth; the ability of the Company to
successfully make and integrate acquisitions; the size, timing and mix of
purchases of the Company's products; raw material costs and availability; new
product development and introduction; existing government regulations and
changes in, or the failure to comply with, government regulations; adverse
publicity; contingent liabilities and other claims asserted against the Company;
competition; the loss of significant customers or suppliers; fluctuations and
difficulty in forecasting operating results; changes in business strategy or
development plans; business disruptions; the ability to attract and retain
qualified personnel; the ability to protect technology; the use of proceeds from
the Offering; and other factors referenced in this Prospectus. Certain of these
factors are discussed in more detail elsewhere in this Prospectus, including,
without limitation, under the captions "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds,"
"Capitalization," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business." Given these uncertainties, prospective purchasers are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. The Company
disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the
result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained
herein to reflect future events or developments. The safe-harbor provided by the
PSLRA shall not apply to a forward-looking statement made in connection with an
initial public offering.
RISK FACTORS
Prospective purchasers should consider carefully the specific risk factors
set forth below before determining whether to purchase the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby.
LEVERAGE
Ivex is, and immediately following the Offerings will remain, significantly
leveraged. As set forth under "Capitalization," on a pro forma basis (assuming
completion of the Offerings and use of the proceeds thereof as set forth herein)
the Company would have had $352.7 million of long-term indebtedness outstanding
(excluding current maturities) and stockholders' deficit of $53.0 million as of
June 30, 1997. Pursuant to the terms of the indenture relating to the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes (the "Subordinated Note Indenture"), IPC will be able to
redeem any 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes that are not repurchased pursuant to the
Subordinated Note Offer on December 15, 1997. Any 13 1/4% Discount Debentures
remaining outstanding after completion of the Senior Debenture Offer will
continue to accrete in value until March 15, 2000, at which time the interest on
such debentures will become payable currently in cash. The Company's future
operating performance and ability to service or refinance its indebtedness will
be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other
factors, many of which are beyond its control, and consequently the Company may
be unable to service all of its debt in the future. There can be no assurance
that the Company's future operating performance and the availability under the
Company's New Credit Facility will be sufficient to service such indebtedness or
that the Company will be able to refinance its indebtedness in whole or in part.
The Subordinated Note Indenture and the indenture relating to the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures (the "13 1/4% Discount Indenture") contain, and are expected
to continue to contain if the consent solicitations with respect thereto are not
successful, and the New Credit Facility will contain, covenants imposing certain
operating and financial restrictions. The covenants under the New Credit
Facility will limit, among other
11
<PAGE> 14
things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness by IPC and its subsidiaries,
the payment by IPC of dividends or other distributions to the Company, the
redemption of capital stock of IPC or the making of other restricted payments,
transactions with affiliates, the use of proceeds from the disposal of assets,
the incurrence of liens, and the merger, consolidation or sale of all or
substantially all the assets of IPC. In addition, the New Credit Facility will
require IPC to maintain specified financial ratios and levels, including those
relating to cash flow, net worth and maximum leverage. See "Description of
Certain Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility." The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture
contains certain similar operating and financial restrictions and will continue
to contain such restrictions if the consent solicitation with respect to the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures is not successful. The ability of IPC to comply with
the covenants contained in the New Credit Facility and the ability of the
Company to comply with the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture will depend on, among
other things, IPC's future performance, which will, in part, be subject to
prevailing economic, financial and business factors beyond IPC's control. The
Company's or IPC's failure to comply with such financial provisions could result
in a default under these agreements, which if not cured or waived, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility" and "-- The 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures."
The degree to which the Company is leveraged could have important
consequences to holders of the Common Stock, including the following: (i) the
Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working
capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other
purposes may be limited; (ii) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow
from operations will be dedicated to the payment of the principal of and
interest on its existing indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for
operations; (iii) the agreements governing the Company's long-term indebtedness
and bank loans contain, and the New Credit Facility will contain, certain
restrictive covenants, including certain covenants that limit the payment of
dividends and other distributions by IPC to the Company, and the 13 1/4%
Discount Indenture contains, and will continue to contain if the consent
solicitation with respect to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures is not successful,
certain restrictive covenants, including covenants that limit the ability of the
Company to pay dividends and to make other distributions to its stockholders;
(iv) borrowings under the New Credit Facility will be at floating rates of
interest, causing the Company to be vulnerable to increases in interest rates;
and (v) the Company's substantial degree of leverage could make it more
vulnerable to a downturn in general economic conditions. The Company's ability
to make scheduled payments of the principal of or interest on, or to refinance,
its indebtedness will depend on its future operating performance and cash flow,
which are subject to prevailing economic conditions, primarily interest rate
levels and financial, competitive, business and other factors, many of which are
beyond its control. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness."
HISTORICAL LOSSES
Although the Company had net income of $8.7 million in 1996, the Company
has experienced substantial net losses in the past, principally as a result of
the significant interest charges, certain non-cash goodwill write-offs and other
nonrecurring charges. These net losses were $9.3 million and $24.5 million for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
DEPENDENCE ON SUBSIDIARY DISTRIBUTIONS
The Company conducts business through IPC and IPC's subsidiaries and has no
operations of its own. The primary asset of the Company is the capital stock of
IPC. The Company has no cash flow other than from dividends and other
distributions from IPC. The right of the Company to participate in any
distribution of earnings or assets of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries is subject to
the prior claims of the creditors of IPC and such subsidiaries. In addition, the
agreements governing the Company's long-term indebtedness and bank loans
contain, and the New Credit Facility will contain, certain restrictive
covenants, including certain covenants that limit IPC's ability to pay dividends
or make other distributions to the Company. As part of the proposed amendments
contained in the Subordinated Note Offer, the restrictions contained in the
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes on IPC's ability to pay dividends will be deleted if
such offer is consummated. The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture also restricts the
ability of the Company to pay dividends, unless such provisions are amended or
waived. As part of the proposed amendments contained in the Senior Debenture
Offer, the restrictions
12
<PAGE> 15
contained in the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture on the Company's ability to pay
dividends will be deleted if such offer is consummated. In addition, under
Delaware law, IPC is permitted to pay cash dividends to the Company only (i) out
of IPC's capital surplus (the excess of net assets over stated capital) or (ii)
out of the net income of IPC for the fiscal year in which the dividend is
declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
VOLATILITY OF RAW MATERIAL PRICING
Styrene monomer, polystyrene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl
chloride and polyethylene terephthelate are the basic raw materials used in the
manufacture of most of Consumer Packaging's plastic products. The prices of
these raw materials are a function of, among other things, the manufacturing
capacity for such raw materials and the price for the petrochemical feed stocks
of such materials. Similarly, the prices for virgin pulp and recycled fiber
which are the basic raw materials used directly in the manufacture of many of
the Company's specialty kraft (non-bleached) papers and indirectly in the
manufacture of many of Consumer Packaging's and Industrial Packaging's paper
packaging products, are a function of, among other things, pulp manufacturing
capacity, the price for pulp wood and wood chips and the price for old
corrugated containers ("OCC"), double-lined kraft ("DLK") and other recycled
paper materials. In the event of cost increases for raw materials, failure to
achieve corresponding sales price increases in a timely manner, sales price
erosion without a corresponding reduction in raw material costs or failure to
renegotiate favorable raw material supply contracts could have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
CYCLICAL DEMAND FOR THE COMPANY'S PRODUCTS
Demand and pricing for certain of Industrial Packaging's protective
packaging products and specialty papers are cyclical in nature and are subject
to general economic conditions that affect market demand. Demand for paper has
historically corresponded to changes in the rate of growth in the U.S. economy
and demand for protective packaging is driven by trends in the building,
construction, automotive and durable goods markets. Growth in the U.S. economy
generally stimulates demand for these products. Conversely, a weakening in the
U.S. economy tends to decrease demand for these products, thereby adversely
affecting the Company's profitability and its ability to satisfy its debt
service obligations. Consequently, adverse economic conditions could have a
material adverse effect on the condition of the Company.
COMPETITION
The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive. The
Company's competitors range from the largest packaging companies in the U.S. to
small, emerging companies. Many of the companies that compete with the Company
have greater financial and other resources than the Company, while others are
significantly smaller with lower fixed costs and greater operating flexibility.
See "Business -- Competition."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH GROWTH STRATEGY
The Company's future growth will depend in part on additional acquisitions
of plastic and paper packaging businesses. There can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to locate or acquire other suitable acquisition candidates
on acceptable terms or that the Company will be able to fund future acquisitions
because of limitations contained in its instruments and agreements governing its
indebtedness or otherwise. See "Description of Certain Indebtedness." In
pursuing its strategy of growth through acquisitions, the Company will face
risks including difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of the
acquired businesses, disruption of the Company's ongoing business, dissipation
of the Company's limited management resources, and impairment of relationships
with employees and customers of the acquired business as a result of changes in
ownership and management. Moreover, additional indebtedness incurred to make
acquisitions could adversely affect the Company's liquidity and financial
stability, and the issuance of Common Stock to effect acquisitions could result
in dilution to the Company's stockholders.
13
<PAGE> 16
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS PERTAINING TO THE COMPANY
The past and present business operations of the Company and the past and
present ownership and operations of real property by the Company are subject to
extensive and changing federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and
regulations pertaining to the discharge of materials into the environment, the
handling and disposition of wastes (including solid and hazardous wastes) or
otherwise relating to protection of the environment. The Company is currently
involved with environmental remediation and on-going maintenance at certain of
its facilities and from time to time is involved in regulatory proceedings and
inquiries relating to compliance with environmental laws and permits and other
environmental matters. In the future, the Company may be identified as a
potentially responsible party ("PRP") and be subject to liability under
applicable law. No assurance can be given that additional environmental issues
relating to the presently known matters or identified sites or to other sites or
matters related to the Company or to regulatory proceedings or inquiries will
not require future expenditures. Various federal, state, local and foreign
regulatory authorities from time to time have considered enacting and, on a
number of occasions, have enacted, legislation regarding solid waste disposal,
packaging recovery, recycling requirements and the use and content of plastic
packaging. There can be no assurance that such legislation will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Environmental Matters
and Business Regulation."
LIMITATION ON USE OF NET OPERATING LOSSES
As of December 31, 1996, the Company had approximately $76 million of net
operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards available to be used to offset income.
Section 382 ("Section 382") of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the "Code"), imposes limitations on a corporation's ability to use NOL
carryforwards if the corporation experiences a more-than-50-percent ownership
change over a three-year testing period. In general, if such an ownership change
occurs, Section 382 limits the amount of NOL carried over from pre-ownership
change years that can be used in any one post-change year to an amount equal to
the product of the value of the corporation's stock (with certain adjustments)
at the time of the change multiplied by an interest rate determined by the
Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") for the month of the change.
The Company expects that the Offerings, together with the conversion of the
IPC Options, will result in a more-than-50% ownership change for purposes of
Section 382, resulting in the imposition of Section 382 limitations on the use
of the Company's NOL carryforwards existing as of the date of the ownership
change. In addition, Ivex expects to have a significant NOL attributable to the
period after such ownership change resulting from certain one-time charges
expected to be incurred as a result of the refinancing transactions described
herein. Consequently, if another more-than-50% ownership change takes place
after the consummation of the Offerings, such ownership change could result in
the imposition of Section 382 limitations on such NOL.
CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
Immediately following the Offerings and the conversion of the IPC Options,
assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of
the range for the estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page
hereof), the Selling Stockholder and certain related investors will beneficially
own 8,536,673 shares of Common Stock (44.5%) (41.8% assuming the Underwriters'
over-allotment options are exercised in full), and certain officers of the
Company will beneficially own 2,229,993 shares of Common Stock (11.6%) (10.9% if
the Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full) and options
exercisable into 766,667 shares of Common Stock. If these stockholders were to
vote all of their shares in the same manner, they may have sufficient voting
power to determine the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter
submitted to the stockholders for a vote, including the election of directors,
mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of the Company's
assets and preventing or causing a change of control of Ivex. See "Principal and
Selling Stockholders."
In addition, in connection with the Offerings, the Selling Stockholder and
certain officers of the Company will enter into a Voting Agreement (the "Voting
Agreement") pursuant to which the parties thereto will agree to vote all of
their outstanding shares of Common Stock, for so long as they own such shares,
for the nominees
14
<PAGE> 17
to the Board of Directors proposed according to the terms thereof. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders -- Voting Agreement."
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the
"Amended Certificate") and Amended and Restated By-Laws (the "Amended By-Laws")
will contain certain provisions that may have the effect of discouraging,
delaying or making more difficult a change in control of the Company or
preventing the removal of incumbent directors even if a majority of the
Company's stockholders were to deem such an attempt to be in the best interest
of the Company. Among other things, the Amended Certificate will provide for a
classified Board of Directors and to allow the Board of Directors to issue up to
5,000,000 shares of preferred stock and fix the rights, privileges and
preferences of those shares without any further vote or action by the
stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and
may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any preferred stock
that may be issued in the future. Any such issuance of shares of preferred stock
could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a
majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company. In addition, the
Amended By-Laws, among other things, will limit the manner in which directors
may be nominated by stockholders and limit the manner in which proposals may be
made at stockholder meetings. The Company is also subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law ("Delaware GCL"), which could have the effect
of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company. To the extent that
these provisions discourage takeover attempts, they could deprive stockholders
of opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares or could depress
the market price of the Common Stock. See "Description of Capital
Stock -- Certain Charter and By-Law Provisions" and "-- Certain Statutory
Provisions."
ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
Prior to the Offerings, there has not been any public market for the Common
Stock. The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the
symbol "IXX," subject to official notice of issuance. There can be no assurance,
however, that an active public market will develop or be sustained for the
Common Stock or that investors in the Common Stock will be able to resell their
shares of Common Stock at or above the initial public offering price. If a
public market develops for the Common Stock, future trading prices of such
securities will depend on many factors, including, among other things, the
Company's results of operations and the market for similar securities. The
trading price of the Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in
response to the Company's quarterly operating results, changes in earnings
estimates by analysts or general market or economic conditions. The initial
public offering price will be determined through negotiations between Ivex and
the Underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price for the Common
Stock after the Offerings. See "Underwriting." Also, the NYSE imposes certain
minimum financial conditions to determine whether a company's shares may
continue to be listed on the NYSE and the Company's failure to comply with such
requirements could result in the removal of the Company's shares from listing on
the NYSE.
RESTRICTIONS ON THE PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS
The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to fund the
development and growth of its business and to repay indebtedness and, therefore,
does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In
addition, the New Credit Facility will contain restrictions on the ability of
IPC to make distributions to the Company to allow the Company to pay dividends,
and the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture restricts, unless amended, the ability of the
Company to pay cash dividends. See "The Refinancing."
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the Offerings (assuming the Underwriters' over-allotment
options are exercised in full) 20,426,666 shares of the Common Stock will be
outstanding. Of such shares, the 9,660,000 shares sold in the Offerings will be
freely tradeable by persons other than "affiliates" of the Company without
restriction or
15
<PAGE> 18
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act"). Sales of substantial amounts of the Common Stock or the availability of
such shares in the public markets could adversely affect prevailing market
prices for the Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
DILUTION AND TANGIBLE NET WORTH DEFICIENCY
The deficit in net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1997 was
$164.7 million or $15.91 per share. Based upon an assumed offering price of
$15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range for the estimated public offering
price set forth on the cover page hereof), purchasers of the Common Stock
offered hereby will experience an immediate dilution in net tangible book value
of $19.66 per share of the Common Stock purchased as a result of the purchase of
their shares at such price and the issuance of 2,114,133 shares of Common Stock
to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options concurrently
with the closing of the Offerings. See "Dilution." After giving pro forma effect
to the Offerings as if they had occurred on June 30, 1997, the Company would
have had a tangible net worth deficiency of $89.3 million.
NONRECURRING CHARGES IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS
The Company expects to realize significant one-time charges in connection
with the consummation of the Offerings, including $8.1 million in connection
with the non-cash write-off of previously capitalized debt issuance costs and
$30.5 million of cash expense for prepayment costs paid in connection with the
repurchase of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures. Also, the Company expects to realize $49.2 million of executive
compensation charges in connection with the Company's conversion, pursuant to
the Amended and Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1996, of certain key executives' stock options which are exercisable
for 16,321 shares of IPC's common stock (the "IPC Options") into 2,114,133 newly
issued shares of the Company's Common Stock and newly issued stock options
exercisable for 766,667 shares of the Company's Common Stock. In addition, the
executive compensation charge will include the accrual of future Company
payments to senior management of an amount which (after taxes) will enable such
management to pay the interest on the loans made to them by the Company. Such
loans were made to senior management to enable them to pay their individual
income taxes payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. These
one-time charges are not reflected in the Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of
Operations Data for fiscal year 1996 or for the six months ended June 30, 1997.
These one-time charges are reflected as an increase to stockholders' deficit in
the Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1997 included elsewhere
herein. See "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management -- Executive
Compensation."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company (after deducting the underwriting discount
and estimated expenses) from the sale of the Common Stock in the Offerings are
estimated to be approximately $92.3 million ($109.9 million assuming the
Underwriters' over-allotment options are exercised in full) assuming an initial
public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range for the
estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof). The Company
intends to use the proceeds of the Offerings to retire all or a portion of the
$160 million aggregate principal amount ($116.8 million accreted value as of
September 30, 1997) of 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. See "The Refinancing." The
13 1/4% Discount Debentures mature on March 15, 2005 and accrete in value at the
rate of 13 1/4% per year until March 15, 2000, at which time the interest on
such debentures will become payable in cash at the rate of 13 1/4% per annum.
See "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- 13 1/4% Discount Debentures." In the
event the net proceeds of the Offerings exceed the aggregate amount required to
repurchase the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures pursuant to the Senior Debenture
Offer, any such excess proceeds will be used for working capital and general
corporate purposes.
16
<PAGE> 19
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company has not declared or paid any cash dividends on its Common
Stock. The Company currently intends to retain future earnings to fund the
development and growth of its businesses and to repay indebtedness, and,
therefore, does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable
future. The Company's principal source of cash from which to make dividend
payments will be dividends distributed by IPC. The New Credit Facility will
contain provisions that limit the ability of IPC to pay dividends and make
distributions to the Company, and the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture, unless
amended, restricts the ability of the Company to pay cash dividends and make
other distributions to its stockholders. See "Description of Certain
Indebtedness." Any future determination to declare and pay dividends will be
made by the Board of Directors of the Company in light of the Company's
earnings, financial position, capital requirements, credit agreements and such
other factors as the Board of Directors deems relevant. Under Delaware law, the
Company is permitted to pay cash dividends to its stockholders only (i) out of
its capital surplus (the excess of net assets over its stated capital) or (ii)
out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared
and/or the preceding fiscal year.
17
<PAGE> 20
DILUTION
The deficit in net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30, 1997
was $164.7 million or $15.91 per share. Deficit in net tangible book value per
share of Common Stock is determined by dividing the net tangible book value of
the Company (tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding. After giving effect to the sale of 6,700,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering
price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range for the estimated public
offering price set forth on the cover page hereof), the application of the
estimated net proceeds thereof, as described in "Use of Proceeds," and the
issuance of 2,114,133 shares of Common Stock to management in connection with
the conversion of the IPC Options, the pro forma deficit in net tangible book
value of the Company at June 30, 1997 would have been $89.3 million, or $4.66
per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of
$11.25 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net
tangible book value of $19.66 per share to purchasers in the Offerings. Dilution
to purchasers in the Offerings is determined by subtracting net tangible book
value per share, after giving effect to the Offerings and the issuance of shares
of Common Stock to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC
Options, from an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the
mid-point of the range for the estimated public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof). The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share
basis as of June 30, 1997.
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed public offering price per share..................... $15.00
Deficit in net tangible book value per share before the
Offerings................................................. $(15.91)
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
to purchasing stockholders and shares issued to
management................................................ $ 11.25
-------
Pro forma deficit in net tangible book value per share after
the Offerings............................................. (4.66)
------
Dilution per share to purchasing stockholders............... $19.66
======
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1997,
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company, the total
consideration paid and the average price paid per share by the existing
stockholders and the purchasers in the Offerings:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION AVERAGE
------------------- ----------------------- PRICE
NUMBER % AMOUNT % PER SHARE
------ - ------ - ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing stockholders(1)(2)............. 12,466,666 65.0% $124,998,000 55.4% $10.03
Purchasing stockholders................. 6,700,000 35.0 100,500,000 44.6 15.00
---------- ----- ------------ -----
19,166,666 100.0% $225,498,000 100.0%
========== ===== ============ =====
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Total shares outstanding for existing stockholders includes 2,114,133 shares
of Common Stock issued to management in connection with the conversion of
the IPC Options and total consideration for existing stockholders includes
$31.7 million related to management compensation associated with such
conversion.
(2) Sales by the Selling Stockholder in the Offerings will reduce the number of
shares held by existing stockholders to 10,766,666 or approximately 56.2% of
the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering
(or approximately 52.7% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full), and will increase the number of shares held by new
investors to 8,400,000, or approximately 43.8% of the total number of shares
of Common Stock outstanding after the Offering (or 9,660,000 shares and
approximately 47.3% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full).
18
<PAGE> 21
THE REFINANCING
The Offerings are a component of a comprehensive refinancing strategy of
the Company to significantly lower its interest expense, strengthen its balance
sheet and provide financial flexibility to enable Ivex to continue to pursue
investment opportunities. As part of this refinancing, IPC will enter into,
simultaneously with consummation of the Offerings, the New Credit Facility that
will refinance its Existing Credit Facility. The Company intends to use the
proceeds of the Offerings together with borrowings under the New Credit Facility
to refinance substantially all of its existing indebtedness.
Specifically, IPC presently intends to use approximately $ million of
the funds to be provided under the New Credit Facility to retire the entire $158
million aggregate principal amount of its 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and to pay
approximately $ million of premiums and $ million of accrued interest
(assuming the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes are purchased 10/6 1997) pursuant to
the Subordinated Note Offer. The Company presently intends to use the proceeds
of the Offerings and borrowings under the New Credit Facility to retire all or a
portion of the $160 million aggregate principal amount ($116.8 million accreted
value assuming the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are purchased 10/10 1997) of its
13 1/4% Discount Debentures and to pay approximately $16.8 million of premiums
pursuant to the Senior Debenture Offer. The Company's and IPC's obligations to
accept and pay for any tendered 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures are conditioned upon, among other things, the completion of the
Offerings yielding net proceeds of at least $92.3 million, the consummation of
the New Credit Facility and (with respect to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures)
the Company's receipt of tendered notes and consents of at least a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. The Company
expects to consummate the Offers promptly following the sale of the Shares
offered hereby, assuming all conditions to such Offers have been met. See
"Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data -- Pro Forma
Consolidated Statements of Operations."
On September 26, 1997, IPC extended the Subordinated Debenture Offer to
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on October 6, 1997, and the Company extended the
Senior Debenture Offer to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on October 10, 1997.
The Company also amended the Senior Debenture Offer to increase the price to be
paid pursuant to the Senior Debenture Offer. As of the close of business on
September 25, 1997, approximately $148 million in aggregate principal amount of
the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes had been tendered, and consents from the holders
of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes representing more than 93% of the outstanding
principal amount of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes had been received. As of the
close of business on September 29, 1997, approximately $ million in
aggregate principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures had been tendered,
representing approximately % of the outstanding principal amount of the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
The New Credit Facility provides aggregate maximum borrowings by IPC of up
to $475 million principal amount at variable interest rates. On a pro forma
basis at June 30, 1997, the Company expects IPC to borrow approximately $328.4
million under the New Credit Facility to (i) refinance $49.2 million outstanding
under the revolving credit portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (ii)
refinance $52.5 million outstanding under the term loan portion of the Existing
Credit Facility, (iii) apply approximately $178.2 million to the acquisition of
the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures, (iv) lend
approximately $14.0 million to certain key executives to enable them to pay
their individual income taxes payable in connection with the conversion of the
IPC Options and (v) pay approximately $34.6 million of fees associated with
these transactions, and to utilize approximately $45 million of availability
under the New Credit Facility to refinance outstanding letters of credit. See
"Description of Certain Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility,"
"Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data."
19
<PAGE> 22
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth (i) the actual consolidated capitalization
of the Company as of June 30, 1997, and (ii) the consolidated capitalization of
the Company as adjusted to reflect the transactions contemplated hereby. This
presentation should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
-------------------------------
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA(1)
---------- ------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Current maturities of long-term debt........................ $ 8,012 $ 16,137(2)
========= =========
Long-term debt:
Existing Credit Facility.................................. $ 94,825 (2)
New Credit Facility....................................... $ 313,386(2)
Industrial revenue bonds.................................. 37,623 37,623
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, net of discount............... 157,395 (3)
13 1/4% Discount Debentures, net of discount.............. 113,095 (3)
Other debt................................................ 1,674 1,674
--------- ---------
Total long-term debt................................. 404,612 352,683
--------- ---------
Stockholders' deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par value --
45,000,000 shares authorized; and 1,072,246 (19,166,666
pro forma) shares issued and outstanding............... 11 192
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375 301,222
Accumulated deficit....................................... (300,879) (353,559)(4)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................... (899) (899)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' deficit.......................... (124,392) (53,044)
--------- ---------
Total capitalization........................................ $ 280,220 $ 299,639
========= =========
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Company (assuming net proceeds of $92,316), (ii) the issuance of 2,114,133
shares to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options
and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility, and the anticipated use
of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such issuances and
borrowings had occurred on June 30, 1997. Accordingly, the pro forma
adjustments reflect the refinancing of the Existing Credit Facility, the
repurchase of all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and all of
the outstanding 13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
(2) Reflects borrowings of $300,000 under the term loan portion and $28,386
under the revolving credit portion of the New Credit Facility and the
refinancing of $52,500 term loans and $49,200 revolving credit loans under
the Existing Credit Facility.
(3) Reflects the repurchase of all of outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and
13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
(4) The pro forma accumulated deficit balance is adjusted for a non-cash
extraordinary expense of $8,141 for previously capitalized debt issuance
costs and a cash extraordinary expense of $30,496 for prepayment costs
assumed to have been paid in connection with the repurchase of all of the
outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. The
pro forma accumulated deficit balance is also adjusted for a nonrecurring
compensation charge of approximately $49,200 in connection with the
conversion of the IPC Options. The nonrecurring compensation charge consists
of (i) a non-cash compensation charge of approximately $31,700 associated
with the conversion of the IPC Options into shares of the Company's common
stock and (ii) a non-cash compensation charge of approximately $17,500
associated with the accrual of future Company payments to senior management
of an amount which (after taxes) will enable such management to pay the
interest on the loans made to them by the Company. Such loans were made to
senior management to enable them to pay their individual income taxes
payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. The
extraordinary expense and nonrecurring charge are reflected as an increase
to pro forma accumulated deficit, net of a tax benefit of approximately
$35,100.
20
<PAGE> 23
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
(UNAUDITED)
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data on the following pages
give effect to the transactions contemplated hereby as if such transaction had
occurred at the beginning of the periods presented below for purposes of the
statements of operations, and as of June 30, 1997, for purposes of the balance
sheet data. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data do not reflect
the Company's actual results of operations or financial position had the
transactions contemplated hereby been consummated on the dates assumed. The pro
forma results of operations for the period ended June 30, 1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. This
unaudited data should be read in conjunction with the audited financial
statements and the notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
-----------------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1)(4) PRO FORMA
---------- ----------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales...................................... $ 451,807 $ 451,807
Gross profit................................... 100,383 100,383
Selling and administrative..................... 47,462 47,462
Amortization of intangibles.................... 621 621
---------- -------- ----------
Income from operations......................... 52,300 52,300
Interest expense............................... 42,732 $(17,585)(2) 25,147
---------- -------- ----------
Income before income taxes..................... 9,568 17,585 27,153
Income tax provision........................... (900) (9,961)(3) (10,861)
---------- -------- ----------
Income before extraordinary item............... $ 8,668 $ 7,624 $ 16,292
========== ======== ==========
Income before extraordinary item per
share(5)..................................... $ .84 $ .85
========== ==========
Average shares outstanding(5).................. 10,352,533 19,166,666
========== ==========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
-----------------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1)(4) PRO FORMA
---------- ----------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales...................................... $ 264,034 $ 264,034
Gross profit................................... 56,361 56,361
Selling and administrative..................... 29,467 29,467
Amortization of intangibles.................... 512 512
---------- -------- ----------
Income from operations......................... 26,382 26,382
Interest expense............................... 22,805 $ (8,964)(2) 13,841
---------- -------- ----------
Income before income taxes..................... 3,577 8,964 12,541
Income tax provision........................... (890) (4,126)(3) (5,016)
---------- -------- ----------
Income before extraordinary item............... $ 2,687 $ 4,838 $ 7,525
========== ======== ==========
Income before extraordinary item per
share(5)..................................... $ .26 $ .39
========== ==========
Average shares outstanding(5).................. 10,352,533 19,166,666
========== ==========
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Company (assuming net proceeds of $92,316), (ii) the issuance of 2,114,133
shares to management in connection with the
21
<PAGE> 24
conversion of the IPC Options and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit
Facility, and the anticipated use of net proceeds from such transactions
to purchase the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures as if such issuances and borrowings had occurred at the
beginning of the periods presented. Accordingly, the pro forma adjustments
reflect the refinancing of the Existing Credit Facility, the
repurchase of all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and all of
the outstanding 13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
(2) Represents the adjustment of interest expense, as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED SIX MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 JUNE 30, 1997
----------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C>
Estimated interest on the New Credit Facility at a
weighted average interest rate of 7.9%................. $ 21,623 $ 12,173
Elimination of interest on the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes.................................................. (19,891) (9,866)
Elimination of interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures............................................. (12,811) (6,968)
Elimination of interest on the Existing Credit
Facility............................................... (4,843) (3,439)
Non-cash amortization of new deferred financing costs.... 677 339
Elimination of amortization of existing deferred
financing costs........................................ (1,363) (714)
Interest income on management note receivable (at
7.0%).................................................. (977) (489)
-------- --------
Net change in interest expense...................... $(17,585) $ (8,964)
======== ========
</TABLE>
(3) The Company's income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
the six months ended June 30, 1997 has been adjusted to reflect a 40%
effective tax rate on pro forma taxable income.
(4) The pro forma statements of operations do not reflect non-cash extraordinary
expense of $8,528 and $8,141 for previously capitalized debt issuance costs
during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30,
1997, respectively, and a cash extraordinary expense of $30,496 during both
periods for prepayment costs assumed to have been paid in connection with
the repurchase of all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and
13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Also the pro forma statements of operations for
the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended June 30, 1997 do
not include a nonrecurring compensation charge of approximately $49,200 in
connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. The nonrecurring
compensation charge consists of (i) a non-cash compensation charge of
approximately $31,700 associated with the conversion of the IPC Options into
shares of the Company's common stock and (ii) a non-cash compensation charge
of approximately $17,500 associated with the accrual of future Company
payments to senior management of an amount which (after taxes) will enable
such management to pay the interest on the loans made to them by the
Company. Such loans were made to senior management to enable them to pay
their individual income taxes payable in connection with the conversion of
the IPC Options. The extraordinary expense and nonrecurring charge is
expected to be recorded net of a tax benefit of approximately $35,300 and
$35,100 during the year ended December 31, 1996 and the six months ended
June 30, 1997.
(5) The average shares outstanding and the income before extraordinary item per
share give effect to the Company's 9.65-for-1 stock split effective
immediately prior to the Offerings.
22
<PAGE> 25
PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------------------------------
HISTORICAL ADJUSTMENTS(1) PRO FORMA
---------- -------------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 8,345 $ 8,345
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance.......... 67,068 67,068
Inventories.......................................... 53,506 53,506
Prepaid expenses and other........................... 6,327 6,327
--------- -------- --------
Total current assets.............................. 135,246 135,246
--------- --------
Property, plant and equipment, net..................... 190,767 190,767
--------- -------- --------
Other assets:
Goodwill............................................. 30,115 30,115
Deferred income taxes................................ $ 35,119(2) 24,637
(10,482)(3)
Management note receivable........................... 13,953(4) 13,953
Miscellaneous........................................ 14,514 (4,078)(5) 10,436
--------- -------- --------
Total other assets................................ 44,629 34,512 79,141
--------- -------- --------
Total assets...................................... $ 370,642 $ 34,512 $405,154
========= ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt............... $ 8,012 $ 8,125(7) $ 16,137
Accounts payable..................................... 35,795 35,795
Accrued salary and wages............................. 6,730 1,745(6) 8,475
Self insurance reserves.............................. 6,650 6,650
Accrued rebates and discounts........................ 3,559 3,559
Accrued interest..................................... 1,567 1,567
Other accrued expenses............................... 12,733 12,733
--------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities......................... 75,046 9,870 84,916
--------- -------- --------
Long-term debt......................................... 404,612 (51,929)(7) 352,683
--------- -------- --------
Other long-term liabilities............................ 4,894 15,705(6) 20,599
--------- -------- --------
Deferred income taxes.................................. 10,482 (10,482)(3)
--------- -------- --------
Commitments............................................
--------- -------- --------
Stockholders' deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par
value -- 45,000,000 shares authorized; and
1,072,246 (19,166,666 pro forma) shares issued and
outstanding....................................... 11 181 192
Paid in capital in excess of par value................. 177,375 123,847 301,222
Accumulated deficit.................................... (300,879) (52,680)(8) (353,559)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................ (899) (899)
--------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' deficit....................... (124,392) 71,348 (53,044)
--------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit....... $ 370,642 $ 34,512 $405,154
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Adjusted for (i) the issuance and sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Company (assuming net proceeds of $92,316), (ii) the issuance of 2,114,133
shares to management in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options
and (iii) borrowings under the New Credit Facility, and the anticipated use
of net proceeds from such transactions to purchase the 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes and the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures as if such issuances and
borrowings had occurred on June 30, 1997. Accordingly,
23
<PAGE> 26
the pro forma adjustments reflect the refinancing of the Existing Credit
Facility, the repurchase of all of the outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes
and all of the outstanding 13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
(2) Reflects the increase in deferred tax assets associated with the
extraordinary expense and nonrecurring charge associated with the Offerings.
(3) Reflects the reclassification of deferred tax liabilities subsequent to the
Offerings.
(4) Reflects the issuance of a note receivable due from senior management to pay
income taxes associated with the conversion of the IPC Options.
(5) Reflects the write-off of $8,141 of previously capitalized debt issuance
costs and the capitalization of $4,063 of deferred financing costs
associated with the consummation of the New Credit Facility.
(6) Reflects the accrual of future Company payments to senior management of an
amount which (after taxes) will enable such management to pay, on an after
tax basis, the interest on the loans made to them by the Company. Such loans
were made to senior management to enable them to pay income taxes payable in
connection with the conversion of the IPC Options.
(7) Reflects borrowings of $300,000 under the term loan portion and $28,386
under the revolving credit portion of the New Credit Facility and the
refinancing of $52,500 term loans and $49,200 revolving credit loans under
the Existing Credit Facility. Reflects the repurchase of all of outstanding
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures.
(8) The pro forma accumulated deficit balance is adjusted for a non-cash
extraordinary expense of $8,141 for previously capitalized debt issuance
costs and a cash extraordinary expense of $30,496 for prepayment costs
assumed to have been paid in connection with the repurchase of all of the
outstanding 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. The
pro forma accumulated deficit balance is also adjusted for a nonrecurring
compensation charge of approximately $49,200 in connection with the
conversion of the IPC Options. The nonrecurring compensation charge consists
of (i) a non-cash compensation charge of approximately $31,700 associated
with the conversion of the IPC Options into shares of the Company's common
stock and (ii) a non-cash compensation charge of approximately $17,500
associated with the accrual of future Company payments to senior management
of an amount which (after taxes) will enable such management to pay the
interest on the loans made to them by the Company. Such loans were made to
senior management to enable them to pay their individual income taxes
payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options. The
extraordinary expense and nonrecurring charge are reflected as an increase
to pro forma accumulated deficit, net of a tax benefit of approximately
$35,100.
24
<PAGE> 27
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data presented below for, and
as of the end of, each of the years in the five year period ended December 31,
1996, are derived from and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated
audited financial statements of the Company. The data as of and for the six
months ended June 30, 1996 and 1997 are derived from the consolidated unaudited
interim financial statements and include, in the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to
present fairly the data for such periods. The financial data of Ivex reflect the
following acquisitions as of the respective acquisition dates: PPI as of
September 11, 1995; Plastofilm as of August 16, 1996; Trio as of September 11,
1996; the European OPS Business as of January 17, 1997; and M&R as of February
21, 1997. The following summary selected consolidated financial data do not
reflect the impact of any pro forma adjustments for the transactions
contemplated hereby, except that the earnings (loss) per share amounts give
effect to the Company's 9.65-for-1 stock split effective immediately prior to
the Offerings.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net sales........................ $367,649 $ 366,851 $ 390,975 $ 451,569 $ 451,807 $ 210,443 $ 264,034
Gross profit..................... 74,076 72,213 74,271 85,160 100,383 45,775 56,361
Selling and administrative....... 38,502 39,274 41,662 42,567 47,462 22,132 29,467
Amortization of intangibles(1)... 12,266 4,372 1,140 1,904 621 258 512
Write-off of goodwill(1)......... 113,859 13,471
Acquisition related expense(2)... 1,100
Restructuring and special
charges(3)..................... 4,350 4,960
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations.... 23,308 (90,742) 31,469 22,258 52,300 23,385 26,382
Interest expense................. 46,426 37,179 39,820 43,270 42,732 21,221 22,805
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before income taxes
and extraordinary item......... (23,118) (127,921) (8,351) (21,012) 9,568 2,164 3,577
Income tax provision............. (1,722) (1,177) (942) (1,113) (900) (440) (890)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item............. (24,840) (129,098) (9,293) (22,125) 8,668 1,724 2,687
Extraordinary item(4)............ (5,532) (2,359)
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Net income (loss)................ $(30,372) $(129,098) $ (9,293) $ (24,484) $ 8,668 $ 1,724 $ 2,687
======== ========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Earnings (loss) per share(5):
Income (loss) before
extraordinary item........... $ (12.63) $ (.90) $ (2.14) $ .84 $ .17 $ .26
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
Net income (loss).............. $ (12.63) $ (.90) $ (2.37) $ .84 $ .17 $ .26
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Cash flow from operating
activities..................... $ 31,195 $ 22,157 $ 15,647 $ 22,746 $ 49,202 $ 17,451 $ 1,269
Cash flow used by
investing activities........... (11,306) (8,261) (13,057) (29,871) (38,136) (7,650) (41,689)
Cash flow from (used by)
financing activities........... (24,838) (5,823) (6,102) 5,666 (13,074) (10,191) 45,943
Adjusted EBIT(6)................. 28,597 28,567 31,469 41,828 52,300 23,385 26,382
Depreciation and
amortization(1)................ 30,931 137,837 22,189 35,871 22,724 11,303 13,290
Adjusted EBITDA(7)............... 54,239 52,545 53,658 63,089 75,024 34,688 39,672
Capital expenditures............. 12,820 9,528 16,769 19,385 17,633 7,996 10,984
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1996 1997
-------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital(8)............... $ 28,451 $ 34,729 $ 32,853 $ 38,090 $ 32,539 $ 39,885 $ 60,200
Total assets..................... 423,051 297,674 304,246 294,911 315,901 289,476 370,642
Long-term debt................... 278,369 330,201 330,768 353,717 352,893 349,850 404,612
Redeemable preferred stock....... 50,313
Stockholders' equity (deficit)... 23,899 (101,579) (111,266) (136,332) (127,344) (134,608) (124,392)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill of $13,471 and the
accelerated non-cash write-off of a non-compete agreement of $1,139.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1993 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of goodwill totaling $113,859.
Depreciation and amortization for the year ended December 31, 1992 includes
the accelerated non-cash write-off of non-compete agreements and a patent
totaling $5,289.
25
<PAGE> 28
(2) Acquisition related expense totaling $1,100 was incurred during 1993 in
connection with an acquisition attempt.
(3) Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1995 include the following
special charges: $2,250 associated with IPC's special incentive agreement
with certain executive officers, $1,950 of costs related to an attempted
initial public equity offering and a reduction of land value of $760
associated with a donation of certain land to the Village of Chagrin Falls,
Ohio. Operating results for the year ended December 31, 1993 include
restructuring and special charges of $4,350, reflecting a $1,500 non-cash
write-down of certain property held for sale and costs of $2,850 related to
the reorganization of the Consumer Packaging product group, which include,
among other things, severance, transition and relocation expenses.
(4) In connection with the 1995 refinancing of IPC's credit facility, the
Company wrote off deferred financing costs of $2,359. In connection with the
1992 12 1/2% Subordinated Note offering, the Company wrote off deferred
financing costs of $5,977, net of a tax benefit of $445.
(5) The earnings (loss) per share amounts give effect to the Company's
9.65-for-1 stock split effective immediately prior to the Offerings. A loss
per share amount has not been presented for 1992 since the Company's
combined financial statement presentation and capital structure precluded
meaningful equivalent per share calculations.
(6) Adjusted EBIT includes income from operations adjusted to exclude goodwill
write-offs of $13,471 and $113,859 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1993, respectively, and acquisition related expenses of $1,100,
restructuring charges of $2,850 and special charges of $1,500 for the year
ended December 31, 1993. In addition, Adjusted EBIT for the year ended
December 31, 1995 excludes the accelerated write-off of a non-compete
agreement of $1,139 and special charges of $4,960 and for the year ended
December 31, 1992 excludes the accelerated write-off of non-compete
agreements and a patent totaling $5,289. Ivex believes that Adjusted EBIT
provides additional information for determining its ability to meet future
debt service requirements. However, Adjusted EBIT is not a defined term
under GAAP.
(7) Adjusted EBITDA includes income from operations adjusted to exclude
depreciation and amortization expenses, goodwill write-offs of $13,471 and
$113,859 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1993, respectively, and
acquisition related expenses of $1,100, restructuring charges of $2,850 and
special charges of $1,500 and for the year ended December 31, 1993. In
addition, Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 1995 includes
special charges of $4,960. Ivex believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides
additional information for determining its ability to meet future debt
service requirements. However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a defined term under
GAAP and is not indicative of operating income or cash flow from operations
as determined under GAAP.
(8) Working capital is determined to be the excess of current assets over
current liabilities (including the current portion of long-term debt).
26
<PAGE> 29
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
The following discussion addresses the information and financial data
contained in "Selected Consolidated Financial Data."
The Company is the sole stockholder of its operating subsidiary, IPC. The
Company is a holding company with no operations of its own and is dependent on
the operating cash flow of IPC and its subsidiaries in order to pay principal
and interest on its debt; however, IPC has no contractual obligations to
distribute any such cash flow to the Company. References to Ivex or the Company
herein reflect the consolidated results of Ivex Packaging Corporation.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996 AND 1997
Net Sales
The Company's net sales increased by 25.5% during the six months ended June
30, 1997 over the Company's net sales during the corresponding period in 1996
primarily as a result of incremental sales volume associated with the recently
completed acquisitions (including approximately $38.7 million in revenues during
the six months ended June 30, 1997 from the Plastofilm, Trio, European OPS
Business and M&R acquisitions) and significantly increased volume of extruded
sheet and film. The following table sets forth information with respect to net
sales of the Company's product groups for the periods presented:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
----------------------------------------------
JUNE 30, % OF JUNE 30, % OF
1996 NET SALES 1997 NET SALES
-------- --------- -------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging..................... $103,495 49.2 $152,914 57.9
Industrial Packaging................... 106,948 50.8 111,120 42.1
-------- ----- -------- -----
Total............................. $210,443 100.0 $264,034 100.0
======== ===== ======== =====
</TABLE>
Consumer Packaging's net sales increased by 47.8% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 from the corresponding period in 1996 primarily due to
incremental sales volume associated with the recently completed acquisitions
aggregating approximately $38.7 million in revenues during the six months ended
June 30, 1997, increased unit sales volume of extruded OPS sheet and film and
increased sales of converted plastic and paper products. The increase in net
sales was partially offset by decreased average selling price of OPS sheet and
film. During the six months ended June 30, 1997, domestic production of extruded
OPS sheet in pounds increased 18.7% while the average selling price per pound
decreased 2.4% from the corresponding period in 1996. Sales of extruded OPS film
in pounds increased 32.5% during the first six months of 1997 and the average
selling price per pound decreased 6.2% from the corresponding period in 1996.
Sales of converted plastic and paper products, excluding the sales relating to
the newly acquired facilities, increased 8.0% during the six months ended June
30, 1997 over the corresponding period in 1996 primarily due to new product
introductions in the supermarket and agricultural market segments.
Industrial Packaging's net sales increased by 3.9% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 from the corresponding period in 1996, primarily due to
increased unit volume of the Company's protective masking products and increased
average selling price of the Company's recycled and specialty papers. The
increase in net sales was partially offset by a decrease in volume of the
Company's coated paper for stamp applications and decreased unit volume of the
Company's recycled and specialty paper. The average net selling price of the
Company's recycled and specialty paper increased 10.8% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 compared to the corresponding period in the prior year.
However, the number of tons of recycled and specialty paper sold during the
period decreased 4.9% compared to the corresponding period in 1996.
27
<PAGE> 30
Gross Profit
The Company's gross profit increased 23.1% during the six months ended June
30, 1997 compared to the corresponding period in the prior year primarily as a
result of the incremental effects of newly acquired facilities and increased
sales volume. The increased gross profit was partially offset by decreased
margins in the Company's recycled and specialty paper operations due to market
conditions and decreased profitability of the Company's polymerization
operations. Gross profit margin was 21.3% and 21.8% during the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
Operating Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses increased 33.1% during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 primarily as a result of the recently completed
acquisitions. As a percentage of net sales, selling and administrative expenses
increased to 11.2% during the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to 10.5%
during the same period in the prior year primarily due to the higher selling and
administrative expenses at Plastofilm and Industrial Packaging.
Amortization of intangibles increased 98.4% during the six months ended
June 30, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996 as a result of increased
goodwill and non-compete agreement amortization associated with the recently
completed acquisitions.
Income from Operations
Income from operations was $26.4 million during the six months ended June
30, 1997 compared to income from operations of $23.4 million during the six
months ended June 30, 1996. The increase in income from operations is primarily
a result of the recently completed acquisitions and increased volume of extruded
OPS sheet and film during the six months ended June 30, 1997. Operating margin
was 10.0% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to operating margin of
11.1% during the six months ended June 30, 1996. The decrease in operating
margin is primarily due to the increased selling and administrative expenses as
a percentage of net sales.
Interest Expense
Interest expense during the six months ended June 30, 1997 was $22.8
million compared to $21.2 million during the same period in 1996. The increase
reflects greater outstanding aggregate indebtedness during 1997 as a result of
accretion on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures and additional borrowings under the
Existing Credit Facility to finance the recently completed acquisitions. The
increase was partially offset by decreased interest rates on the Existing Credit
Facility.
Net Income
Net income was $2.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 1997
compared to net income of $1.7 million in the prior year. The increase in net
income during the first six months of 1997 is primarily due to increased income
from operations partially offset by higher interest expense.
Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA includes income from operations adjusted to exclude
depreciation and amortization expenses, goodwill write-off, acquisition related
expenses and restructuring charge. The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA
provides additional information for determining its ability to meet future debt
service requirements. However, Adjusted EBITDA is not a defined term under GAAP
and is not indicative of operating income or cash flow from operations as
determined under GAAP.
28
<PAGE> 31
The following table sets forth information with respect to Adjusted EBITDA
of the Company's product groups for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
-------------------------------------------
JUNE 30, % OF JUNE 30, % OF
1996 NET SALES 1997 NET SALES
-------- --------- -------- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging....................... $19,167 18.5 $25,339 16.6
Industrial Packaging..................... 18,452 17.3 17,516 15.8
Corporate Expense........................ (2,931) -- (3,183) --
------- ---- ------- ----
Total............................... $34,688 16.5 $39,672 15.0
======= ==== ======= ====
</TABLE>
The Company's Adjusted EBITDA increased 14.4% from $34.7 million to $39.7
million; however, Adjusted EBITDA margin decreased from 16.5% to 15.0% during
the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to the same period in 1996. The
32.2%, or $6.2 million, increase in Consumer Packaging's Adjusted EBITDA during
the six months ended June 30, 1997 is primarily attributable to the incremental
Adjusted EBITDA from the recently completed acquisitions and to the increased
sales of extruded sheet and film and converted plastic and paper products.
Consumer Packaging's increased Adjusted EBITDA was partially offset by the
decreased profitability of the Company's polymerization operations. The decrease
in Industrial Packaging's Adjusted EBITDA of 5.1%, or $936,000, is primarily due
to decreased gross profit associated with lower sales unit volume of the
Company's recycled and specialty paper and increased operating expenses in the
Company's protective masking business.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
Net Sales
The following table sets forth information with respect to net sales of the
Company's product groups for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------------
% OF % OF % OF
1994 NET SALES 1995 NET SALES 1996 NET SALES
---- --------- ---- --------- ---- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging................. $189,089 48.4 $219,806 48.7 $234,584 51.9
Industrial Packaging............... 201,886 51.6 231,763 51.3 217,223 48.1
-------- ----- -------- ----- -------- -----
Total......................... $390,975 100.0 $451,569 100.0 $451,807 100.0
======== ===== ======== ===== ======== =====
</TABLE>
Consumer Packaging's net sales increased by 6.7% in 1996 from 1995 levels
and 16.2% in 1995 from 1994 levels. The increase in 1996 compared to the prior
year is the result of increased unit sales volume of extruded sheet and film,
and the third quarter 1996 acquisitions of Plastofilm and Trio which generated
revenue approximating $14.2 million in 1996, partially offset by a decrease in
average selling price of substantially all products (primarily related to lower
raw material costs during 1996). Near the end of 1995, Consumer Packaging
increased OPS extrusion capacity with the completion of a new extrusion line in
Manteno, Illinois. The increased capacity resulted in a 16.9% increase in pounds
of extruded sheet and film sold during 1996 over the prior year. The increases
in volume were partially offset by a decrease of 15.5% in the average selling
price per pound of OPS in 1996 compared to 1995 (primarily related to lower raw
material costs during 1996). Net sales of converted plastic and paper products
were consistent during 1996 compared to 1995 reflecting slightly increased unit
volume offset by decreased average selling price (primarily related to lower raw
material costs during 1996). The 1995 increase from the prior year is the result
of increased unit sales volume of extruded sheet and film and increased selling
prices of substantially all products (primarily related to significantly higher
raw material costs during 1995). During the third quarter of 1994, Consumer
Packaging increased OPS extrusion capacity with the completion of a new
extrusion line in Hazleton, Pennsylvania. Principally as a result of this
extrusion capacity expansion, pounds of extruded sheet and film sold increased
15.4% during 1995 compared to 1994. Compared to the prior year, the average
selling price per pound of extruded sheet
29
<PAGE> 32
increased 12.7% during 1995. Net sales of converted plastic and paper products
increased 7.9% during 1995, principally as a result of higher selling prices.
Industrial Packaging's net sales decreased by 6.3% in 1996 from 1995 and
increased by 14.8% in 1995 from 1994. The decrease in 1996 from 1995 is
primarily attributable to a decrease in recycled and specialty lightweight paper
unit sales volume and average selling price and a significant decrease in net
sales of coated paper for stamp applications, partially offset by increased net
sales of protective packaging products. During 1996, the unit sales volume of
recycled and specialty lightweight paper sold decreased 9.1% and the average
selling price decreased 13.0% due to declining raw material costs and aggressive
competitive pricing in the industry. The 1996 decrease in net sales was
partially offset by increased net sales of protective packaging products
primarily associated with the third quarter 1995 acquisition of PPI which added
revenues of approximately $14.3 million during 1996 and increased net sales of
masking and cohesive products for applications in the automotive, housing and
mail order industries. The increase in net sales in 1995 from 1994, in part, is
due to the PPI acquisition which generated revenues of approximately $6.8
million during 1995 and unit sales volume increases of recycled paper and coated
paper for stamp applications. The 1995 increase in net sales also is
attributable to increases during 1995 in the average selling prices (primarily
related to significantly higher raw material costs during 1995) in materials
such as polyethylene, virgin pulp, OCC and DLK.
Gross Profit
The Company's gross profit increased 17.9% during 1996 compared to 1995
primarily as a result of the increased unit sales volume discussed above, the
increased profitability of the Company's converted plastic and converted paper
operations, the incremental effects of the Trio, Plastofilm and PPI acquisitions
and decreased raw material costs (including styrene monomer, polystyrene, OCC,
DLK and virgin pulp). These increases were offset, in part, by the decreased
profitability of the Company's polymerization operations and specialty and
lightweight paper operations. Gross profit margin increased to 22.2% in 1996
from 18.9% in 1995. The gross profit margin increase during 1996 is primarily
attributable to cost decreases for certain of the Company's raw materials and
improved operational efficiencies as a result of greater unit volume of extruded
sheet and film.
The Company's gross profit increased 14.7% during 1995 compared to 1994
primarily as a result of the increased net sales discussed above and the
significantly increased profitability of the Company's polymerization
operations. However, gross profit margin decreased slightly to 18.9% in 1995
from 19.0% in 1994. The gross profit margin decrease during 1995 is primarily
attributable to significant cost increases for the Company's raw materials
(including styrene monomer, polystyrene, polyethylene, OCC, DLK and virgin
pulp). The decrease in the Company's gross profit margin was partially offset by
improved operational efficiencies as a result of greater unit volume of extruded
sheet and film and recycled paper and by the significantly increased
profitability of the Company's polymerization operations due to, among other
things, the Company's favorable styrene monomer purchases during 1995.
Operating Expenses
Selling and administrative expenses increased 11.5% during 1996 compared to
the prior year and as a percentage of net sales increased to 10.5% during 1996
compared to 9.4% in 1995. The increase in selling and administrative expenses is
primarily attributable to the PPI, Plastofilm and Trio acquisitions. The
increase as a percentage of net sales is attributable to the decreases in the
Company's average selling price as discussed above.
Selling and administrative expenses increased 2.2% during 1995 compared to
the prior year but as a percentage of net sales declined to 9.4% in 1995
compared to 10.7% in 1994. The decrease as a percentage of net sales is
attributable to the significant increases in net sales dollars as discussed
above without a comparable increase in operating expenses and a cost reduction
plan implemented by management during the third quarter of 1994.
Amortization of intangibles decreased during 1996 as compared to 1995 and
increased in 1995 compared to 1994 as a result of the accelerated write-off of a
non-compete agreement of $1.1 million during 1995.
30
<PAGE> 33
During 1995, the Company wrote off $13.5 million of the goodwill associated
with a portion of its Industrial Packaging businesses. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations --
Results of Operations -- For the Years Ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 --
Goodwill Write-off."
The $5.0 million of special charges taken in 1995 is comprised of the
following: a $2.3 million charge associated with IPC's long-term special
incentive agreement with senior management; a $2.0 million charge associated
with the costs related to the Company's attempted public equity offering during
the fourth quarter of 1995; and a reduction of land value of $760,000 associated
with the Company's donation of a portion of its Chagrin Falls, Ohio paper mill
site to the Village of Chagrin Falls.
Goodwill Write-off
During 1995, a portion of the Industrial Packaging businesses (such portion
having been acquired primarily in the 1989 acquisition of L&CP Corporation) had
experienced less sales volume growth and lower profitability than anticipated.
As a consequence, and in response to dynamic market conditions, during the
second quarter of 1995 the Company realigned the management of these businesses
based on three distinct operating units -- masking, graphics and other
protective products.
Consistent with its accounting policy for goodwill and long-lived assets at
that time, the Company made a reassessment of its remaining goodwill, all of
which pertained to the above operating units, during the second quarter of 1995
and revised its projections to more accurately reflect expected future results.
The Company segregated the assets and cash flows of these three operating units
to the lowest level for which cash flows are identifiable and independent of one
another at that time. In order to evaluate its goodwill impairment, the Company
projected the cash flows allocable to these businesses over the estimated
remaining goodwill amortization periods of approximately 34 years. The Company
then discounted such cash flows at a rate which it believed was commensurate
with the risk involved. The Company selected a pre-tax weighted average cost of
capital (reflective of comparable companies within its industry) for purposes of
discounting its cash flows. The discounted cash flows of each business were then
compared to the sum of the business groups' working capital and net book value
of fixed assets. Impairment of goodwill was then measured by comparing the
remaining discounted cash flow to the net book value of the business groups'
goodwill. Upon comparison, the discounted cash flows for the graphics and other
protective products businesses were insufficient to recover each of such
businesses' goodwill. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment of $13.5
million during the second quarter of 1995.
The 1995 revised projections for this portion of the Company's business
were extrapolated from market conditions and competitive pressures existing at
that time and were based upon, among other things, the assumptions that growth
of operating income before depreciation and amortization would range from 2-6%
per year through 1999, from 1-3% per year from 2000-2010 and 0% per year from
2011-2029. The growth assumptions for the graphics and other protective products
businesses were lower than the masking business. The projections assumed that
capital expenditures would generally be consistent with depreciation over the
long term. The Company believes that its revised projections based on the June
1995 existing historic financial trends and market conditions were its best
estimate at that time of its future performance and that the Company's
performance at such projected levels will not substantially detract from the
Company's future earnings. However, there can be no assurances that such
estimates will be indicative of future results, which ultimately may be less
than or greater than these estimates.
Income from Operations
Income from operations and operating margin were $52.3 million and 11.6%,
respectively, during 1996, compared to $22.3 million and 4.9%, respectively,
during 1995 and $31.5 million and 8.0%, respectively, during 1994. The increase
in 1996 income from operations and operating margin compared to 1995 primarily
results from the $13.5 million goodwill write-off and $5.0 million of special
charges recorded during 1995. Without these special charges during 1995,
operating income and operating margin would have been $40.7 million and 9.0%,
respectively, in 1995. The increase in 1996 income from operations and operating
margin over 1995
31
<PAGE> 34
income from operations and operating margin (before the 1995 write-off of
goodwill and the special charges) was attributable to the improved gross profit
and gross profit margin discussed above. The 1995 decrease in income from
operations and operating margin compared to 1994 is primarily due to the
write-off of goodwill and the special charges recorded during 1995. The increase
in 1995 operating income and margin (before the 1995 write-off of goodwill and
the special charges) compared to the 1994 operating income and margin was
attributable to the Company's increased gross profit and reduced operating
expenses as a percentage of net sales.
Interest Expense
Interest expense during 1996 was $42.7 million compared to $43.3 million
and $39.8 million during 1995 and 1994, respectively. The decrease in 1996 from
1995 primarily results from lower interest rates during 1996 as a result of the
Company's refinancing of the Existing Credit Facility during the fourth quarter
of 1995. The increase in 1995 from 1994 resulted from a larger amount of
outstanding indebtedness during 1995 as a result of accretion on the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures and increased borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility
which were primarily related to the Company's acquisition of the assets of PPI.
Income Taxes
The Company's tax provisions for 1996, 1995 and 1994 primarily reflect
provisions for federal alternative minimum tax and state taxes.
Extraordinary Item
The extraordinary item in 1995 reflects the write-off of deferred loan
costs of $2.4 million written off in connection with the refinancing of the
Existing Credit Facility.
Net Income/Loss
Net income was $8.7 million in 1996 compared to a net loss of $24.5 million
in 1995. The improved net income during 1996 is primarily the result of the
Company's improved gross profit during 1996 and the $13.5 million goodwill
write-off and $5.0 million of special charges recorded during 1995.
Net loss increased to $24.5 million in 1995 compared to $9.3 million in
1994. The $15.2 million increase in net loss during 1995 is primarily the result
of the write-off of goodwill and special charges recorded during 1995.
Adjusted EBITDA
The following table sets forth information with respect to Adjusted EBITDA
of the Company's product groups for the periods presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------------------------------------
% OF % OF % OF
1994 NET SALES 1995 NET SALES 1996 NET SALES
---- --------- ---- --------- ---- ---------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging.................... $34,506 18.2 $36,954 16.8 $43,776 18.7
Industrial Packaging.................. 25,695 12.7 31,744 13.7 37,694 17.4
Corporate Expense..................... (6,543) -- (5,609) -- (6,446) --
------- ------- -------
Total............................ $53,658 13.7 $63,089 14.0 $75,024 16.6
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The Company's Adjusted EBITDA increased by $11.9 million to $75.0 million
in 1996, an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 16.6%, compared to 1995 Adjusted EBITDA of
$63.1 million and an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 14.0%. The increase in Consumer
Packaging's Adjusted EBITDA during 1996 is primarily attributable to the
increased gross profit associated with the extruded sheet and film volume
increases, improved operating performance of converted plastic and paper
operations, and incremental Adjusted
32
<PAGE> 35
EBITDA from Plastofilm. Such increases were partially offset by decreased
profitability of the Company's polymerization operations. The increase in
Industrial Packaging's Adjusted EBITDA during 1996 is primarily the result of
the incremental Adjusted EBITDA from PPI and the improved sales volume of
protective packaging products. Corporate expenses increased 14.9% from $5.6
million to $6.4 million primarily as the result of increased incentive
compensation.
The Company's Adjusted EBITDA increased by $9.4 million to $63.1 million in
1995, representing an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 14.0%, compared to 1994 Adjusted
EBITDA of $53.7 million and an Adjusted EBITDA margin of 13.7%. The increase in
Consumer Packaging's Adjusted EBITDA during 1995 is primarily attributable to
the increased gross profit associated with the extruded sheet and film volume
increases and significantly increased profitability of the Company's
polymerization operations. The increase in Industrial Packaging's Adjusted
EBITDA during 1995 is primarily the result of the increased unit sales of
recycled kraft paper and the incremental Adjusted EBITDA from PPI during the
fourth quarter of 1995. Corporate expense decreased 14.3% from $6.5 million to
$5.6 million as a result of cost improvement actions taken by the Company in the
third quarter of 1994.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Recent Developments
The discussion in "Historical Liquidity and Capital Resources" below does
not give effect to the Offerings, the Offers and the New Credit Facility
(described herein) pursuant to which Ivex expects IPC to borrow (on a pro forma
basis at June 30, 1997) approximately $328.4 million under the New Credit
Facility to (i) refinance $49.2 million outstanding under the revolving credit
portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) refinance $52.5 million
outstanding under the term loan portion of the Existing Credit Facility, (iii)
apply approximately $178.2 million to the acquisition of 12 1/2% Subordinated
Notes and 13 1/4% Discount Debentures, (iv) lend approximately $14.0 million to
certain key executives to enable them to pay their individual income taxes
payable in connection with the conversion of the IPC Options and (v) pay
approximately $34.6 million of fees associated with these transactions, and to
utilize approximately $45.0 million of availability under the New Credit
Facility to refinance outstanding letters of credit. See "The Refinancing,"
"Capitalization" and "Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data." See "Description
of Certain Indebtedness -- The New Credit Facility" for a summary of the terms
and conditions of the New Credit Facility.
The Company expects that the Offerings, together with the conversion of the
IPC Options, will result in a more-than-50% ownership change for purposes of
Section 382 of the Code, resulting in the imposition of Section 382 limitations
on the use of the Company's NOL carryforwards existing as of the date of the
ownership change. In addition, Ivex expects to have a significant NOL
attributable to the period after such ownership change resulting from certain
one-time charges expected to be incurred as a result of the refinancing
transactions described herein. Consequently, if another more-than-50% ownership
change takes place after the consummation of the Offerings, such ownership
change could result in the imposition of Section 382 limitations on such NOL.
Historical Liquidity and Capital Resources
The Company conducts business through IPC and has no operations of its own.
The primary asset of the Company is the common stock of IPC which has been
pledged to secure the obligations of IPC and the subsidiaries under the Existing
Credit Facility. The Company is dependent on the cash flow of IPC and its
subsidiaries in order to pay the principal and interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures; however, IPC has no contractual obligations to distribute any such
cash flow to the Company. In addition, the Existing Credit Facility contains
provisions that (except for certain limited exceptions) prohibit the payment of
dividends and distributions by IPC to the Company. Moreover, the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Note Indenture contains provisions that limit IPC's ability to pay
dividends and make distributions to the Company.
The Company's long-term debt, less current installments, increased to
$404.6 million at June 30, 1997 from $352.9 million at December 31, 1996
primarily reflecting $7.0 million of accretion on the 13 1/4% Discount
33
<PAGE> 36
Debentures, borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility of $49.2 million, $2.6
million of scheduled debt reductions and the reclassification of $1.9 million to
current. The Company's long-term debt consists of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures, with an accreted value of $113.1 million at June 30, 1997. The
long-term debt of the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, IPC, consists primarily
of the $157.4 million of IPC's 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, term loans of $45.6
million and revolving credit facility borrowing of $49.2 million under the
Existing Credit Facility, $37.6 million of industrial revenue bonds and other
debt of $1.7 million.
At June 30, 1997, IPC had cash and cash equivalents of $8.3 million and
$52.2 million was available under the revolving credit portion of the Existing
Credit Facility. IPC's working capital at June 30, 1997 was $60.2 million.
The Company's primary long-term cash requirements are for the debt service
relating to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. Commencing on September 15, 2000,
cash interest on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will be payable semi-annually
and on March 15, 2005, the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will mature and the
aggregate principal amount then outstanding will become due and payable. The
Company will be dependent on the cash flow of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries in
order to meet its debt service obligations. Significant contractual and other
restrictions exist on the payment of dividends and the making of loans by IPC to
the Company. In addition, as a result of the goodwill write-offs in 1993 and
1995, IPC's ability to make distributions to the Company under the 12 1/2%
Subordinated Note Indenture has been impaired; consequently this Indenture will
require modification before any such distributions to the Company can be made.
Regardless, IPC and IPC's subsidiaries may not generate sufficient cash flows to
distribute to the Company in order for the Company to service the cash interest
payments on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures that commence in September 2000 or
to retire the $160 million principal amount of 13 1/4% Discount Debentures upon
their maturity in 2005. Consequently, all or a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures may require refinancing prior to such dates. The Company believes
that distributions from IPC and its access to debt financing in the public and
private markets should be sufficient to enable it to retire all or a portion of
the principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures and to refinance any
remaining principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures upon their
maturity in 2005, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.
In the event that the Company is unable to service the cash interest payments on
or to retire or refinance the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures or is unable to obtain
any required consents from the holders of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes to make
interest payments on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures, the Company may be
required to, among other things, seek appropriate waivers from such creditors or
recapitalize its capital structure.
The primary short-term and long-term operating cash requirements for IPC,
the Company's wholly owned operating subsidiary, are for debt service, working
capital and capital expenditures. The Company expects IPC to rely on cash
generated from IPC's and IPC's subsidiaries' operations, supplemented by
revolving credit facility borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility (at June
30, 1997, $52.2 million was available under the revolving credit portion of the
Existing Credit Facility), to fund IPC's principal short-term and long-term cash
requirements. The Company believes that IPC and IPC's subsidiaries should
generate sufficient cash flows to service the cash interest payments on the
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes through their maturity in 2002, although there can be
no assurances that such cash flows, if any, will be adequate to service these
interest payments. However, IPC and IPC's subsidiaries may not generate
sufficient cash flows to retire the $158.0 million principal amount of 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes prior to or upon their maturity in 2002. Consequently, all or
a portion of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes may require refinancing prior to the
maturity thereof. IPC believes that its consolidated cash flow from operations
and access to debt financing in the public and private markets should be
sufficient to enable it to retire all or a portion of the principal amount of
the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes and to refinance any remaining principal amount
of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes prior to or upon their maturity, although
there can be no assurance that this will be the case. In the event that IPC is
unable to retire or refinance the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, IPC may be
required to, among other things, seek appropriate waivers from such creditors or
recapitalize its capital structure. IPC is required to maintain certain
financial ratios and levels of net worth and future indebtedness and dividends,
among other things, are restricted under these facilities.
34
<PAGE> 37
The 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes require semi-annual interest payments on
June 15 and December 15 and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing
and future senior indebtedness of IPC. The 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes are
redeemable at the option of IPC, in whole or in part, on or after December 15,
1997 at the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of the
principal amount thereof), plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. If
redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning December 15,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ 106.250%
1998........................................................ 103.125%
1999 and thereafter......................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
Each holder of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes may require IPC to repurchase
such holders' 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes in the event of a change of control at
101% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. The 12 1/2% Subordinated Note Indenture contains certain covenants
that, among other things, limit the ability of IPC to incur additional
indebtedness, pay dividends or repurchase stock.
The Existing Credit Facility is comprised of $52.5 million in term loans, a
$45.0 million letter of credit facility and a $105.0 million revolving credit
facility of which approximately $52.2 million was available as of June 30, 1997.
The term loans under the Existing Credit Facility require quarterly payments of
$1.3 million through September 30, 1997; $1.9 million from December 31, 1997
through September 30, 1998; $3.0 million from December 31, 1998 through
September 30, 1999; $3.5 million from December 31, 1999 through September 30,
2000; $4.1 million from December 31, 2000 through June 30, 2001; and $5.4
million on September 30, 2001. At the option of IPC, the term loans and
borrowings on the revolving credit facility accrue interest at the LIBOR reserve
adjusted rate, as defined in the Existing Credit Facility, plus 2.25% or the
prime rate plus 1.0%. Such rates are subject to change based on IPC's ability to
achieve certain financial ratios as defined in the Existing Credit Facility. The
Company's actual interest rate on the term loans and the revolving credit
facility as of June 30, 1997 was the LIBOR reserve adjusted rate, as defined,
plus 1.75% or prime rate plus 0.75%. Borrowings are secured by substantially all
the assets of IPC and its subsidiaries and the stock of IPC and IPC's
subsidiaries. The revolving credit facility and letter of credit facility
terminate on September 30, 2001. Under the Existing Credit Facility, IPC is
required to maintain certain financial ratios and levels of net worth and future
indebtedness and dividends are restricted, among other things.
During 1996, IPC entered into interest rate swap agreements for the term
loans for notional amounts totaling $60.0 million through January 19, 1999. Such
agreements effectively fix IPC's LIBOR base rate at 5.33% and income or expense
related to settlements under the swap agreements are recorded as adjustments to
interest expense in IPC's financial statements.
IPC's industrial revenue bonds require monthly interest payments and are
due in varying amounts and dates through 2009. Certain letters of credit under
the Existing Credit Facility provide credit enhancement for IPC's industrial
revenue bonds.
Primarily as a consequence of the Company's 1993 and 1995 goodwill
write-offs, as of June 30, 1997, the Company's recorded assets are less than its
recorded liabilities by approximately $124.4 million. The Company believes that
its negative net worth will not have any material consequences on its operations
or its ability to obtain trade credit or financing.
On January 17, 1997, IPC purchased substantially all of the assets,
excluding accounts receivable, of the European OPS Business for $11.9 million
and on February 21, 1997, IPC purchased all of the outstanding common stock of
M&R located in Laval, Quebec for $18.7 million, including the repayment of
certain indebtedness of M&R and related acquisition fees and expenses. In
addition, on August 8, 1997, IPC purchased all of the outstanding common stock
of AVPEX International Corporation ("AVP") located in Newcastle, Canada for
approximately $8.0 million, including the repayment of certain indebtedness of
AVP and related fees and expenses. The acquired businesses were financed through
revolving credit borrowings under IPC's senior credit facility. As of the date
hereof, the Company is not presently committed under any
35
<PAGE> 38
material contractual obligations for acquisitions. However, the Company expects
that a portion of its growth in net revenues will result from future
acquisitions.
The Company made capital expenditures of $11.0 million, $17.6 million,
$19.4 million and $16.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the
years 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The spending during the six months
ended June 30, 1997 and the year 1996 was directed, in part, to new stock
thermoforming tooling and thermoforming machines at two of its converting
facilities, a coextrusion line at one of the Company's extrusion facilities, and
de-inking equipment at one of the Company's paper mill facilities. The spending
in 1995 and 1994 was directed, in part, to the Company's new OPS extrusion line
at the Company's Hazleton, Pennsylvania facility that was completed in 1994 and
to the construction of a second OPS extrusion line at its Manteno, Illinois
facility that was completed during the fourth quarter of 1995. The Company was
not committed under any material contractual obligations for capital
expenditures as of June 30, 1997.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Earnings Per Share
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 128, "Earnings per
Share," which established a new accounting principle for the calculation of
earnings per share. The new pronouncement is effective for accounting periods
ending after December 15, 1997 and earlier application is not permitted. Upon
adoption, all prior period earnings per share data presented shall be restated
to conform to this Statement. As the Company's common stock equivalents were
anti-dilutive during the periods presented, adoption of this standard is not
expected to have a material impact on amounts previously reported as earnings
per share.
Reporting Comprehensive Income
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income," which will require the Company to disclose, in financial statement
format, all non-owner changes in equity. Such changes include cumulative foreign
currency translation adjustments and certain minimum pension liabilities. SFAS
No. 130 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and
requires presentation of prior period financial statements for comparability
purposes. The Company expects to adopt this standard during the year ended
December 31, 1998. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have a
material impact on disclosure in the Company's financial statements.
Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information," which establishes standards for
reporting information about operating segments in annual financial statements
and interim financial reports. It also establishes standards for related
disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.
SFAS No. 131 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1997 and
requires presentation of prior period financial statements for comparability
purposes. The Company is currently evaluating its required disclosures under
SFAS No. 131 and expects to adopt this standard during the year ended December
31, 1998.
36
<PAGE> 39
BUSINESS
GENERAL
Ivex is a vertically integrated specialty packaging company that designs
and manufactures value-added plastic and paper-based flexible packaging
products. The Company believes that it is the leading provider of customized
packaging in selected specialty markets, ranking first or second in markets
representing approximately 65% of the Company's revenues. Ivex has increased
sales and profitability by focusing on niche markets that provide attractive
margins and growth and where the Company's integrated manufacturing capabilities
enhance its competitive position. Ivex serves a variety of markets, providing
packaging for food, medical devices and electronic goods and protective
packaging for industrial products.
Over the past several years, the Company has executed a comprehensive
growth strategy based upon (i) achieving internal growth through product
extensions and further penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth
through strategic acquisitions. The Company has completed six such acquisitions
since 1995. Since 1993, net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT have
increased at compound annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%,
respectively, and, excluding such acquisitions, of 4.7%, 8.7% and 16.8%,
respectively.
The core businesses of the Company were acquired by Acadia and certain
related investors between 1988 and 1991. The acquisitions of four established
companies, Kama Corporation, Ivex Corporation, L&CP Corporation and IPMC, Inc.
were part of an overall strategic plan to create a vertically integrated
specialty packaging company. In December 1992, in connection with the
incorporation of IPC, the Company changed its name from Ivex Packaging
Corporation to Ivex Holdings Corporation and IPC changed its name from New
Packaging Corporation to Ivex Packaging Corporation. In August 1995, the Company
changed its name from Ivex Holdings Corporation to Ivex Packaging Corporation
and IPC changed its name from Ivex Packaging Corporation to IPC, Inc. Since
August 1995, the Company has augmented its core businesses through the recent
acquisitions of PPI, Plastofilm, Trio, the European OPS Business, M&R and AVP.
MARKETS
Consumer Packaging. The Consumer Packaging product group designs and
manufactures plastic and paper-based products for food packaging applications
and, more recently, for applications in the medical and electronics industries.
The Company produces a broad array of items, including plastic containers for
prepared foods, produce and baked goods; specialty paper products such as fluted
baking cups and liners for cookies and other baked goods; microwaveable
packaging materials; and protective packaging for medical devices and
electronics products. The Consumer Packaging product group markets its products
to a variety of end users, including national wholesale bakeries, supermarket
chains, foodservice distributors, fast-food chains, major agricultural growers,
medical equipment suppliers and electronics manufacturers. The Company also
manufactures a variety of plastic sheet and film products from several different
resins for internal use and sales to third party converters. Ivex is the leading
producer of OPS sheet in North America. The Consumer Packaging product group
represented approximately 56% of the Company's net sales and 58% of the
Company's Adjusted EBITDA during the 12 months ended June 30, 1997. The
Company's Consumer Packaging product group is hereinafter sometimes referred to
as "Consumer Packaging".
Industrial Packaging. The Industrial Packaging product group manufactures
and coats film, paper and foil products for protective packaging and specialty
papers. The Company produces products for some of the fastest growing
applications in the protective packaging industry, including film and paper
maskings and self-sealing coated packaging applications. These products are
marketed primarily to consumer durable goods manufacturers, automotive
companies, other industrial manufacturers and integrated paper producers. The
Company also manufactures a variety of recycled kraft paper made from
post-consumer and post-industrial fibers and specialty lightweight paper made
primarily from virgin pulp for internal use and sales to third party converters.
The Industrial Packaging product group represented approximately 44% of the
Company's net sales and 42% of the Company's Adjusted EBITDA during the 12
months ended June 30, 1997. The Company's Industrial Packaging product group is
hereinafter sometimes referred to as "Industrial Packaging".
37
<PAGE> 40
The following table illustrates the wide variety of products that Ivex
manufactures:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
12 MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, 1997
----------------------
ADJUSTED
PRODUCT GROUP NET SALES EBITDA PRODUCTS CUSTOMERS END PRODUCT USES
------------- --------- -------- -------- --------- ----------------
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consumer Packaging..... $284,003 $49,948 Plastic containers, Supermarkets, Plastic hinged and
corrugated paper foodservice two-piece containers,
liners and specialty distributors, fast trays for deli foods,
paper products, OPS food chains, bakery salads, cookies,
sheet and film, HIPS and confectionery berries and cakes,
sheet, PET sheet, PP companies, food film for envelope and
sheet, PVC sheet and processors, plastic box windows,
HDPE sheet converters, envelope protective plastic
and folding carton packaging for medical
manufacturers, medical and electronics
device and supply applications, paper
companies and liners for cookies,
electronics microwaveable
manufacturers packaging materials,
fluted bakery cups and
specialty paper
products
Industrial Packaging... 221,395 36,758 Protective packaging, Automotive companies, Paper and film
including coated paper consumer durables protective masking
and plastic, single manufacturers, other materials, cohesive
face corrugated paper, industrial self-sealing packaging
shippers and mailers manufacturers, paper papers, coated papers
and manufactured distributors and for stamps, labels and
paper, including kraft manufacturers of business forms, single
papers and specialty postage stamps, face corrugated paper
lightweight virgin business forms and for packaging,
papers paper converters shippers and mailers,
grocery and food bags,
specialty lightweight
papers for fast food
and candy wrappers
Corporate Expenses..... (6,698)
-------- -------
Total.................. $505,398 $80,008
======== =======
</TABLE>
BUSINESS STRATEGY
Ivex seeks to differentiate itself from other packaging providers by
offering customized packaging that addresses the specialized needs of its
customers. The Company's goal is to be the number one or number two provider of
customized packaging in its markets. Ivex believes it has a number of key
strengths that support its ability to implement this strategy:
Focus on Niche Markets. Ivex focuses primarily on markets with attractive
margin and growth characteristics. The Company's markets include the in-store
bakery, delicatessen and prepared food sections of supermarkets; foodservice
outlets; medical equipment and electronics goods manufacturers; and users of
industrial protective masking. The Company believes that these markets have been
among the fastest growing for packaging products over the past several years.
Each of these is characterized by few competitors, technological barriers to
entry, significant customer service requirements and attractive growth
potential.
Broad Product Range. Ivex manufactures a broad range of plastic and
paper-based stock and customized packaging products to provide a full service
approach to fulfilling its customers' packaging needs. Through its multi-resin
extrusion and thermoforming capabilities, Ivex is able to offer its customers a
variety of plastic
38
<PAGE> 41
packaging solutions. The Company believes its breadth of product range and
customization capabilities are competitive advantages that allow it to be more
responsive to, and provide a single supply source for, many of its customers'
packaging needs. Further, these capabilities enhance the Company's ability to
adapt to changing market preferences.
Flexible Design and Engineering. Ivex seeks to maximize opportunities
within niche markets by providing its customers with lower-cost product
development and shorter lead times than its competitors. The Company delivers
these benefits through research and development and technical expertise such as
computer-aided design and manufacturing and extensive in-house mold-making
capabilities.
Vertical Integration. Ivex pursues a vertically integrated operating
strategy in order to maximize product quality, minimize the influence of
external commodity price fluctuations and maintain its low-cost position. Within
Consumer Packaging, the Company operates two polymerization, seven extrusion and
eleven thermoforming facilities. In 1996, the Company produced 42% of its
polystyrene needs and 100% of its OPS sheet needs internally, resulting in a
significant advantage over competitors that purchase these materials in the open
market. Within Industrial Packaging, the Company's polyethylene film and paper
facilities provide important source products and product development
capabilities for many of the Company's protective packaging products.
Proprietary Technology. Ivex's proprietary technology strengthens its
product quality, market position and growth prospects in existing markets as
well as new product and geographic markets. Examples of the Company's
proprietary technology used by Consumer Packaging include extensive extrusion
process technology, low residual monomer polymerization technology and the
capability to manufacture OPS film to a gauge of less than one-thousandth of an
inch. Because of its proprietary production technology, the Company's OPS is
recognized as having a high level of quality within the industry. Within
Industrial Packaging, the Company utilizes many customized adhesive and cohesive
formulations in its surface protection and self-sealing products which
strengthen its market position and product development capabilities.
Broad Distribution Network. The geographic breadth of Ivex's manufacturing
and distribution network, including 26 plants in North America and Europe and an
extensive network of sales representatives, is another significant advantage
over the Company's competitors, which are often smaller and regionally based.
Ivex's distribution network allows it to meet the broad geographic needs of its
larger customers from a single source, which is an advantage as customers seek
to reduce their number of suppliers. Extensive geographic coverage also reduces
transportation costs and contributes to the Company's cost competitiveness.
GROWTH STRATEGY
Over the past several years, Ivex has executed a comprehensive growth
strategy based upon (i) internal growth through product extensions and further
penetration into higher growth markets and (ii) growth through strategic
acquisitions. Since 1993, net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBIT have
increased at compound annualized growth rates of 9.6%, 12.8% and 20.8%,
respectively, and, excluding such acquisitions, of 4.7%, 8.7% and 16.8%,
respectively. The Company believes it can continue growing sales and earnings
through its growth strategy as well as through utilizing excess cash flow to
reduce debt and interest expense.
Internal Growth. Ivex intends to utilize its business strategy and strong
market position to capitalize on a number of emerging industry trends. As
supermarkets, bakeries and foodservice distributors consolidate packaging
vendors to create efficiencies, the Company plans to use its broad product
offerings and distribution capabilities to capture market share through
increased sales to these customers. Consumer trends toward convenient,
ready-to-eat food products and the increased utilization of clear plastic
packaging for more appealing presentation within the delicatessen, bakery and
produce sections of supermarkets are resulting in increasing use of OPS sheet.
As the leading producer of OPS sheet in North America, Ivex believes that it
will experience increased production and sales of OPS sheet. In addition,
manufacturers are increasingly realizing the quality and cost/benefit advantage
of using protective packaging and masking to protect products from damage or
breakage during manufacturing, handling, storage and shipping. This trend
creates additional demand for the Company's protective masking products and
corrugated cushioning materials.
39
<PAGE> 42
Acquisitions. Ivex has pursued a disciplined acquisition program of
"bolt-on" acquisitions that are easily integrated into the Company's operations
and that meet certain defined strategic and financial return criteria. Since
1995, Ivex has completed six acquisitions that achieve a number of strategic
objectives:
- apply existing technology to new products and markets (the acquisition of
Plastofilm added medical and electronics end markets);
- fill out or extend existing product lines and markets (the acquisition of
Trio added multi-resin capabilities and the acquisition of PPI expanded
surface protection product offerings);
- expand geographical presence (the acquisitions of M&R and AVP in Canada
and the European OPS Business in the United Kingdom extended operations
outside the United States); and
- create rationalization opportunities (the integration of Plastofilm's
extrusion operation into Trio created a lower-cost operation).
As a market leader with a broad range of products and proven capabilities, the
Company believes that it is well positioned to continue to successfully apply
its acquisition and operating expertise to take advantage of consolidation
opportunities within the highly fragmented specialty packaging market.
CONSUMER PACKAGING
General. The Consumer Packaging product group is an integrated manufacturer
of plastic and paper products for use in a wide array of food applications and,
since its acquisition of Plastofilm, medical and electronics packaging
applications. The food packaging products are typically used for items sold in
supermarkets, wholesale and retail bakeries, fast-food restaurants and
institutional foodservice outlets. The Company's medical packaging products
typically are used by the major medical supply companies for sterility packaging
and its electronics packaging products generally are used as cushioning
materials.
Products. Consumer Packaging's products consist primarily of thermoformed
plastic containers used in food, medical and electronics markets and paper
products used in food packaging applications. Thermoformed plastic packaging
includes hinged and two-piece containers, trays for delicatessen foods, salads,
cookies, cakes and other items, sterility packaging for medical applications and
cushioning products for the electronics industry. Paper products consist of
single face corrugated paper liners for cookies and other baked goods,
microwaveable materials, fluted cups for baking and other specialty paper
products.
As part of its integrated operations, Ivex is the largest manufacturer of
OPS sheet in North America, and also produces OPS film, high impact polystyrene
("HIPS") sheet, polyethylene terephthelate ("PET") sheet, polypropylene ("PP")
sheet, high density polyethylene ("HDPE") sheet and polyvinyl chloride ("PVC")
sheet. OPS sheet is widely used in packaging applications where clarity,
rigidity and material yield are significant considerations. HIPS sheet is used
in similar applications where clarity is not as important, but where additional
stress or crack resistance is required. PET, PP, HDPE and PVC sheet are also
typically used in applications that require stress or crack resistance. OPS film
is a thinner gauge version of OPS sheet with applications primarily in windows
for envelopes and folding cartons as well as labels. The Company is one of the
largest producers of OPS film in North America and believes that it is the only
company in North America able to manufacture OPS film to a thickness of
one-thousandth of an inch. The Company's OPS sheet and film, HIPS sheet, PET
sheet, PP sheet, HDPE sheet and PVC sheet are marketed under the Company's
Kama(R) brand name.
Markets. The principal markets for Ivex's food packaging products include
supermarkets, particularly in-store bakery, delicatessen, and prepared food
sections; national wholesale bakeries; and foodservice outlets, particularly
fast-food restaurants and institutions such as schools, hospitals and corporate
cafeterias. The Company's position in these markets results from the quality of
its OPS sheet, its customized product development capabilities, its ability to
provide both plastic and paper products and its long-term relationships with key
accounts. The Company believes the supermarket and foodservice segments have
been two of the fastest growing markets for food packaging products over the
past several years. This growth has been fueled
40
<PAGE> 43
by the expansions of bakery, delicatessen and take-out departments and by
increased merchandising efforts by supermarkets in other areas such as produce
and floral. Growing customer demand for freshness and convenience has increased
the use of plastic packaging. In addition, in the foodservice area, the
Company's historical relationships with fast-food operators enable it to
leverage its reputation as new packaging opportunities arise in this market
segment. The principal markets for the Company's medical and electronics
packaging include medical device and supply manufacturers and electronics
manufacturers.
Ivex employs a national sales force to service each of the specific market
segments that it targets. Approximately half of the packaging customers are
serviced through distributors, with the balance serviced directly by the
Company's national account sales representatives. The Company markets to
end-users served by its distributors, such as small and regional supermarkets
and convenience food outlets, in order to establish "pull-through" demand
through this distribution channel. Brokers are also used to further penetrate
specific geographic markets and access prospective customers.
Manufacturing. The Company's plastic packaging products are manufactured
internally at the Company's two polystyrene polymerization, six extrusion and
eleven thermoforming facilities. Polystyrene polymerization is the process of
converting liquid styrene monomer into polystyrene through heat and agitation
under high pressure. The Company produces high quality polystyrene as measured
by the polystyrene's low residual monomer levels. The Company believes that its
low residual monomer OPS affords it a quality advantage in certain areas of the
food packaging industry where undesirable odor and taste transfer associated
with high residual monomer levels are a concern.
Extrusion is the process of converting plastic resin into plastic sheet and
film used in the thermoforming process. In 1996, the Company produced
approximately 79 million pounds of polystyrene resin and purchased approximately
107 million pounds of polystyrene resin and approximately 15 million pounds of
other plastic resin from third-party sources. The Company is one of only two OPS
producers that have polystyrene polymerization manufacturing facilities. This
capability results in a competitive cost and quality advantage. Because of the
Company's vertical integration and the technology employed in its extrusion
operations, the Company believes it is one of the lowest cost producers of OPS
in North America.
Ivex's plastic thermoforming and paper converting operations are
principally conducted in thirteen facilities located throughout North America
and Europe. The Company's broad geographic coverage enables the Company to
provide better customer service and reduce transportation costs. The Company's
flexible manufacturing and engineering capabilities enable it to work with its
customers to design custom packages. The Company believes that its strategically
located manufacturing facilities, flexible manufacturing capabilities, in-house
product engineering services and quality production expertise are all important
competitive strengths.
INDUSTRIAL PACKAGING
General. The Industrial Packaging product group is an integrated
manufacturer and coater of a variety of film, paper and foil products for
protective packaging and a manufacturer and coater of various grades of papers.
Products. Protective packaging products include protective paper and film
maskings; self-sealing coated packaging papers, films and corrugated paper; and
heavy-duty mailing envelopes marketed under the brand names Jet-Lite(R),
Jet-Cor(TM) and Jet-Pak(R). The Company's manufactured papers include
post-consumer and post-industrial recycled paper products (including lightweight
kraft paper for grocery and food bags and heavyweight crepe kraft paper for bag
closures), and specialty lightweight papers from virgin pulp used in the
flexible packaging and food packaging industries. The Company's coated papers
include water-activated gummed papers used for postage stamps, labels, and
envelopes, release papers used for high-pressure decorative laminates, and
laminations used for lottery ticket stock and decorative labels.
Markets. The Company's industrial packaging products are used in a wide
variety of commercial and industrial applications.
41
<PAGE> 44
Ivex believes that it is one of the largest producers of industrial
protective masking materials in North America. Management believes its strong
position within the industrial protective masking market is a result of its
chemical adhesive formulations and production technology. The Company's products
in this market range from adhesive coated paper and films to coextruded films
with adhesive properties. These paper and film maskings are used to protect
surfaces during manufacturing, handling, storage and shipping. The Company's
products must meet specifications for a broad array of surfaces requiring
protection, including glass, plastic, wood, polished and painted metals,
automotive trim, plastic laminates, furniture and marble.
Ivex applies adhesive and cohesive coatings to paper, films and single face
corrugated paper products for high-speed, high-volume, self-sealing packaging
applications. A cohesive package is designed to stick to itself and not to the
contents. The Company uses proprietary formulations of adhesive and cohesive
materials to meet specialized customer requirements. Typical end-users of
self-sealing packaging systems are the major U.S. automotive parts manufacturers
and book publishers. The Company also produces water-activated gummed printing
papers used for labels, commercial and postage stamps and business forms and
release papers that are used in the manufacture of high pressure decorative
laminates.
All of Ivex's low density polyethylene film is used internally in the
production of its film masking and self-sealing packaging products and
approximately 33% of the Company's recycled kraft paper is used internally in
the production of single face corrugated paper, cohesive coated paper and
mailing envelopes. Principal third-party markets for the Company's manufactured
paper products are food packaging, industrial packaging, bag converting and
industrial converting, including grocery and food bags; envelopes; bag closures
in pet food, seed, and fertilizer packaging; and fast-food and candy wrappers.
These markets require high service levels, including fast delivery and the
ability to produce a variety of colors, weights and formulations. Customers for
the Company's manufactured paper products include large, integrated paper
producers as well as packaging companies.
Manufacturing. Ivex's primary raw materials for protective packaging
products, principally low density polyethylene, specialty chemicals and paper,
are obtained from external sources as well as from the Company's low density
polyethelyne extrusion facility and recycled paper mill operations.
Ivex's coating and paper converting operations are conducted at eleven
facilities throughout the U.S. and Canada. The Company believes that its
extensive geographic coverage reduces transportation costs and contributes to
the cost competitiveness of the Company's packaging products.
All of the paper produced at three of the Company's four paper mills is
made entirely from post-consumer and post-industrial fibers, including OCC and
DLK. The Company was among the first to use 100% recycled post-industrial fibers
at one of its mills. Recycled paper accounts for approximately 65% of the total
output of the Company's paper operations. The products at the Company's fourth
mill in Detroit, Michigan are principally produced from virgin pulp and
post-industrial recycled fiber. The Company has installed recycling equipment at
its mill in Detroit, Michigan which enables the mill to substitute recycled
material for a portion of the higher-cost virgin pulp. Ivex believes that its
equipment provides greater flexibility than many larger competitors' machinery,
enabling it to serve a large number of relatively small, niche markets.
COMPETITION
The Company operates in markets that are highly competitive and faces
substantial competition throughout all of its product lines from numerous
national and regional companies. Many of these competitors are considerably
larger than the Company and have substantially greater financial and other
resources than the Company, while others are significantly smaller with lower
fixed costs and greater operating flexibility. In addition to price, competition
with respect to many of the Company's products is based on quality, supplier
response time, service and timely and complete order fulfillment.
The Company's main competitor in the supermarket and foodservice segments
is Tenneco Packaging. In the bakery area, the Company competes primarily with
Detroit Forming Inc. in plastic products and James River Corporation of Virginia
in paper products. The Company competes with several manufacturers of OPS sheet,
including Detroit Forming and Plastic Suppliers, Inc. In the medical and
electronics markets, the
42
<PAGE> 45
Company competes with many regional thermoformers, including Prent Corporation,
Placon Corp. and Crystal Thermoplastics, Inc. The Company competes primarily
with the Dow Chemical Company in the OPS film market. Ivex's major competitors
in protective masking include a joint venture between Minnesota Mining and
Manufacturing Company and Sealed Air Corporation, American Biltrite, Inc. and
Main Tape Company, Inc. The Company competes primarily with Sealed Air
Corporation and AVI Products, Inc. in the mailing envelope market.
EMPLOYEES
As of June 30, 1997, the Company had 22 employees at its Lincolnshire,
Illinois corporate headquarters and had 2,995 employees at plant locations, of
which 651 were salaried and 2,344 were hourly. Of the hourly workers,
approximately 914 were members of unions. The Company has collective bargaining
agreements with seven unions in effect with respect to certain hourly employees
at the Company's Joliet, Peoria, Chagrin Falls, Detroit, Troy, Newton, Avenel,
Grove City and Elyria facilities. There have been no significant interruptions
or curtailments of operations due to labor disputes in the last five years, and
the Company believes that relations with its employees are good. The collective
bargaining agreements at the Company's Newton, Chagrin Falls and Avenel
facilities will expire in 1998; the collective bargaining agreement at the
Company's Troy facility will expire in 1999; the collective bargaining
agreements at the Company's facilities in Joliet, Peoria and Elyria will expire
in 2000; and the collective bargaining agreement at the Company's facilities in
Grove City and Detroit will expire in 2001. The employees at the Company's Grant
Park, Illinois facility recently voted against union representation.
RAW MATERIALS
Styrene monomer, polystyrene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyvinyl
chloride and various paper-based commodities (including recycled and virgin
fiber) constitute the principal raw materials used in the manufacture of the
Company's products. Generally, these raw materials are readily available from a
wide variety of suppliers. Costs for all of the significant raw materials used
by the Company tend to fluctuate with various economic factors which generally
affect the Company and its competitors. The availability of raw materials was
adequate in 1996 and the first half of 1997 and is expected to remain adequate
throughout the remainder of 1997, although prices for certain items such as
styrene monomer, polystyrene, OCC, DLK and virgin fiber have been volatile and
may continue to fluctuate, in some instances adversely to the Company.
TRADEMARKS, PATENTS AND LICENSES
While the Company has registered and unregistered trademarks for many of
its product lines, these trademarks, other than the Company's rights to the
trademarks "Ivex(R)", "Plastofilm(R)" and "Kama(R)", are not considered material
to the conduct of the Company's business. The Company owns or licenses a number
of patents but such patents and licenses are not considered material to the
conduct of the Company's business and the Company does not believe that any of
its businesses are substantially dependent on patent protection. The Company's
material proprietary technologies are considered by the Company to be trade
secrets and know-how and are not protected by patents or licenses.
CUSTOMERS, SALES AND BACKLOG
No material portion of the Company's business is dependent upon a single or
very few customers, except that the Company's extruded OPS film is sold
principally to one customer with which the Company believes that it has a good
relationship. No one customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's
aggregate net sales for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. In general, the
backlog of orders is not significant or material to an understanding of the
Company's businesses.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS AND GOVERNMENT REGULATION
The past and present business operations of the Company and the past and
present ownership and operations of real property by the Company are subject to
extensive and changing federal, state, local and
43
<PAGE> 46
foreign environmental laws and regulations pertaining to the discharge of
materials into the environment, the handling and disposition of wastes
(including solid and hazardous wastes) or otherwise relating to the protection
of the environment. As is the case with manufacturers in general, if a release
of hazardous substances occurs on or from the Company's properties or any
associated offsite disposal location, or if contamination from prior activities
is discovered at any of the Company's properties, the Company may be held
liable. From time to time, the Company is involved in regulatory proceedings and
inquiries relating to compliance with environmental laws, permits and other
environmental matters.
The Company is currently involved with environmental remediation and
on-going maintenance at certain of its facilities. The Company believes that the
costs of such remediation have been adequately reserved for and that such costs
are unlikely to have a material adverse effect on the Company. No assurance can
be given, however, that additional environmental issues relating to the
presently known remediation matters or identified sites or to other sites or
matters will not require additional investigation, assessment or expenditures.
The Company has a reserve of approximately $2.1 million as of June 30, 1997 for
its known future environmental remediation costs. Because an environmental
reserve is not established until a liability is determined to be probable and
reasonably estimable, all potential future remedial costs may not be covered by
this reserve. The Company has made and will continue to make capital
expenditures to maintain compliance with environmental requirements. The Company
does not expect its 1997 and 1998 spending on environmental capital projects to
be material.
During 1991, the Company responded to an information request regarding the
Global Landfill, New Jersey site and since such time has not received any
further notifications regarding such site. During 1993, the Company was named a
PRP at the Delta Chemicals, Pennsylvania Superfund site and in 1995 the Company
paid a de minimis settlement of less than $20,000 at that site. During 1995, the
Company paid $500 in connection with a de minimis consent order relating to the
American Chemical Service site. In addition, over the past few years, the
Company has received notices of potential liability relating to three Superfund
sites for which the Company believes a former owner of the facilities subject to
such notices will be responsible, and the Company has forwarded such notices to
such former owner and has had no further involvement at those sites. In
addition, during 1996 the Company answered a complaint regarding the Huth Oil,
Ohio Superfund site, and during 1997 this claim was voluntarily dismissed by the
plaintiffs in the action. Although the Company endeavors to carefully manage its
waste, because Superfund liability is strict and retroactive, it is possible
that in the future the Company may be identified as a PRP with respect to other
waste disposal sites.
The plastics industry, in general, and the Company also are subject to
existing and potential federal, state, local and foreign legislation designed to
reduce solid wastes by requiring, among other things, plastics to be degradable
in landfills, minimum levels of recycled content, various recycling
requirements, disposal fees and limits on the use of plastic products. In
addition, various consumer and special interest groups have lobbied from time to
time for the implementation of these and other such similar measures. Although
the Company believes that the legislation promulgated to date and such
initiatives to date have not had a material adverse effect on the Company, there
can be no assurance that any such future legislative or regulatory efforts or
future initiatives would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.
The United States Food and Drug Administration (the "FDA") regulates the
content of direct-contact food containers and packages, including containers and
packages made from recycled OPS and paper products. The FDA currently limits the
amount of recycled materials that can be used in such containers and packages.
To comply with these regulations, the Company has instituted various compliance
programs.
PROPERTIES
The Company and its subsidiaries use various owned and leased plants,
warehouses, and other facilities in their operations. The facilities are
considered to be suitable and adequate for the conduct of the businesses
involved although the machinery, plant and equipment at such facilities are,
from time to time, subject to scheduled and unscheduled maintenance. As of
August 30, 1997, the Company had twenty-six non-warehouse facilities, nineteen
of which are located in the U.S., five in Canada and two in the United Kingdom
and, except as noted below, all are owned by IPC or a subsidiary of IPC. With
certain limited exceptions, all of the owned
44
<PAGE> 47
real estate is subject to mortgages securing IPC's indebtedness under the
Existing Credit Facility and is expected to be subject to mortgages securing
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION FUNCTION SQUARE FOOTAGE
-------- -------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
DOMESTIC
Avenel, NJ(1)......................... Extrusion 55,000
Bellwood, IL(2)....................... Paper Converting and Film Coating 71,000
Bellwood, IL(3)....................... Paper Converting 71,000
Bridgeview, IL........................ Paper Converting 115,000
Chagrin Falls, OH..................... Paper Mill 120,000
Detroit, MI........................... Paper Mill 255,000
Elyria, OH (4)........................ Extrusion 80,000
Grant Park, IL........................ Thermoforming/Engineering 184,000
Grove City, PA(5)..................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 236,000
Hazleton, PA(6)....................... Polymerization/Extrusion 166,000
Joliet, IL............................ Paper Mill/Paper Converting 410,000
Madison, GA........................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 141,000
Manteno, IL........................... Extrusion 105,000
Newton, MA(7)......................... Paper and Film Converting/Coating 225,000
Peoria, IL............................ Paper Mill 234,000
Sparks, NV(8)......................... Thermoforming 40,000
Troy, OH.............................. Paper Converting/Coating 320,000
Visalia, CA........................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 144,000
Wheaton, IL........................... Thermoforming/Engineering 120,000
INTERNATIONAL
Enniskillen, Northern Ireland(9)...... Thermoforming/Engineering 16,000
Laval, Quebec......................... Thermoforming/Extrusion/Engineering 60,000
Longueuil, Quebec..................... Thermoforming/Paper Converting 32,000
Newcastle, Ontario.................... Extrusion 45,000
Sedgefield, England................... Thermoforming/Extrusion 48,000
Summerstown, Ontario.................. Thermoforming 55,000
Toronto, Ontario...................... Paper Converting 54,000
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 2003, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for two successive five-year periods upon
IPC's written notice to the lessor thereof not more than 12 nor less than 6
months prior to the end of the then current lease term.
(2) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 1997, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for an additional two-year period until
December 31, 1999, subject to landlord's right to terminate under certain
circumstances on or after July 1, 1997, upon six months prior written
notice. The Company is currently negotiating to purchase this facility from
the landlord.
(3) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 1997, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for an additional two-year period until
December 31, 1999. The Company is currently negotiating a new five-year
lease for this facility.
(4) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on September 30, 2001, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for an additional five-year period and, upon
specified terms and conditions, to purchase the property.
(5) This facility is held subject to an installment sales contract with Grove
City Industrial Development Corporation that holds title to the facility.
(6) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on October 4, 1998, subject to
IPC's right to extend the lease for two successive five-year periods upon
IPC's written notice to lessor not more than 24 nor less than 6 months prior
to the end of the then current lease term.
(7) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 5, 2001, with three
one-year options to extend.
(8) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on December 31, 1999.
(9) Leased facility, with its lease expiring on May 10, 2016.
LITIGATION
From time to time, the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various
litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company
believes that none of the matters in which the Company or its subsidiaries are
currently involved, either individually or in the aggregate, is material to the
Company.
45
<PAGE> 48
MANAGEMENT
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
Set forth below are the name, age, positions and offices held (as of the
date hereof) and a brief account of the business experience for each director
and executive officer of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly...................... 55 Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since January 1991.
Frank V. Tannura..................... 40 Director of the Company since August 1995. Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company
since October 1989.
Richard R. Cote...................... 45 Vice President and Treasurer of the Company since August
1994. Mr. Cote was Assistant Vice President and
Treasurer of the Company from March 1992 to August 1994.
Thomas S. Ellsworth.................. 52 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
1994. Mr. Ellsworth was Vice President of the Company's
paper mill operations from 1992 to 1994 and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company's paper mill operations
from March 1991 to 1992.
Robert W. George..................... 50 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
August 1996. From 1993 to 1996, Mr. George was President
and Chief Executive Officer of Plastofilm Industries,
Inc. and prior to 1993, President of Nitrobar
Incorporated.
Gene J. Gentili...................... 50 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
1994. Vice President of Sales of the Company from 1993
to 1994. Mr. Gentili was director of national accounts
for the Company from 1991 to 1993.
Roger A. Kurinsky.................... 45 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
1994. Vice President of Marketing of the Company from
1991 to 1994.
Jeremy S. Lawrence................... 46 Vice President of Human Resources of the Company since
May 1991.
G. Douglas Patterson................. 39 Vice President and General Counsel of the Company since
June 1991.
David E. Wartner..................... 30 Corporate Controller of the Company since 1994. Mr.
Wartner was previously associated with Price Waterhouse
LLP from 1988 to 1994.
Eugene M. Whitacre................... 41 Vice President and General Manager of the Company since
February 1991.
Glenn R. August...................... 36 Director of the Company since March 1993 and a Managing
Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (Acadia's investment
advisor) and its predecessor since 1987. Since August
1996, Mr. August has served as President of Oak Hill
Advisors, Inc., the exclusive advisor to the Oak Hill
Securities Fund, L.P., a $1.75 billion investment
partnership.
Anthony P. Scotto.................... 50 Director of the Company since August 1995. Managing
Director of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (Acadia's investment
advisor) and its predecessor since March 1988. Mr.
Scotto is also a director of Specialty Foods Corporation
and Holophane Corporation.
</TABLE>
All members of the Board of Directors of the Company serve until a
successor is elected. All officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the
Company's Board of Directors.
46
<PAGE> 49
The Board of Directors of the Company will be divided into three classes,
as nearly equal in number as possible, having terms expiring at the annual
meeting of the Company's stockholders in 1998 (comprised of Messrs. Tannura and
August), 1999 (comprised of two independent directors to be designated after the
completion of the Offerings) and 2000 (comprised of Messrs. Bayly and Scotto).
At each annual meeting of stockholders, successors to the class of directors
whose term expires at such meeting will be elected to serve for three-year terms
and until their successors are elected and qualified. The outside directors
(other than directors that are employed by Oak Hill Partners, Inc.) will receive
an annual retainer of approximately $25,000 and an undetermined amount of
Company options and will be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
connection with attending meetings.
In connection with the Offerings, the Board intends to elect at least two
independent directors and create compensation and audit committees. The identity
of the independent directors has not yet been determined and may not be
determined until after the completion of the Offerings. The Company does not
have a nominating committee.
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Summary Compensation Table. The following table sets forth the compensation
paid by IPC to the Company's chief executive officer and each of the four most
highly compensated officers of the Company whose aggregate cash compensation
exceeds $100,000, in each case for all services rendered during the fiscal years
1996, 1995 and 1994:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION(4)
-----------------------
ANNUAL COMPENSATION(3) AWARDS PAYOUTS
------------------------------- ---------- -------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES
UNDERLYING
OPTIONS/ LTIP ALL OTHER
NAME AND SALARY BONUS SARS PAYOUTS COMPENSATION
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR ($)(1) ($)(2) (#)(5) ($)(6) ($)(7)
------------------ ---- ------ ------ ---------- ------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly............... 1996 420,000 600,000 97,331 765,938 314,721
President and Chief 1995 400,000 400,000 74,501 237,500 14,938
Executive Officer 1994 400,000 50,000 18,790 -- 5,667
Frank V. Tannura.............. 1996 249,100 290,000 45,424 282,188 40,368
Vice President and 1995 211,667 235,000 30,064 87,500 28,885
Chief Financial Officer 1994 191,667 25,000 7,516 -- 10,894
Eugene M. Whitacre............ 1996 236,250 230,000 32,459 201,563 7,500
Vice President and 1995 225,000 168,750 20,434 62,500 13,741
General Manager 1994 175,000 100,000 5,167 -- 8,744
Thomas S. Ellsworth........... 1996 250,000 100,000 32,459 -- 25,813
Vice President and 1995 229,000 168,750 20,434 -- 16,185
General Manager 1994 163,000 20,000 28,654 -- 7,325
Donald C. Devine(8)........... 1996 195,000 175,000 4,322 -- 2,965
Vice President and
General Manager
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Includes amounts deferred pursuant to IPC's Retirement Plan and Trust and
under IPC's Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.
(2) Includes annual bonus awards for services rendered in 1996, 1995 and 1994
that were paid under IPC's Executive Incentive Compensation Plan. The
Executive Incentive Compensation Plan provides the executive officers of IPC
with annual awards for outstanding individual performance contributing to
the present and future success of the Company. This Plan is administered by
the President in consultation
47
<PAGE> 50
with the Board of Directors and awards are based upon IPC's achievement of
certain predetermined financial objectives such as minimum Adjusted EBITDA
and cash flow targets. Under the provisions of the Plan, participants have
target incentive compensation of 40% to 50% of that year's base salary,
although the actual incentive compensation paid in any given year may be
significantly less than or greater than the target level based upon the
extent of the Company's under-achievement or over-achievement of such
predetermined financial objectives.
(3) The column designated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") pursuant to applicable regulations for the reporting of "Other
Annual Compensation" has been deleted because the dollar amount of
perquisites and other personal benefits received by the named executive
officers falls below the reporting threshold established by the Commission.
(4) The column designated by the Commission pursuant to the applicable
regulations for the reporting of "Restricted Stock Awards" has been deleted
because no restricted stock of the Company was awarded to any of the named
executive officers in any of the reported calendar years.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point
of the range of the estimated public offering price set forth on the cover
page hereof), the estimated value of each named executive officer's shares
of restricted common stock of the Company held as of the consummation of the
Offerings and the number of such shares (as adjusted to reflect the
9.65-for-1 split of the outstanding Common Stock) as of such date would be
as follows: Mr. Bayly's 19,310 shares -- $289,650; Mr. Tannura's 32,586
shares -- $488,790; Mr. Whitacre's 13,034 shares -- $195,510; and Mr.
Ellsworth's 10,138 shares -- $152,070. All of such shares of the Company's
Common Stock are vested and the Company has no present intentions to pay
dividends on such shares.
(5) The options reported for 1995 and 1994 as specified in this column were
originally granted under IPC's Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, dated as
of January 1, 1993 (the "Stock Option and Purchase Agreement"), pursuant to
which options exercisable into an aggregate of 17,270 shares of IPC's common
stock were originally granted to certain executive officers of IPC
(including the named executive officers), 9,413 of such options were earned
and vested (the "Original IPC Options") during 1993, 1994 and 1995 and 7,857
of such options were not earned during such period and were canceled.
During the first quarter of 1996, the Stock Option and Purchase Agreement
was amended and restated (the "Amended and Restated Stock Option and
Purchase Agreement") and pursuant to the terms thereof options exercisable
into an aggregate of 6,908 shares of IPC's common stock (the "IPC
Performance Options" and together with the Original IPC Options, the "IPC
Options") were granted during 1996 to certain executive officers of IPC
(including the number of options reported for 1996 as specified in the
Summary Compensation Table for the named executive officers), subject to
vesting 33 1/3% in each of 1996, 1997 and 1998 and subject to being earned
in 1996 and 1997 based upon IPC's attainment of certain growth objectives.
During 1996, 3,454 of the IPC Performance Options were earned and as of
December 31, 1996, one third of such earned amount, or 1,151, became vested.
Simultaneously with the consummation of the Offerings and pursuant to the
terms of the Amended and Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, the
remaining 3,454 IPC Performance Options will be earned and all 6,908 IPC
Performance Options will become vested.
In connection with the Offerings, such executive officers will exchange all
of the IPC Options for (i) 2,114,133 shares of the Company's Common Stock
and (ii) options exercisable for 766,667 shares of the Company's Common
Stock at an exercise price equal to the initial offering price of the
Offerings. Consequently, the options specified in this column reflect each
named executive officer's portion of the Company options exercisable for
766,667 shares of Common Stock which they will receive upon the closing of
the Offerings in exchange for the IPC Options allocable to each of 1994,
1995 and 1996. In addition, as a result of this exchange, it is expected
that as of the consummation of the Offerings, Messrs. Bayly, Tannura,
Whitacre, Ellsworth and Devine will beneficially own 761,404, 324,095,
224,872, 224,872 and 11,917 shares of the Company's Common Stock,
respectively. Assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share
(the mid-point of the range of the estimated public offering price set forth
on the cover page hereof), the estimated value of each named executive
officer's shares of Common
48
<PAGE> 51
Stock as of the consummation of the Offerings would be as follows: Mr.
Bayly's 761,404 shares -- $11,421,060; Mr. Tannura's 324,095 shares --
$4,861,425; Mr. Whitacre's 224,872 shares -- $3,373,080; Mr. Ellsworth's
224,872 shares -- $3,373,080; and Mr. Devine's 11,917 shares -- $178,755.
See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
(6) The amounts in this column represent the amounts paid to the named executive
officers during the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 under IPC's
Special Incentive Plan, dated as of January 1, 1993. Pursuant to such plan,
upon the occurrence of certain "Payment Events" (therein defined), IPC was
obligated to pay to certain executive officers an aggregate cash award up to
a maximum amount of $2.25 million. During 1995 and 1996, IPC paid to certain
executive officers (including the named executive officers) $550,000 and
$1.7 million, respectively, under such plan. The 1995 and the 1996 payments
under such plan were made by IPC notwithstanding the fact that there was not
a Payment Event during 1995 or 1996, this condition having been waived by
IPC. The IPC Special Incentive Plan has been terminated.
(7) The 1996 All Other Compensation column reported includes (i) IPC's
contributions (excluding employee earnings reduction contributions) under
the IPC Retirement Plan and Trust and under IPC's Executive Deferred
Compensation Plan during fiscal 1996 as follows: $7,500 to Mr. Bayly;
$21,038 to Mr. Ellsworth; $0 to Mr. Devine; $38,314 to Mr. Tannura; and
$7,500 to Mr. Whitacre; (ii) insurance premiums with respect to IPC's
Executive Disability Income Coverage paid by IPC as follows: $7,221 for Mr.
Bayly; $4,775 for Mr. Ellsworth; $2,965 for Mr. Devine; and $2,054 for Mr.
Tannura; and (iii) IPC's payment during 1996 of $300,000 of nonqualified
retirement benefits to Mr. Bayly pursuant to the terms of his Amended and
Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May 30, 1996.
(8) On September 24, 1997, Mr. Devine resigned from the Company.
49
<PAGE> 52
OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
VALUE AT
ASSUMED ANNUAL RATE
OF
STOCK PRICE
APPRECIATION
INDIVIDUAL GRANTS FOR OPTION TERM(2)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES % OF TOTAL
UNDERLYING OPTIONS/SARS EXERCISE
OPTIONS/SARS GRANTED TO OR BASE
GRANTED EMPLOYEES IN PRICE EXPIRATION
NAME (#)(1) FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE 5%($) 10%($)
---- ------------ ------------ -------- ---------- ----- ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly............... 97,331 30.0 15.00 9/30/07 918,164 2,326,808
President and Chief
Executive Officer
Frank V. Tannura.............. 45,424 14.0 15.00 9/30/07 428,504 1,085,912
Vice President
Eugene M. Whitacre............ 32,459 10.0 15.00 9/30/07 306,199 775,969
Vice President
Thomas S. Ellsworth........... 32,459 10.0 15.00 9/30/07 306,199 775,969
Vice President
Donald C. Devine.............. 4,322 1.3 15.00 9/30/07 40,771 103,322
Vice President
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) The options specified in this column reflect each named executive officer's
portion of the Company options exercisable for 766,667 shares of Common
Stock (allocable to the calendar year ending December 31, 1996) which they
will receive upon the closing of the Offerings in exchange for the IPC
Options assuming that the exchange had occurred on December 31, 1996.
(2) As a result of the exchange of the IPC Options by the executive officers of
the Company described in footnote 1 above, the potential realizable value
was calculated based on stock price appreciation from the assumed initial
public offering price of $15.00 per share (the mid-point of the range of the
estimated public offering price set forth on the cover page hereof). The
dollar amounts under these columns are the result of calculations at the 5%
and 10% rates established by the Commission and therefore are not intended
to forecast possible future appreciation, if any, of the stock price of the
Company.
50
<PAGE> 53
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END
OPTION/SAR VALUES
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AGGREGATED OPTION/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
AND FY-END OPTION/SAR VALUES
---------------------------------------------------------------------
NUMBER OF
SECURITIES VALUE OF
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED
UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY
OPTIONS/SARS OPTIONS/SARS
SHARES AT FY-END(#) AT FY-END($)
ACQUIRED ON VALUE ---------------- ----------------
EXERCISE REALIZED EXERCISABLE/ EXERCISABLE/
NAME (#) ($) UNEXERCISABLE(1) UNEXERCISABLE(2)
---- ----------- -------- ---------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
George V. Bayly....................... -- -- 194,990/81,125 $ 0
President and Chief
Executive Officer
Frank V. Tannura...................... -- -- 79,668/37,861 0
Vice President
Eugene M. Whitacre.................... -- -- 54,490/27,057 0
Vice President
Thomas S. Ellsworth................... -- -- 54,490/27,057 0
Vice President
Donald C. Devine...................... -- -- 1,456/2,865 0
Vice President
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) The options specified in this column were originally granted under the
Amended and Restated Stock Option and Purchase Agreement pursuant to which
the IPC Options were granted to certain executive officers of the Company,
including the named executive officers. In connection with the Offerings,
the Company, IPC and such executive officers will exchange the IPC Options
for (i) 2,114,133 shares of the Company's Common Stock, and (ii) options
exercisable into 766,667 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an exercise
price equal to the initial offering price of the Offerings. Consequently,
the options specified in this column reflect the number of shares of Common
Stock underlying the Company options which the named executive officers
would have received in exchange for those IPC Options (assuming that the
exchange occurred as of December 31, 1996) that would have been vested and
unvested and thus exercisable/unexercisable at December 31, 1996. All of the
options specified in this column will become fully vested and exercisable
upon consummation of the Offerings.
(2) The values specified is this column reflect the effect of the exchange
described in footnote 1 above and are based on the fact that the exercise
price for the options exercisable for shares of the Company's Common Stock
will equal the initial offering price of the Offerings. Thus, as of December
31, 1996, assuming an exercise price equal to the initial offering price of
the Offerings the Company options which the named executive officers
received in exchange for their IPC Options had no "in-the-money" value,
although there can be no assurances that such valuation is accurate because
there was no closing market price for the stock as of December 31, 1996 as
such stock was privately held. In connection with the consummation of the
Offerings, all of the Company options of the named executive officers
included in the table will become exercisable and the value of all such
options as of the consummation of the Offerings would be zero for each of
the named executive officers since the exercise price thereof will equal the
initial public offering price.
CERTAIN EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS
Mr. Bayly has an amended and restated employment agreement with IPC,
pursuant to which (i) IPC agrees to employ Mr. Bayly through December 31, 2000
(provided that beginning on January 1, 1998, the term thereof is automatically
extended for one additional day for each day which has then elapsed since
December 31, 1997 unless on or after December 31, 1997 either IPC's Board of
Directors or Mr. Bayly gives notice that the automatic extension shall cease) as
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and to cause Mr. Bayly's
election as a director of IPC, (ii) Mr. Bayly receives a base salary of $491,000
during 1997,
51
<PAGE> 54
$515,550 during 1998, $541,327 during 1999 and $568,393 during 2000 (subject to
increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors), (iii) Mr. Bayly is
entitled to an aggregate of $150,000 per year for life insurance, disability
insurance and nonqualified retirement benefits, (iv) Mr. Bayly is eligible for
an annual performance bonus based upon the achievement of predetermined
financial objectives, and (v) Mr. Bayly will receive certain severance benefits
if his employment is terminated without cause or if Mr. Bayly terminates the
agreement for good reason (including the giving of notice by the Board of
Directors of IPC to stop the automatic extension of the term thereof and a
termination by Mr. Bayly for any reason during the period of three months which
begins six months after a change of control (as therein defined)). These
severance benefits include the payment of a lump sum equal to four times the sum
of (x) the annual salary then in effect and (y) the target amount of the annual
performance bonus for the year in which the termination occurs, plus the
continuation of all benefits and supplemental benefits for four years after the
date of termination. The agreement restricts Mr. Bayly from competing with the
Company during his employment and, in certain circumstances, for an additional
one-year period after the termination of Mr. Bayly's employment. In addition,
IPC has agreed to gross-up payments to Mr. Bayly for certain taxes, interest and
penalties that may be imposed by certain sections of the Code.
Mr. Tannura has an amended employment agreement with IPC, pursuant to which
(i) IPC agrees to employ Mr. Tannura through May 31, 1999 (provided that
beginning on June 1, 1996, the term thereof is automatically extended for one
additional day for each day which has then elapsed since May 31, 1996 unless
either the Board of Directors of IPC or Mr. Tannura gives notice that the
automatic extension shall cease) as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
(ii) Mr. Tannura is entitled to receive a base salary of $235,000 per year
(subject to increase at the discretion of the Board of Directors), (iii) Mr.
Tannura is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus based upon the
achievement of predetermined financial objectives, and (iv) Mr. Tannura will
receive certain severance benefits if his employment is terminated without cause
or if Mr. Tannura terminates the agreement for good reason (including the giving
of notice by the Board of Directors of IPC to stop the automatic extension of
the term thereof) in an amount equal to (i) at Mr. Tannura's option, either (A)
his annual salary for the remaining term thereof or (B) the present value (based
upon a 10% interest rate) of the aggregate unpaid annual salary for the full
term thereof, plus (ii) at Mr. Tannura's option, either (C) an annual bonus for
each year remaining in the term in an amount equal to the target amount of his
performance bonus for the year in which his termination of employment occurs, or
(D) the present value of three times the target amount of his performance bonus
for the year in which the termination of his employment occurs plus (iii) a pro
rata portion of his performance bonus for the year in which his employment is
terminated, plus (iv) unpaid benefits accrued up to the date of termination,
plus (v) the continuation of all benefits for the full term.
IPC has entered into severance agreements with the other named executive
officers, pursuant to which such officers receive a severance payment equal to
one year's salary if their employment is terminated other than for death,
disability or cause.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
During 1996, the Company's Board of Directors did not have a compensation
committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions). The
members of the Board of Directors of the Company, in consultation with Mr.
Bayly, the President of the Company, performed the functions normally performed
by a compensation committee and participated in deliberations concerning
executive officer compensation. No executive officer of the Company served as a
member of the compensation committee (or other board committee performing
equivalent functions) or as a member of the Board of another entity, one of
whose executive officers served on the Board of Directors of the Company.
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION 1997 LONG-TERM STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
Ivex intends to adopt the Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Long-Term Stock
Incentive Plan (the "1997 Stock Incentive Plan" or the "LTIP"). The following is
a summary of the material features of the plan.
52
<PAGE> 55
Purpose. The purpose of the plan is to promote the interests of the Company
and its stockholders by (i) attracting and retaining exceptional officers,
employee-directors and other key employees and consultants of the Company and
its affiliates; (ii) motivating such individuals by means of performance-related
incentives to achieve longer-range performance goals; and (iii) enabling such
individuals to participate in the long-term growth and financial success of the
Company.
Administration/Eligible Participants. The plan will be administered by a
committee (the "Committee") of two or more members of the Board designated by
the Board to administer the plan, each of whom is intended to be a
"disinterested person" (within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")) and an "outside director"
(within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)); however, the mere fact that a
Committee member shall fail to qualify as a disinterested person or outside
director will not invalidate any award made by the Committee which award is
otherwise validly made under the plan.
The Committee has the sole and complete authority to determine the
participants to whom awards shall be granted under the plan. In connection with
the consummation of the Offerings, the Company expects to issue options
exercisable into approximately 500,000 shares of Common Stock to certain key
officers and employees of the Company.
Number of Shares Authorized Under the Plan. The plan authorizes the grant
of awards to participants with respect to a maximum of 2,000,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock ("Shares"), which awards may be made in the form of (i)
nonqualified stock options; (ii) stock options intended to qualify as incentive
stock options under Section 422 of the Code; (iii) stock appreciation rights;
(iv) restricted stock and/or restricted stock units; (v) performance awards and
(vi) other stock-based awards; provided that the maximum number of Shares with
respect to which stock options and stock appreciation rights may be granted to
any participant in the plan in any calendar year may not exceed 200,000. If,
after the effective date of the plan, any Shares covered by an award granted
under the plan, or to which such an award relates, are forfeited, or if an award
has expired, terminated or been canceled for any reason whatsoever (other than
by reason of exercise or vesting) and in either such case a participant has
received no benefits of ownership with respect to the forfeited Shares or the
Shares to which such expired, terminated or canceled award relates (other than
voting rights and dividends that were forfeited in connection with such
forfeiture, expiration, termination or cancellation), then the Shares covered by
such award shall again be, or shall become, Shares with respect to which awards
may be granted under the plan.
Terms and Conditions of Awards Under the Plan. Non-qualified and incentive
stock options granted under the plan shall be subject to such terms, including
exercise price and conditions and timing of exercise, as may be determined by
the Committee and specified in the applicable award agreement or thereafter;
provided that stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock
options will be subject to terms and conditions that comply with such rules as
may be prescribed by Section 422 of the Code. Payment in respect of the exercise
of an option granted under the Plan may be made in cash, or its equivalent, or,
if and to the extent permitted by the Committee, by exchanging Shares owned by
the optionee (which are not the subject of any pledge or other security interest
and which have been owned by such optionee for at least six months), or by a
combination of the foregoing, provided that the combined value of all cash and
cash equivalents and the fair market value of such Shares so tendered to the
Company as of the date of such tender is at least equal to the aggregate
exercise price of the option.
Stock appreciation rights granted under the plan shall be subject to such
terms, including grant price and the conditions and limitations applicable to
exercise thereof, as may be determined by the Committee and specified in the
applicable award agreement or thereafter; provided that stock appreciation
rights may not be exercisable earlier than six months after the date of grant.
Stock appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with another award, in
addition to another award, or freestanding and unrelated to another award. A
stock appreciation right shall entitle the participant to receive an amount
equal to the excess of the fair market value of a Share on the date of exercise
of the stock appreciation right over the grant price thereof. The Committee
shall determine whether a stock appreciation right shall be settled in cash,
Shares or a combination of cash and Shares.
53
<PAGE> 56
Restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under the plan shall be
subject to such terms and conditions including, without limitation, the duration
of the period during which, and the conditions under which, the restricted stock
and restricted stock units may be forfeited to the Company, as may be determined
by the Committee in its sole discretion. Each restricted stock unit shall have a
value equal to the fair market value of a Share. Restricted stock units shall be
paid in cash, Shares, other securities or other property, as determined in the
sole discretion of the Committee, upon the lapse of the restrictions applicable
thereto, or otherwise in accordance with the applicable award agreement.
Dividends paid on any Shares of restricted stock may be paid directly to the
participant, or may be reinvested in additional Shares of restricted stock or in
additional restricted stock units, as determined by the Committee in its sole
discretion.
Performance awards granted under the plan shall consist of a right which is
(i) denominated in cash or Shares, (ii) valued, as determined by the Committee,
in accordance with the achievement of such performance goals during such
performance periods as the Committee shall establish, and (iii) payable at such
time and in such form as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the terms of
the plan and any applicable award agreement, the Committee shall determine the
performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of
any performance period, the amount of any performance award and the amount and
kind of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any performance award.
Performance awards may be paid in a lump sum or in installments following the
close of the performance period or, in accordance with procedures established by
the Committee, on a deferred basis.
In addition to the foregoing types of awards, the Committee shall have
authority to grant to participants an "other stock-based award," which shall
consist of any right which is (i) not a stock option, stock appreciation right,
restricted stock or restricted unit award or performance award and (ii) an award
of Shares or an award denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by
reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without
limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as deemed by the Committee to
be consistent with the purposes of the plan; provided that any such rights must
comply, to the extent deemed desirable by the Committee, with Rule 16b-3 and
applicable law. Subject to the terms of the plan and any applicable award
agreement, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such
other stock-based award, including the price, if any, at which securities may be
purchased pursuant to any other stock-based award granted under this plan.
In addition, in the sole and complete discretion of the Committee, an
award, whether made as an other stock-based award or as any other type of award
issuable under the plan, may provide the participant with dividends or dividend
equivalents, payable in cash, Shares, other securities or other property on a
current or deferred basis.
Adjustments. In the event that the Committee determines that any dividend
or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or
other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination,
repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance
of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the
Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event affects the Shares such
that an adjustment is determined by the Committee in its discretion to be
appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or
potential benefits intended to be made available under the plan, then the
Committee shall, in such manner as it may deem equitable, adjust any or all of
(i) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind
of other securities or property) with respect to which awards may be granted,
(ii) the number of Shares or other securities of the Company (or number and kind
of other securities or property) subject to outstanding awards, and (iii) the
grant or exercise price with respect to any award or, if deemed appropriate,
make provision for a cash payment to the holder of an outstanding award in
consideration for the cancellation of such award; provided, in each case, that
with respect to awards of incentive stock options no such adjustment shall be
authorized to the extent that such authority would cause the Plan to violate
Section 422(b)(1) of the Code, as from time to time amended or (iv) provide for
the acceleration or exercisability or lapse of restrictions otherwise applicable
to such awards, or the early cancellation, expiration or termination of such
awards with or without consideration or consent.
54
<PAGE> 57
Transferability. Each award, and each right under any award, shall be
exercisable only by the participant during the participant's lifetime or, if
permissible under applicable law, by the participant's guardian or legal
representative or by a transferee receiving such award pursuant to a qualified
domestic relations order ("QDRO"), as determined by the Committee.
No award that constitutes a "derivative security", for purposes of Section
16 of the Exchange Act, may be assigned, alienated, pledged, attached, sold or
otherwise transferred or encumbered by a participant otherwise than by will or
by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a QDRO, and any such
purported assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or
encumbrance shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any
affiliate; provided that the designation of a beneficiary shall not constitute
an assignment, alienation, pledge, attachment, sale, transfer or encumbrance.
Amendment to Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or
terminate the plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided that no such
amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made
without stockholder approval if such approval is necessary to comply with any
tax or regulatory requirement, including for these purposes any approval
requirement which is a prerequisite for exemptive relief from Section 16(b) of
the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Committee
may amend the plan in such manner as may be necessary so as to have the plan
conform with local rules and regulations in any jurisdiction outside the United
States.
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
As of September 25, 1997, the Company owned 100% of the outstanding capital
stock of IPC (other than the IPC Options held by certain executive officers
which concurrently with the Offerings will be exchanged for shares of the
Company's Common Stock and options exercisable for shares of the Company's
Common Stock). As of September 25, 1997, all issued and outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company were beneficially owned by Acadia, certain related
investors and certain executive officers. Acadia has informed the Company that
it is in the process of distributing its assets, which include Common Stock, as
part of the liquidation of Acadia. Acadia has also informed the Company that it
expects to sell or distribute the Common Stock held by Acadia to its general and
limited partners in the future. However, Acadia has agreed that it will not sell
or transfer the Common Stock held by it for a period of 180 days after the date
of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch (as
defined herein) on behalf of the Underwriters. See "Underwriting." See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions" for material relationships between the
Selling Stockholder and the Company.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership before and after the Offerings of the Common Stock as of September 25,
1997, (assuming the executive officers had exchanged their IPC Options for
2,114,133 shares of Common Stock and options exercisable for 766,667 shares of
Common Stock as of such date) by (i) each person known by the Company to be the
beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each of the directors
of the Company, (iii) each of the named executive officers of the Company, and
(iv) all executive officers and directors of the Company as a group. The
following table is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00
(the mid-point of the range of the estimated public offering price set forth on
the cover page hereof).
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
PRIOR TO OFFERINGS(1) AFTER OFFERINGS(1)(2)
------------------------------ ------------------------------
NUMBER OF SHARES NUMBER OF SHARES
NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE COMPANY'S PERCENTAGE OF THE COMPANY'S PERCENTAGE
OF BENEFICIAL OWNER COMMON STOCK(3) OF CLASS COMMON STOCK(3) OF CLASS
------------------- ---------------- ---------- ---------------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Acadia Partners, L.P.(4)................. 9,603,595 92.8% 7,903,595 39.7%
George V. Bayly.......................... 19,310 * 1,056,829(7) 5.3%
Frank V. Tannura......................... 32,586 * 474,211(7) 2.4%
Eugene M. Whitacre....................... 13,034 * 319,453(7) 1.6%
Thomas S. Ellsworth...................... 10,138 * 316,557(7) 1.6%
Glenn R. August(5)(6).................... * *
Anthony P. Scotto(6)..................... * *
All directors and officers as a group.... 115,860 1.1% 2,996,660(8) 15.0%
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
* Represents less than 1% of such Common Stock.
55
<PAGE> 58
(1) Gives effect to the 9.65-for-1 stock split and the conversion of the IPC
Options into shares of the Company's Common Stock and options exercisable
for shares of the Company's Common Stock.
(2) The Company has granted the Underwriters 30-day options to purchase up to
1,260,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The table does not reflect
the possible sale of additional shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment
options are exercised.
(3) To the knowledge of the Company, each of such stockholders has sole voting
and investment power as to the shares shown unless otherwise noted.
(4) Includes shares held by Acadia and shares held by Acadia Electra Partners,
L.P. ("Electra"), an affiliate of Acadia. Acadia is the general partner of
Electra. The general partner of Acadia is Acadia FW Partners, L.P. ("Acadia
FW"), the managing general partner of which is Acadia MGP, Inc. ("Acadia
MGP"), a corporation controlled by J. Taylor Crandall. As such, Acadia FW,
Acadia MGP and Mr. Crandall may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of
the Company's common stock held by Acadia and Electra. The address of
Acadia, Electra, Acadia FW and Acadia MGP is 2600 Texas Commerce Tower, 201
Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102. The address of Mr. Crandall is 3100
Texas Commerce Tower, 201 Main Street, Fort Worth, Texas 76102.
(5) Mr. August is an officer and director of Acadia MGP (see footnote 4 above).
(6) The address of such individuals is c/o Oak Hill Partners, Inc., 65 East 55th
Street, New York, New York 10022-3219.
(7) Represents shares of outstanding Common Stock in the amounts of 780,714,
356,681, 237,906 and 235,010 that are owned by Messrs. Bayly, Tannura,
Ellsworth and Whitacre, respectively, and vested and earned options that are
currently exercisable in the amounts of 276,115, 117,530, 81,547 and 81,547
that are owned by Messrs. Bayly, Tannura, Ellsworth and Whitacre,
respectively.
(8) All directors and officers as a group hold shares of outstanding Common
Stock in the aggregate amount of 2,229,993 and vested and earned options
that are currently exercisable for 766,667 shares of Common Stock.
Under the New Credit Facility, the Company will pledge to the banks under
the New Credit Facility all of IPC's common stock, par value $0.01 per share, to
collateralize the repayment of IPC's obligations thereunder.
VOTING AGREEMENT
In connection with the Offerings, the Company, Acadia and certain officers
of the Company intend to enter into the Voting Agreement pursuant to which they
will agree to vote all of their outstanding shares of Common Stock, for so long
as they own such shares, for the director nominees proposed according to the
terms thereof. The Voting Agreement will provide that the stockholders thereto
will vote their shares to the effect that the Board of Directors will consist of
up to six members, two of whom will be initially designated by Acadia, two of
whom will be initially designated by Mr. Bayly or a successor management
employee and two of whom will be independent directors mutually acceptable to
the parties. Acadia will have the right (until Acadia's ownership of the
outstanding Common Stock falls below 20.0%) to increase the size of the Board to
nine members and designate an additional three directors. During the time that
Acadia and such related investors own more than 12.5% and less than 20.0% of the
outstanding Common Stock, Acadia will be entitled to designate two directors (if
the Board of Directors has six directors) or three directors (if the Board of
Directors has more than nine directors), and during the time that Acadia and its
related investors own more than 5.0% and less than 12.5% of the outstanding
Common Stock, Acadia will be entitled to designate one director. Also, during
the time that Ivex's management owns 7.5% or more of the outstanding Common
Stock, Mr. Bayly or a successor management employee will be entitled to
designate two directors, and during the time that Ivex's management owns more
than 5.0% and less than 7.5% such management will be entitled to designate one
director. The term of such agreement is ten years, subject to earlier
termination upon the occurrence of certain events, including the point at which
Acadia's holdings of Common Stock fall below 5.0% of the outstanding Common
Stock of the Company.
56
<PAGE> 59
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
On or about December 17, 1992, Penobscot-MB Partners (an affiliate of
Acadia) ("Penobscot-MB") and IPC entered into a consulting agreement. Under this
consulting agreement, IPC agreed to pay Penobscot-MB $400,000 per year and
Penobscot-MB will provide to IPC certain general financial advisory and other
consulting services customarily provided by merchant banks. In addition, IPC
agreed to pay Penobscot-MB certain customary fees in connection with future
acquisitions, divestitures, credit arrangements and corporate finance advice and
to indemnify Penobscot-MB against certain liabilities in connection with its
services to IPC. Upon consummation of the Offerings, the consulting agreement
will be terminated and a one-time final termination fee of $500,000 will be paid
to Penobscot-MB.
On or about December 17, 1992, IPC, its subsidiaries and the Company
entered into a tax sharing agreement pursuant to which IPC and its subsidiaries
will pay to the Company their respective shares of the Company's consolidated
tax liability.
Mr. Bayly and IPC are parties to an Employment Agreement, which provides
for, among other things, the employment of Mr. Bayly by IPC and a Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Mr. Bayly has the option to
purchase certain shares of IPC's common stock. See "Executive Compensation --
Summary Compensation Table" and "Management -- Certain Employment Arrangements."
Mr. Tannura and IPC are parties to an Employment Agreement, which provides
for, among other things, the employment of Mr. Tannura by IPC and a Stock Option
Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Mr. Tannura has the option to
purchase certain shares of IPC's common stock. See "Executive Compensation --
Summary Compensation Table" and "Management -- Certain Employment Arrangements."
Pursuant to a consulting agreement, dated October 29, 1996, Nicolaus Paper
Inc. ("Nicolaus") pays IPC a performance-based consulting fee in an annual
amount between $250,000 and $500,000 for certain services rendered to Nicolaus
by IPC. Certain executive officers and directors of the Company together with
certain members of management of Oak Hill Partners, Inc. (Acadia's investment
advisor) own all of the outstanding common stock of Nicolaus. It is also
expected that IPC will purchase certain grades of paper from Nicolaus for use in
IPC's paper converting operations at market prices.
Concurrently with the consummation of the Offerings, pursuant to the
Amended and Restated Stock and Stock Option Agreement among the Company and
certain members of management, including Messrs. Bayly, Tannura, Ellsworth,
Whitacre and Devine, all of the IPC Options will be exchanged for 2,114,133
shares of Common Stock and vested and earned options exercisable at any time on
or prior to January 1, 2003 into an aggregate of 766,667 shares of the Company's
Common Stock at the initial public offering price per share with respect to the
Offerings. See "Executive Compensation -- Summary Compensation Table" (footnote
4) and "Principal and Selling Stockholders." In addition, management will have
the right to have their shares of Common Stock registered by the Company in the
event that Acadia's shares of Common Stock are registered under the Registration
Rights Agreement. See "Shares Eligible For Future Sale -- Registration Rights."
Also, pursuant to the Amended and Restated Stock and Stock Option Agreement, the
Company is expected to agree to lend the management stockholders an amount equal
to the aggregate tax liability, on a grossed-up basis, incurred by them upon
their exchange of the IPC Options. Such loan will be non-recourse (other than to
such shares) and will bear interest at the minimum permissible rate per annum
allowable under the Code without imputation of income, payable in arrears on
each December 31, commencing December 31, 1997, and is payable in full upon the
earlier to occur of (i) the tenth anniversary of the date of the Offerings and
(ii) the termination of the management stockholder's employment with the Company
for any reason, but in no event on or before the date such shares are registered
pursuant to a registration statement that has been declared effective.
57
<PAGE> 60
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following summaries of the Amended Certificate and Amended By-laws are
intended to describe all relevant material provisions thereof; however, such
summaries are qualified by reference to such Amended Certificate and Amended
By-Laws, copies of which will be filed with the Commission.
The Company's Board of Directors and stockholders have approved the Amended
Certificate and a 9.65-for-1 stock split of the Common Stock. After giving
effect thereto and the consummation of the Offerings, the authorized capital
stock of the Company will consist of 45,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par
value, of which 19,166,666 shares will be outstanding, and 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $.01 par value, of which no shares will be outstanding.
COMMON STOCK
Following the Offerings, 19,166,666 shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding, assuming an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (the
mid-point of the range for the estimated public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof). Certain officers of the Company will beneficially own
2,229,993 shares of such Common Stock and options exercisable into an aggregate
of 766,667 shares of the Company's Common Stock and 2,000,000 shares of such
Common Stock will have been reserved for issuance under the 1997 Stock Incentive
Plan. As of, or promptly after, the closing of the Offerings, the Company
expects that options to acquire approximately 500,000 shares of Common Stock
will have been, or will be, issued under this Plan. See "Management -- 1997
Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan." All of the issued and outstanding shares of
Common Stock are, and upon completion of the Offerings the shares of Common
Stock offered hereby will be, fully paid and non-assessable. Holders of Common
Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all matters voted upon by
stockholders and have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional
securities of the Company. Each share of Common Stock has an equal and ratable
right to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
out of assets legally available therefor. The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture
restricts the Company's ability to pay cash dividends to holders of Common
Stock, unless amended. See "Risk Factors -- Substantial Leverage," "Dividend
Policy" and "Description of Certain Indebtedness -- 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, the holders of Common Stock will be entitled to share equally and
ratably in the distribution of all of the Company's assets remaining available
for distribution after satisfaction of all its liabilities and the payment of
the liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred stock, if any. The
Common Stock has been approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol "IXX,"
subject to official notice of issuance.
PREFERRED STOCK
The Amended Certificate will authorize the Board of Directors to issue
preferred stock in classes or series and to establish the designations,
preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or series
with respect to the rate and nature of dividends, the price and terms and
conditions on which shares may be redeemed, the terms and conditions for
conversion or exchange into any other class or series of the stock, voting
rights and other terms. The Company may then issue, without approval of the
holders of Common Stock, preferred stock which has voting, dividend or
liquidation rights superior to the Common Stock and which may adversely affect
the rights of holders of Common Stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power
of the holders of Common Stock and could have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of the Company. The Company has no present plan
to issue any shares of preferred stock.
CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS
As permitted by the Delaware GCL, the directors will be indemnified against
certain expenses and liabilities incurred in their capacities as directors of
the Company when acting in good faith and cannot be held personally liable for
certain breaches of their fiduciary duty of care, as described below.
58
<PAGE> 61
The Amended Certificate will provide for the Board of Directors to be
divided into three classes, with staggered three-year terms. As a result, only
one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders of
the Company, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their
respective terms.
The Amended Certificate also will provide that directors may be removed
from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least two-thirds of the total outstanding voting stock of the Company. Vacancies
on the Board of Directors, including those resulting from an increase in the
number of directors, may be filled only by the remaining directors, not by
stockholders.
Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the
Company may be effected only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and
will not be permitted to be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting
(except that stockholders may take action by written consent in lieu of a
meeting during the time period that the Stockholders Agreement remains in
effect). The Amended Certificate and the Amended By-Laws also will provide that
special meetings of stockholders may only be called by a majority of the Board
of Directors of the Company. Except in the case of a Substantial Holder (as
defined in the Amended By-Laws) calling a special meeting of the Board of
Directors to increase the number of directors and to fill any vacancy created
thereby or to fill any other vacancy, stockholders will not be permitted to call
a special meeting or to require that the Board of Directors call a special
meeting of stockholders.
Certain provisions contained in the Amended Certificate, including those
relating to the size and classification of the Board of Directors, the removal
of directors, the prohibition on action by written consent and the calling of
special meetings, may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of
at least two-thirds of the total outstanding voting stock of the Company. In
addition, the Amended Certificate will provide that the Amended By-Laws may only
be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the
outstanding voting stock of the Company or by a vote of two-thirds of the
members of the Board of Directors in office.
The Amended Certificate and the Amended By-Laws will establish an advance
notice procedure for nomination, other than by or at the direction of the Board
of Directors or a Substantial Holder, of candidates for election as directors,
as well as for other stockholder proposals to be considered at annual meetings
of stockholders. In general, notice of intent to nominate a director or raise
business at such meeting must be received by the Company not less than 60 nor
more than 90 days prior to the scheduled annual meeting, and must contain
certain specified information concerning the person to be nominated or the
matter to be brought before the meeting.
The foregoing provisions could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or
making more difficult certain attempts to acquire the Company or to remove
incumbent directors even if a majority of the Company's stockholders were to
deem such an attempt to be in the best interests of the Company and its
stockholders.
PERSONAL LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
The Delaware GCL authorizes a Delaware corporation to eliminate or limit
the personal liability of a director to the corporation and its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of certain fiduciary duties as a director and,
accordingly, the Company's Amended Certificate will include a provision
eliminating liability for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except to the extent such exemption is not permitted under the
Delaware GCL. Pursuant to the Delaware GCL, directors of the Company are not
insulated from liability for breach of their duty of loyalty (requiring that, in
making a business decision, directors act in good faith and in the honest belief
that the action taken was in the best interest of the corporation), or for
claims arising under the Federal securities laws. The foregoing provision of the
Amended Certificate may reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against
directors and may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a
lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duties, even though
such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefitted the Company and
its stockholders. In addition, the Amended Certificate will provide that such
provision may only be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
80% of the outstanding voting stock of the Company.
59
<PAGE> 62
CERTAIN STATUTORY PROVISIONS
Section 203 of the Delaware GCL contains certain provisions that may make
more difficult the acquisition of control of the Company by means of a tender
offer, open market purchase, proxy fight or otherwise. These provisions are
designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to
negotiate with the Board of Directors. However, these provisions could have the
effect of discouraging a prospective acquiror from making a tender offer or
otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company. To the extent that these
provisions discourage takeover attempts, they could deprive stockholders of
opportunities to realize takeover premiums for their shares or could depress the
market price of shares. Set forth below is a description of the relevant
provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware GCL. The description is intended as
summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to Section 203 of the
Delaware GCL.
Section 203 of the Delaware GCL prohibits certain "business combination"
transactions between a publicly held Delaware corporation, such as the Company
after the Offerings, and any "interested stockholder" for a period of three
years after the date on which such stockholder became an interested stockholder,
unless (i) the board of directors approves, prior to such date, either the
proposed business combination or the proposed acquisition of stock which
resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction in which the stockholder becoming an interested
stockholder, the interested stockholder acquires at least 85% of those shares of
the voting stock of the corporation which are not held by the directors,
officers or certain employee stock plans or (iii) on or subsequent to the
consummation date, the business combination with the interested stockholder is
approved by the board of directors and also approved at a stockholders' meeting
by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
shares of the corporation's voting stock other than shares held by the
interested stockholder. For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination"
includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial
benefit to the interested stockholder, and an "interested stockholder" is a
person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three
years, did own) 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock. A corporation
may, at its option, exclude itself from the coverage of Section 203 by amending
its charter or by-laws by action of its stockholders to exempt itself from
coverage, provided that such by-law or charter amendment shall not become
effective until 12 months after the date it is adopted. The Company has not
elected to opt out of Section 203 of the Delaware GCL pursuant to its terms.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent, dividend paying agent and registrar for the Common
Stock is First Chicago Trust Company of New York.
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
The following summaries of the agreements governing the outstanding
long-term indebtedness of the Company and its subsidiaries are intended to
describe all relevant material provisions thereof; however, such summaries are
qualified in their entirety by reference to the various agreements described
herein, copies of which (except for the New Credit Facility) have been filed
with the Commission. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed to them in the applicable agreement.
THE NEW CREDIT FACILITY
The New Credit Facility will provide for aggregate maximum borrowings by
IPC of an aggregate principal amount originally of up to $475 million to be
provided by the several banks thereunder, consisting of (i) term loans in an
original aggregate amount of $300 million, consisting of a new Term A loan in an
original principal amount of up to $150 million (the "Term A Loan") which
provides that if IPC does not initially borrow the maximum amount available
under Term A Loan, IPC may, until December 31, 1997, redeem the remainder of the
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes in order to borrow the remaining amount available
under Term A Loan and a Term B loan in an original principal amount of up to
$150 million (the "Term B Loan" and, collectively with the Term A Loan, the "New
Term Loan Facility") which Term B Loan provides that if IPC does not initially
borrow the maximum amount available under Term B Loan, additional approval will
be
60
<PAGE> 63
required in order to borrow additional funds under Term B Loan; and (ii) a
revolving credit facility (the "New Revolving Credit Facility") providing for
borrowings by IPC of revolving loans of up to $175 million, up to $65 million of
which may be in the form of letters of credit (the "New Revolving Loans"). The
New Term Loan and the New Revolving Loans are collectively referred to herein as
the "New Loans."
A commitment fee of up to 0.375% per annum is payable on the committed but
unused portions of the New Revolving Credit Facility. This percentage is
initially set at 0.25% per annum and is subject to adjustment, based upon the
ratio of the Company's Funded Debt to EBITDA (to be defined in the New Credit
Facility). The interest rate of the New Loans can be, at the election of IPC,
based upon LIBOR or the Adjusted Base Rate (to be defined in the New Credit
Facility) and are, subject to certain performance pricing adjustments, based
upon the ratio of the Company's Funded Debt to EBITDA. The Term A Loan and the
New Revolving Loans that are LIBOR loans will bear interest at rates up to
1.625% per annum plus LIBOR. This rate is initially set at 1.375% per annum. The
Term B Loans that are LIBOR loans will bear interest at rates up to 2.00% per
annum plus LIBOR. This rate is initially set at 1.75% per annum. The New
Revolving Loans and the Term A Loans that are Adjusted Base Rate loans will bear
interest at rates up to 0.625% per annum plus the Base Rate. This rate is
initially set at 0.375% per annum. The Term B Loans that are Adjusted Base Rate
Loans will bear interest at rates up to 1.0% per annum plus the Base Rate. This
rate is initially set at 0.75% per annum.
The Term A Loan is expected to be required to be repaid in quarterly
payments totalling $3.75 million in 1997, $16.25 million in 1998, $21.25 million
in 1999, $25.0 million in 2000, $26.25 million in 2001, $31.25 million in 2002
and $26.25 million in 2003 assuming the full amount of the Term A Loan is
borrowed, and the Term B Loan is expected to be required to be repaid in
quarterly payments totalling $1.5 million per annum and four installments of
$35.25 million on December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September
30, 2004 assuming the full amount of the Term B Loan is borrowed. The New
Revolving Credit Facility and the Term A Loan will terminate on or about
September 30, 2003 and the Term B Loan will terminate on or about September 30,
2004, respectively. IPC may prepay the New Term Loan Facility in accordance with
the terms of the New Credit Facility. Subject to the provisions of the New
Credit Facility, IPC will be able to, from time to time, borrow, repay and
reborrow under the New Revolving Credit Facility.
All Net Cash Proceeds (to be defined in the New Credit Facility) from the
sale of assets of IPC and its subsidiaries and 75% of Excess Cash Flow (to be
defined in the New Credit Facility) (which percentage is subject to adjustment
based upon the ratio of the Company's Funded Debt to EBITDA) must, with certain
exceptions, be applied to repay the New Credit Facility. Any such mandatory
prepayments of the New Credit Facility or the New Term Loan Facility is to be
applied first to the New Term Loan Facility, if any, and second to the permanent
reduction of the New Revolving Credit Facility. In addition, other than the
initial public offering of capital stock, 50% of the net cash proceeds from the
issuance of equity shall be applied to repay the New Credit Facility and 100% of
the net cash proceeds of any debt issuance shall be applied to repay the New
Credit Facility.
The New Term Loan Facility and the other obligations under the New Credit
Facility are expected to be guaranteed by the Company and IPC's domestic
subsidiaries and are to be secured by (i) a pledge of the capital stock of IPC
and each of IPC's domestic subsidiaries and a pledge of certain shares of stock
of certain foreign subsidiaries; (ii) grants of security interests in
substantially all of the assets of IPC and its domestic subsidiaries; and (iii)
mortgages on the real property of IPC and its domestic subsidiaries. Certain
obligations under certain interest rate hedging arrangements with respect to the
New Term Loan Facility will be secured pari passu with the New Credit Facility
and the other obligations under the New Credit Facility.
The New Credit Facility is expected to contain restrictive covenants
typical in facilities of its type, including, among others, the following: (i)
delivery of financial statements and other reports; (ii) compliance
certificates; (iii) notices of default, material litigation and material
governmental and environmental proceedings; (iv) compliance with laws; (v)
payment of taxes; (vi) maintenance of insurance; (vii) limitation on liens (to
include standard exceptions and, subject to certain limitations, to permit a
receivables securitization financing, if any; (viii) limitations on mergers,
consolidations and sales of assets (with the asset sale restriction to include
standard exceptions and, subject to certain limitations to permit the
receivables
61
<PAGE> 64
securitization financing, if any; (ix) limitations on debt; (x) limitations on
dividends and stock redemptions; (xi) limitations on investments; (xiii) certain
ERISA covenants; (xiii) limitations on the use of proceeds and (xiv)
restrictions on transactions with affiliates.
In addition to the covenants described above, the New Credit Facility is
expected to contain financial covenants with respect to, among others, (i) the
ratio of EBITDA to cash Interest Expense (to be defined in the New Credit
Facility); (ii) the ratio of EBITDA minus Capital Expenditures (to be defined in
the New Credit Facility) to fixed charges (to be described in the New Credit
Facility); (iii) the ratio of Funded Debt (to be defined in the New Credit
Facility) to EBITDA; and (iv) the Company's Net Worth (to be defined in the New
Credit Facility).
The New Credit Facility is expected to provide for events of default
typical in facilities of its type, including, among others, the following: (i)
nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts; (ii) violation of
covenants; (iii) inaccuracy of representations and warranties; (iv)
cross-default of other indebtedness; (v) bankruptcy and other similar events;
(vi) material unsatisfied judgments; (vii) certain ERISA events; (viii)
invalidity of any loan documents or security interests; and (ix) change in
control (to be defined in the New Credit Facility).
THE 13 1/4% DISCOUNT DEBENTURES
The Company has commenced a tender offer and consent solicitation to
purchase all or a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures. See "The
Refinancing."
The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are general unsecured obligations of the
Company, limited to $160 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on
March 15, 2005. The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures were issued for aggregate
consideration of $65 million and are subordinated in right of payment to all
existing and future senior indebtedness of the Company, including, without
limitation, all obligations of the Company under the Existing Credit Facility.
The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures also are structurally subordinated to all
indebtedness of IPC and its subsidiaries.
Prior to March 15, 2000, interest is not payable in cash on the 13 1/4%
Discount Debentures but continues to accrete. Interest on the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures will be payable in cash semi-annually on each March 15 and September
15, commencing September 15, 2000, to holders of record of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures at the close of business on the March 1 and September 1 next
preceding the interest payment date. Interest will accrue from the most recent
interest payment date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or,
if no interest has been paid or duly provided for, from March 15, 2000. Interest
will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture provides that, upon occurrence of a change
of control of the Company, the Company will make an offer to purchase all of the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures at 101% of the accreted value thereof.
The 13 1/4% Discount Debentures are redeemable, in whole or in part, at the
option of the Company, at any time, at the principal amount thereof plus accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption. The Offerings will not
constitute a change of control under the 13 1/4% Discount Indenture.
The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture restricts the ability of the Company and its
subsidiaries to incur, issue, assume or guarantee indebtedness unless certain
financial requirements are met. The Company and its subsidiaries are prohibited,
with certain limited exceptions, from declaring or paying any dividends,
purchasing, acquiring or redeeming for value any capital stock of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries, making payments with respect to subordinated
indebtedness, or making any other Restricted Payments unless (i) no Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of or after
giving effect to such Restricted Payment; (ii) immediately after giving effect
to such Restricted Payment, the aggregate of all Restricted Payments declared or
made after the issue date of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures does not exceed the
sum of (1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income of the Company (or 100% of any
loss) from January 1, 1993 through the most recent full fiscal quarter, taken as
one accounting period, plus (2) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds from the
issue or sale of equity securities of the Company, with certain
62
<PAGE> 65
exceptions, plus (3) $2.5 million; and (iii) at the time of and immediately
after giving effect to such Restricted Payment, the Company would be entitled to
incur additional indebtedness, subject to a minimum fixed coverage ratio. The
Company is prohibited from creating any additional restrictions on the ability
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or
transfer assets to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Company and its
subsidiaries are also limited in their ability to engage in transactions with
affiliates, create liens, incur senior indebtedness or engage in certain
material acquisitions, sale and leaseback transactions or asset sales.
The 13 1/4% Discount Indenture provides for customary events of default and
provides that if an event of default (other than an event of default resulting
from bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and
continues, then either the trustee or the holders of not less than 25% in
principal amount of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures may declare the accreted
value (if such event of default occurs on or prior to March 15, 2000) or the
principal amount and accrued interest thereon, if any (if such event of default
occurs after March 15, 2000) on all of the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures to be
immediately due and payable.
OTHER INDEBTEDNESS
Any 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes that are not repurchased pursuant to the
Subordinated Note Offer may be redeemed by IPC on December 15, 1997. In
addition, certain of the Company's subsidiaries have an aggregate of
approximately $40.3 million principal amount of indebtedness (excluding
indebtedness under the New Credit Facility) that will remain outstanding after
the Offerings. Of this amount, $38.3 million in principal amount of such
indebtedness relates to industrial development revenue bonds ("IRBs") secured by
letters of credit under the Existing Credit Facility. Interest on the IRBs is
exempt from federal income taxation, and a determination by the Internal Revenue
Service that such exemption is no longer applicable would cause the mandatory
redemption of the IRBs with resulting draws upon the letters of credit. The
Company expects that the existing letters of credit (including those issued in
connection with the IRBs) that were issued pursuant to the Existing Credit
Facility will remain in place after the Offerings and will be included within
the New Credit Facility. Certain of the IRBs are secured by certain real estate
and other assets of the Company's subsidiaries.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Upon completion of the Offerings, 19,166,666 shares of Common Stock will be
outstanding. Of such shares, the 8,400,000 shares sold in the Offerings and the
shares sold directly by the Company will be freely tradeable by
persons other than "affiliates" of the Company without restriction or
registration under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of
Common Stock were acquired by existing stockholders without registration under
the Securities Act and are "restricted securities" for purposes of the
Securities Act. Of such amount, Acadia, certain related investors and certain
officers of the Company will beneficially own immediately following the
Offerings 10,766,666 shares of Common Stock. Such shares may be sold in the
future under Rule 144 which contains volume and manner of sales limitations. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders." In addition, certain officers of the
Company will beneficially own options exercisable into 766,667 shares of the
Common Stock.
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, any person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) (including affiliates of the Company) who has
beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year, will be entitled to
sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the
greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately
191,666 shares immediately after the Offerings); or (ii) the average weekly
trading volume during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the date on
which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission. Sales pursuant to Rule
144 are subject to certain requirements relating to the manner of sale, notice
and availability of current public information about the Company. A person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted
shares for at least two years and who is not an affiliate of the Company at any
time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale is entitled to sell such
shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations
63
<PAGE> 66
described above. As defined in Rule 144, an "affiliate" of an issuer is a person
that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such issuer.
Of the restricted securities outstanding following the Offerings,
approximately 8,652,533 million shares will have been held for at least one year
and will be eligible for resale subject to the volume and other limitations of
Rule 144.
Upon the consummation of the Offerings, the Company expects to file one or
more Registration Statements on Form S-8 to register the shares covered by such
officers' stock options as well as the shares of Common Stock covered by the
1997 Stock Incentive Plan under the Securities Act.
Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public market following
the Offerings, or the possibility that such sales may occur, may adversely
affect the prevailing market price of the Common Stock. Also, prior to the
Offerings, there has been no public trading market for the Common Stock and no
predictions can be made as to the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of
Common Stock or the availability of shares of Common Stock for sales will have
on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of
substantial amounts of Common Stock in the public markets could adversely affect
prevailing market prices.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
Pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into by and among
the Company, Acadia and the other stockholders listed therein, Acadia and/or
holders owning at least 5.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock will have
certain shelf, demand and piggyback registration rights. The Registration Rights
Agreement will provide such stockholders with the right to request one or more
"shelf" registrations (each, a "Shelf Registration") at any time after the
Company is required to file periodic reports under the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). The Registration Rights Agreement also
will provide that at any time when a Shelf Registration is not in effect or not
available for use by the holders of Common Stock, Acadia and/or the holders of
at least 5.0% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company have the
right to make up to three requests (in the aggregate) for an underwritten
offering registered under the Securities Act (a "Demand Registration") of all or
part of such stockholders' Common Stock subject to the Registration Rights
Agreement. In the event that a Demand Registration is not declared effective
within 120 days after a request is delivered, stockholders then acquire the
right to request one additional Demand Registration. The Company may delay a
Demand Registration otherwise required to be prepared and filed under the
Registration Rights Agreement for up to 180 days under certain circumstances if
such registration would, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, interfere
with any material acquisition or financing transaction then being pursued by the
Company. This right to delay registration may not be used more than once in any
twelve-month period.
In addition, in connection with any registration by the Company of its
Common Stock, the Company is required to notify the stockholders subject to the
Registration Rights Agreement of such registration and include in such
registration all registrable Common Stock with respect to which the Company has
received written requests for inclusion therein unless the underwriters
determine that the number of shares requested to be included in such
registration will have a material adverse effect on such registration, in which
case only shares which may be sold without any such material adverse effect will
be included, on a pro-rata basis. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the
Company is required to bear all costs and expenses of each such registration
(other than the underwriters' commissions or discounts which are to be borne by
the sellers), and the stockholders and the Company have agreed to indemnify each
other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act.
Management also has the right to have their shares of Common Stock
registered by the Company (on the same terms and conditions as Acadia) in the
event Acadia's shares of Common Stock are registered under the Registration
Rights Agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions --
Transactions with Management."
64
<PAGE> 67
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-UNITED STATES HOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of certain United States Federal tax
consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of Common Stock by a
holder that, for United States Federal income tax purposes, is not a "United
States person" (a "Non-United States Holder"). This discussion is based upon the
United States Federal tax law now in effect, which is subject to change,
possibly retroactively. For purposes of this discussion, a "United States
person" means a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation,
partnership, or other entity created or organized in the United States or under
the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof; an estate
whose income is includible in gross income for United States Federal income tax
purposes regardless of its source; or a "United States Trust." A United States
Trust is (a) for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1996, or if the
trustee of a trust elects to apply the following definition to an earlier
taxable year, any trust if, and only if, (i) a court within the United States is
able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and
(ii) one or more United States trustees have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of the trust, and (b) for all other taxable years, any
trust whose income is includible in gross income for United States Federal
income tax purposes regardless of its source. This discussion does not consider
any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a particular Non-United
States Holder. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors
regarding the United States Federal tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and
disposing of Common Stock, as well as any tax consequences that may arise under
the laws of any foreign, state, local, or other taxing jurisdiction.
DIVIDENDS
Dividends paid to a Non-United States Holder will generally be subject to
withholding of United States Federal income tax at the rate of 30% unless the
dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within
the United States by the Non-United States Holder (or if certain tax treaties
apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by
such Non-United States Holder), in which case the dividend will be subject to
the United States Federal income tax on net income on the same basis that
applies to United States persons generally. In the case of a Non-United States
Holder which is a corporation, such effectively connected income also may be
subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign
corporation on the repatriation from the United States of effectively connected
earnings and profits). Non-United States Holders should consult any applicable
income tax treaties that may provide for a lower rate of withholding or other
rules different from those described above. A Non-United States Holder may be
required to satisfy certain certification requirements in order to claim treaty
benefits or otherwise claim a reduction of or exemption from withholding under
the foregoing rules.
GAIN ON DISPOSITION
A Non-United States Holder will generally not be subject to United States
Federal income tax on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of Common
Stock unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade
or business within the United States by the Non-United States Holder or, if tax
treaties apply, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment
maintained by the Non-United States Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-United
States Holder who is a nonresident alien individual and holds the Common Stock
as a capital asset, such holder is present in the United States for 183 or more
days in the taxable year of disposition or either such individual has a "tax
home" in the United States or the gain is attributable to an office or other
fixed place of business maintained by such individual in the United States,
(iii) the Company is or has been a "United States real property holding
corporation" for United States Federal income tax purposes (which the Company
does not believe that it is or likely to become) and the Non-United States
Holder holds or has held, directly or indirectly, at any time during the
five-year period ending on the date of disposition, more than 5% of the Common
Stock or (iv) the Non-United States Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, provisions applicable to certain
United States expatriates. Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the Non-United States Holder
will be subject to the United States Federal income tax on net income on the
same basis that applies to United States persons generally (and, with respect to
corporate
65
<PAGE> 68
holders, under certain circumstances, the branch profits tax) but will not be
subject to withholding. Non-United States Holders should consult any applicable
treaties that may provide for different rules.
FEDERAL ESTATE TAXES
Common Stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a
citizen or resident of the United States at the date of death will be included
in such individual's estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes,
unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING
The Company must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to
each Non-United States Holder the amount of dividends paid to, and the tax
withheld with respect to, such holder, regardless of whether any tax was
actually withheld. This information may also be made available to the tax
authorities of a country in which the Non-United States Holder resides.
Under the temporary United States Treasury regulations, United States
information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax at a rate of 31%
will generally apply to dividends paid on the Common Stock to a Non-United
States Holder and to payments by a United States office of a broker of the
proceeds of a sale of Common Stock to a Non-United States Holder unless the
holder certifies its Non-United States Holder status under penalties of perjury
or otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting requirements (but
not backup withholding) will also apply to payments of the proceeds of sales of
Common Stock by foreign offices of United States brokers, or foreign brokers
with certain types of relationships to the United States, unless the broker has
documentary evidence in its records that the holder is a Non-United States
Holder and certain other conditions are met, or the holder otherwise establishes
an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the
backup withholding rules will be refunded or credited against the Non-United
States Holder's United States Federal income tax liability, provided that the
required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
These information reporting and backup withholding rules are under review
by the United States Treasury, and their application to the Common Stock could
be changed by future regulations. On April 22, 1996, proposed Treasury
Regulations were published in the Federal Register concerning the withholding of
tax and reporting for certain amounts paid to nonresident individuals and
foreign corporations. The proposed Treasury Regulations, if adopted in their
present form, would be effective for payments made after December 31, 1997.
Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the potential
adoption of such proposed Treasury Regulations and the potential effect on their
ownership of Common Stock.
66
<PAGE> 69
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"),
Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon Brothers Inc are acting as representatives (the
"U.S. Representatives") of each of the Underwriters named below (the "U.S.
Underwriters"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a U.S. purchase
agreement (the "U.S. Purchase Agreement") among the Company, the Selling
Stockholder and the U.S. Underwriters, and concurrently with the sale of
1,680,000 shares of Common Stock to the International Managers (as defined
below), the Company has agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and each of the
U.S. Underwriters severally has agreed to purchase from the Company, the number
of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
U.S. UNDERWRITER SHARES
---------------- ---------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Salomon Brothers Inc
---------
Total.......................................... 6,720,000
=========
</TABLE>
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have also entered into an
international purchase agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement") with
certain underwriters outside the United States and Canada (the "International
Managers" and, together with the U.S. Underwriters, the "Underwriters") for whom
Merrill Lynch International, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and Salomon
Brothers International Limited are acting as lead managers (the "Lead
Managers"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the International
Purchase Agreement, and concurrently with the sale of 6,720,000 shares of Common
Stock to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to the International Managers, and the International
Managers severally have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of
1,680,000 shares of Common Stock. The Company is selling shares
directly to employees of the Company and certain other individuals. The initial
offering price per share and the total underwriting discount per share of Common
Stock are identical under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement.
In the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement,
the several U.S. Underwriters and the several International Managers,
respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
such agreement are purchased. The closings with respect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International
Managers are conditioned upon one another.
The U.S. Representatives have advised the Company and the Selling
Stockholder that the U.S. Underwriters proposed initially to offer the shares of
Common Stock to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a
concession not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock. The U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers will not receive the selling
concession portion of the underwriting discount ($ per share) on the shares
sold directly by the Company. The U.S. Underwriters may allow, and such dealers
may reallow, a discount not in excess of $ per share of Common Stock on
sales to certain other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public
offering price, concession and discount may be changed.
The Company has granted an option to the U.S. Underwriters, exercisable for
30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of
1,008,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial
67
<PAGE> 70
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the
underwriting discount. The U.S. Underwriters may exercise this option only to
cover over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the Common Stock offered
hereby. To the extent that the U.S. Underwriters exercise this option, each U.S.
Underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a
number of additional shares of Common Stock proportionate to such U.S.
Underwriter's initial amount reflected in the foregoing table. The Company also
has granted an option to the International Managers, exercisable for 30 days
after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 252,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any, on terms
similar to those granted to the U.S. Underwriters.
The Company, its executive officers and directors and all existing
stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to directly or
indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares
of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable
for Common Stock, whether now owned or thereafter acquired by the person
executing the agreement or with respect to which the person executing the
agreement thereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file a registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to the foregoing except for the
registration under the Securities Act of the Shares issuable under the 1997
Stock Incentive Plan and issuable under the option agreements of certain
officers of the Company that may be registered on Form S-8 or any such successor
form or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or
in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any
such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill
Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") that provides for the
coordination of their activities. Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the
U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers are permitted to sell shares of
Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering
price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms
of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common
Stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they
believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons,
and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common
Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or
to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or
Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the
Intersyndicate Agreement.
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price has been determined
through negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the U.S.
Representatives and the Lead Managers. The factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were
price-earnings ratios of publicly traded companies that the U.S. Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, certain financial information of the
Company, the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in
which it competes, an assessment of the Company's management, its past and
present operations, the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the
Company, the present state of the Company's development, and the above factors
in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies
engaged in activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock
will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the
initial public offering price.
The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "IXX," subject to official notice of issuance. In
order to meet the requirements for listing of the Common Stock on that exchange,
the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have undertaken to sell
lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners.
68
<PAGE> 71
Because affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. beneficially own in excess of
10% of the capital stock of the Company, the underwriting arrangements for the
Offering must comply with the requirements of Rule 2720 of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). This Offering is being
conducted in accordance with Rule 2720, which provides that, among other things,
when an NASD member participates in the underwriting of an affiliate's equity
securities, the initial public offering price can be no higher than that
recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter." Accordingly, Merrill Lynch
is acting as a qualified independent underwriter for purposes of determining the
price of the Common Stock offered hereby and has conducted due diligence
investigations and has reviewed and participated in the preparation of this
Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
The price at which the Common Stock is being sold to the public is no higher
than the price recommended by Merrill Lynch.
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock offered
hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers against certain liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group
members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an exception to these
rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage in certain transactions
that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions consist of bids
or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the
Common Stock.
If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the Offerings, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S.
Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Stock in the
open market. The U.S. Representatives may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.
The U.S. Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain
Underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the U.S.
Representatives purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the
Underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they
may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and
selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offerings.
In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.
Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither
the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1996 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report
of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the Offerings will be passed upon
for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), Chicago,
Illinois and certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois.
69
<PAGE> 72
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock being offered by
this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto, certain portions
of which have been omitted as permitted by the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. For further information with respect
to the Company and the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made
to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, copies of which
may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission or
examined without charge at (i) the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and
(ii) the Commission's regional offices located at Northwest Atrium Center, 500
W. Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Such reports and other information may
also be accessed through the Commission's electronic data gathering, analysis
and retrieval system via electronic means, including the Commission's web site
on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov). Statements contained in this Prospectus as
to the contents of any contract or other document are intended to discuss all
relevant material provisions thereof; however, in each instance where such
contract or other document is an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, and each such statement is qualified in
all respects by such reference.
The Company is not currently subject to the informational requirements of
the Exchange Act because prior to the Offerings the Company was not required to
register under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and did not have securities
registered on a national securities exchange under Section 12(b) of the Exchange
Act. However, since March 1993, the Company has agreed to voluntarily comply
with such informational requirements under the terms of the 13 1/4% Discount
Indenture. As a result of the Offerings, the Company will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will
be required to file reports and other information with the Commission.
70
<PAGE> 73
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Audited Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Accountants......................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1995 and
1996................................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996.......................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
Deficit for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996.......................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-7
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1996 and June
30, 1997............................................... F-17
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997........................... F-18
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders'
Deficit for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the
six months ended June 30, 1997......................... F-19
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 and 1997........................... F-20
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements................ F-21
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 74
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
of Ivex Packaging Corporation:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and related
consolidated statements of operations, of changes in stockholders' deficit, and
of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Ivex Packaging Corporation ("the Company") and its subsidiaries at December
31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
Price Waterhouse LLP
Chicago, Illinois
January 21, 1997, except as to Notes 5 and 14,
which are as of March 24, 1997
F-2
<PAGE> 75
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 4,830 $ 2,822
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance............... 46,077 51,638
Inventories............................................... 44,050 49,023
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 5,417 5,395
--------- ---------
Total current assets................................. 100,374 108,878
--------- ---------
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Buildings and improvements................................ 47,108 49,038
Machinery and equipment................................... 208,820 231,526
Construction in progress.................................. 4,159 8,069
--------- ---------
260,087 288,633
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.......................... (102,098) (123,957)
--------- ---------
157,989 164,676
Land...................................................... 7,504 8,304
--------- ---------
Total property, plant and equipment.................. 165,493 172,980
--------- ---------
Other assets:
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization................. 13,938 20,506
Miscellaneous............................................. 15,106 13,537
--------- ---------
Total other assets................................... 29,044 34,043
--------- ---------
Total Assets................................................ $ 294,911 $ 315,901
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt.................... $ 5,128 $ 5,921
Accounts payable.......................................... 31,934 36,748
Accrued salary and wages.................................. 7,781 8,603
Self insurance reserves................................... 6,339 7,453
Accrued rebates and discounts............................. 2,817 3,824
Accrued interest.......................................... 1,747 1,680
Other accrued expenses.................................... 6,538 12,110
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities............................ 62,284 76,339
--------- ---------
Long-Term Debt.............................................. 353,717 352,893
--------- ---------
Other Long-Term Liabilities................................. 6,472 5,243
--------- ---------
Deferred Income Taxes....................................... 8,770 8,770
--------- ---------
Commitments.................................................
--------- ---------
Stockholders' Deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par
value -- 2,000,000 shares authorized; 1,072,246 shares
issued and outstanding................................. 11 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375 177,375
Accumulated deficit....................................... (312,234) (303,566)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................... (1,484) (1,164)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' deficit.......................... (136,332) (127,344)
--------- ---------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit................. $ 294,911 $ 315,901
========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-3
<PAGE> 76
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Gross sales.............................................. $ 418,502 $ 483,689 $ 485,039
Freight out.............................................. 15,875 16,001 16,229
Discounts and returns.................................... 11,652 16,119 17,003
---------- ---------- ----------
Net sales................................................ 390,975 451,569 451,807
Cost of goods sold....................................... 316,704 366,409 351,424
---------- ---------- ----------
Gross profit............................................. 74,271 85,160 100,383
---------- ---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Selling................................................ 18,166 18,027 20,306
Administrative......................................... 23,496 24,540 27,156
Amortization of intangibles............................ 1,140 1,904 621
Write-off of goodwill.................................. 13,471
Special charges........................................ 4,960
---------- ---------- ----------
Total operating expenses.......................... 42,802 62,902 48,083
---------- ---------- ----------
Income from operations................................... 31,469 22,258 52,300
Interest expense......................................... 39,820 43,270 42,732
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary
item................................................... (8,351) (21,012) 9,568
Income tax provision..................................... (942) (1,113) (900)
---------- ---------- ----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item.................. (9,293) (22,125) 8,668
Extraordinary loss....................................... (2,359)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)........................................ $ (9,293) $ (24,484) $ 8,668
========== ========== ==========
Earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) before extraordinary item................ $ (8.67) $ (20.63) $ 8.08
Extraordinary loss..................................... (2.20)
---------- ---------- ----------
Net income (loss)...................................... $ (8.67) $ (22.83) $ 8.08
========== ========== ==========
Average shares outstanding............................... 1,072,246 1,072,246 1,072,246
========== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-4
<PAGE> 77
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IVEX PACKAGING
CORPORATION PAID IN FOREIGN
COMMON STOCK CAPITAL CURRENCY
------------------ IN EXCESS OF ACCUMULATED TRANSLATION STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT PAR VALUE DEFICIT ADJUSTMENT DEFICIT
------ ------ ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1993....................... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(278,457) $ (508) $(101,579)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment.............. (394) (394)
Net loss................... (9,293) (9,293)
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1994....................... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (287,750) (902) (111,266)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment.............. (582) (582)
Net loss................... (24,484) (24,484)
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1995....................... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (312,234) (1,484) (136,332)
Foreign currency
translation
adjustment.............. 320 320
Net income................. 8,668 8,668
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31,
1996....................... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(303,566) $(1,164) $(127,344)
========= === ======== ========= ======= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-5
<PAGE> 78
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income (loss)......................................... $ (9,293) $(24,484) $ 8,668
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
from operating activities:
Depreciation of properties............................ 21,049 20,496 22,103
Amortization of intangibles and debt issue costs...... 3,058 19,689 2,028
Deferred income taxes................................. (106)
Write-down of property, plant and equipment, net...... 760
Non-cash interest..................................... 9,916 11,232 12,801
-------- -------- --------
24,624 27,693 45,600
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable................................... (9,461) (550) 528
Inventories........................................... (10,871) 4,371 (743)
Prepaid expenses and other............................ (719) (930) 621
Accounts payable...................................... 10,322 (8,486) 1,516
Accrued expenses and other liabilities................ 1,752 648 1,680
-------- -------- --------
Net cash from operating activities................. 15,647 22,746 49,202
-------- -------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from senior credit facilities.................... 60,000
Payment of senior credit facilities....................... (5,342) (59,870) (5,000)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility................... 8,500
Payment of revolving credit facility...................... (8,500)
Payment of debt issue costs............................... (569) (2,779) (296)
Other, net................................................ (191) (185) 722
-------- -------- --------
Net cash from (used by) financing activities....... (6,102) 5,666 (13,074)
-------- -------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment................. (16,769) (19,385) (17,633)
Proceeds from the sale of real estate..................... 1,305 1,034
Acquisition of CFI Industries, Inc., net of cash
acquired................................................ (17,262)
Acquisition of the net assets of Trio Products............ (3,524)
Acquisition of the net assets of Packaging Products,
Inc..................................................... (11,735)
Other, net................................................ 2,407 215 283
-------- -------- --------
Net cash used by investing activities.............. (13,057) (29,871) (38,136)
-------- -------- --------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents................... (3,512) (1,459) (2,008)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year.............. 9,801 6,289 4,830
-------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year.................... $ 6,289 $ 4,830 $ 2,822
======== ======== ========
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest................................................ $ 27,740 $ 30,004 $ 28,592
Income taxes............................................ 935 1,052 1,199
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing
activities:
Issuance of non-current note for accounts receivable.... 2,000 1,000
The Company purchased all of the capital stock of CFI
Industries, Inc. In conjunction with the acquisition,
liabilities were assumed as follows:
Fair value of assets acquired......................... $ 27,127
Cash paid for the capital stock....................... (18,423)
--------
Liabilities assumed................................... $ 8,704
========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-6
<PAGE> 79
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION:
Ivex Packaging Corporation (the "Company") owns 100% of the common stock of
IPC, Inc. ("IPC"). The Company is a holding company with no operations of its
own and is dependent on the operating cash flow of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries in
order to pay principal and interest on its debt; however, IPC has no contractual
obligations to distribute any such cash flow to the Company.
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Nature of operations
The Company's subsidiary, IPC, engages in the business of manufacturing
plastic and paper packaging products for different end-use packaging
applications principally with customers in North America. These applications
include: (i) the integrated production and conversion of oriented polystyrene
sheet and other plastic sheet into thermoformed packaging products and the sale
of such sheet to other packaging thermoformers; (ii) the manufacture and sale of
coated and laminated unbleached kraft paper and plastic materials and single
face corrugated products as protective materials in the packaging of industrial
products; and (iii) the manufacture and sale of unbleached kraft paper and
various lightweight specialty grades of paper for industrial and food service
packaging applications. Accordingly, the accompanying financial data are
reported as a single segment.
Principles of consolidation
All the accounts of the wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company have been
consolidated. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been
eliminated.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenue upon shipment of products.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all short-term deposits with initial maturities of
three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts receivable........................................ $48,089 $53,718
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts.................... (2,012) (2,080)
------- -------
$46,077 $51,638
======= =======
</TABLE>
Accounts receivable from sales to customers are unsecured.
F-7
<PAGE> 80
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market using the first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method to determine the cost of raw materials and finished
goods.
Inventories at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials.............................................. $24,148 $26,483
Finished goods............................................. 19,902 22,540
------- -------
$44,050 $49,023
======= =======
</TABLE>
Property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Expenditures
for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred; major
improvements are capitalized.
During the first quarter of 1995, IPC revised the estimated remaining
useful lives of certain machinery and equipment to more closely reflect expected
remaining lives. The effect of this change in accounting estimate resulted in a
decrease in IPC's annual depreciation of $1,800 in 1995 and in each year
thereafter until the assets are fully depreciated.
Income taxes
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the
Company generally considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in the tax law or rates.
Employee benefit plans
IPC and its subsidiaries have defined contribution and defined benefit
plans covering substantially all employees. IPC's contributions to the defined
contribution plans are determined by matching employee contributions and by
discretionary contributions. Defined benefit plan contributions are determined
by independent actuaries and are generally funded in the minimum amount required
by the Internal Revenue Service in a given year.
IPC provides limited post retirement benefits to a select group of
employees. The current period cost and reserves related to these benefits are
not material.
Goodwill and other long-lived assets
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets
acquired and is being amortized using the straight-line method over a forty year
period. Accumulated amortization was $18,315 and $18,781 as of December 31, 1995
and 1996, respectively.
During 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of."
This statement requires that long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be
recoverable. If the expected future cash flows (undiscounted and without
interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset an impairment
loss
F-8
<PAGE> 81
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
is recognized. Otherwise, an impairment loss is not recognized. The effect of
adopting this new accounting standard did not have an impact on the financial
position of the Company. Prior to 1996, an impairment was recognized if it was
probable that the present value of expected future cash flows (discounted and
with interest charges) was less than the carrying amounts of goodwill and other
long-lived assets.
Earnings (loss) per share
Earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing earnings (loss) by the
weighted average number of shares outstanding during each year. Common stock
equivalent shares, issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, are
included in these calculations when they would have a dilutive effect on the per
share amounts.
Foreign currency translation
The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are
maintained in local currency which is the functional currency. The balance
sheets of these subsidiaries are translated at exchange rates in effect at the
balance sheet date and the related statements of operations are translated at
weighted average rates of exchange for the year. Translation adjustments
resulting from this process are reflected as a separate component of
stockholders' deficit. Gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange
transactions are recorded in the results from operations. Such amounts were not
significant in 1994, 1995 and 1996.
Fair value of financial instruments
At December 31, 1996, the effective yield of the Company's 13 1/4% Senior
Discount Debentures due 2005 (the "13 1/4% Discount Debentures") was 10.7%
(approximate market price of 79). At December 31, 1996, the effective yield of
IPC's 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2002 (the "12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes") was 9.3% (approximate market price of 109). The carrying
amount of IPC's other financial instruments approximates their estimated fair
value based on market prices for the same or similar type of financial
instruments.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the consolidated balance sheets for 1995 have been
reclassified to conform to the 1996 presentation.
NOTE 3 -- GOODWILL:
During 1995, a portion of the Industrial Packaging businesses (such portion
having been acquired primarily in the 1989 acquisition of L&CP Corporation) had
experienced less sales volume growth and lower profitability than anticipated.
As a consequence, and in response to dynamic market conditions, during the
second quarter of 1995 the Company realigned the management of these businesses
based on three distinct operating units -- masking, graphics and other
protective products.
Consistent with its accounting policy for goodwill and long-lived assets at
that time, the Company made a reassessment of its remaining goodwill, all of
which pertained to the above operating units, during the second quarter of 1995
and revised its projections to more accurately reflect expected future results.
The Company segregated the assets and cash flows of these three operating units
to the lowest level for which cash flows are identifiable and independent of one
another at that time. In order to evaluate its goodwill impairment, the Company
projected the cash flows allocable to these businesses over the estimated
remaining goodwill amortization periods of approximately 34 years. The Company
then discounted such cash flows at a rate of 16 1/2% which it believed was
commensurate with the risk involved. The Company selected a pre-tax weighted
average cost of capital (reflective of comparable companies within its industry)
for purposes of discounting its
F-9
<PAGE> 82
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
cash flows. The discounted cash flows of each business were then compared to the
sum of the business groups' working capital and net book value of fixed assets.
Impairment of goodwill was then measured by comparing the remaining discounted
cash flow to the net book value of the business groups' goodwill. Upon
comparison, the discounted cash flows for the graphics and other protective
products businesses were insufficient to recover each of such businesses'
goodwill. Accordingly, the Company recorded an impairment of $13,471 during the
second quarter of 1995.
The 1995 revised projections for this portion of the Company's business
were extrapolated from market conditions and competitive pressures existing at
that time and were based upon, among other things, the assumptions that growth
of operating income before depreciation and amortization would range from 2-6%
per year through 1999, from 1-3% per year from 2000-2010 and 0% per year from
2011-2029. The growth assumptions for the graphics and other protective products
businesses were lower than the masking business. The projections assumed that
capital expenditures would generally be consistent with depreciation over the
long term. The Company believes that its revised projections based on the June
1995 existing historic financial trends and market conditions were its best
estimate at that time of its future performance and that the Company's
performance at such projected levels will not substantially detract from the
Company's future earnings. However, there can be no assurances that such
estimates will be indicative of future results, which ultimately may be less
than or greater than these estimates.
NOTE 4 -- MISCELLANEOUS OTHER ASSETS:
Miscellaneous other assets at December 31, 1995 and 1996 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred financing costs................................... $13,121 $13,416
Less -- Accumulated amortization........................... (2,966) (4,370)
------- -------
10,155 9,046
Other...................................................... 4,951 4,491
------- -------
$15,106 $13,537
======= =======
</TABLE>
Deferred financing costs are being amortized over the term of the related
debt. During 1995, IPC recorded a write-off of a non-compete agreement with a
net book value of $1,139.
NOTE 5 -- LONG-TERM DEBT:
Long-term debt comprised the following at December 31, 1995 and 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Senior credit facility (A)............................... $ 68,500 $ 55,000
Industrial revenue bonds (B)............................. 38,293 38,293
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes, net of discount (C).......... 157,229 157,340
13 1/4% Discount Debentures, net of discount (D)......... 93,338 106,139
Other.................................................... 1,485 2,042
-------- --------
Total debt outstanding.............................. 358,845 358,814
Less -- Current installments of long-term debt........... (5,128) (5,921)
-------- --------
Long-term debt...................................... $353,717 $352,893
======== ========
</TABLE>
A. Senior Credit Facility -- IPC's senior credit facility (the "Existing
Credit Facility") is comprised of $55,000 in term loans, a $45,000 letter of
credit facility and a $55,000 revolving credit facility of which
F-10
<PAGE> 83
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
approximately $52,798 was available at December 31, 1996. On March 24, 1997, IPC
amended the Existing Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the
revolving credit facility to $105,000. The term loans require quarterly payments
of $1,250 from March 31, 1997 through September 30, 1997; $1,875 from December
31, 1997 through September 30, 1998; $3,000 from December 31, 1998 through
September 30, 1999; $3,500 from December 31, 1999 through September 30, 2000;
$4,125 from December 31, 2000 through June 30, 2001; and $5,375 on September 30,
2001. At the option of IPC, the term loans and borrowings on the revolving
credit facility bear interest at the LIBOR reserve adjusted rate, as defined,
plus 2.25% or the prime rate plus 1.0%. Such rates are subject to change based
on IPC's ability to achieve certain financial ratios as defined in the Existing
Credit Facility. The Company's actual interest rate on the term loans and the
revolving credit facility at December 31, 1996 was the LIBOR reserve adjusted
rate, as defined, plus 1.75% or prime rate plus 0.75%. IPC pays a fee of 0.5% on
the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. The effective interest rate
per annum under the Existing Credit Facility was 7.67% during 1996. Borrowings
are secured by substantially all the assets of IPC and its subsidiaries and the
stock of IPC and IPC's subsidiaries. Under the Existing Credit Facility, IPC is
required to maintain certain financial ratios and levels of net worth while
future indebtedness and dividends are restricted.
Beginning January 6, 1996, IPC entered into interest rate swap agreements
for the term loans for notional amounts totaling $60,000 through January 19,
1999. Such agreements effectively fix IPC's LIBOR base rate at 5.33% and income
or expense related to settlements under the swap agreements are recorded as
adjustments to interest expense in IPC's financial statements.
B. Industrial Revenue Bonds -- Industrial Revenue Bonds requiring monthly
interest payments with average effective rates during 1995 and 1996 of 6.2% and
5.8%, respectively, are due in varying amounts and dates through 2009 and are
secured by certain assets of IPC. IPC's letter of credit facility provides
credit enhancement for the Industrial Revenue Bonds.
C. 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes -- On December 17, 1992, IPC issued $158,000
of 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes due December 15, 2002 (the "12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes"). The 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes require semi-annual
interest payments on June 15 and December 15 and are subordinated in right of
payment to all existing and future senior indebtedness of IPC. The 12 1/2%
Subordinated Notes are redeemable at the option of IPC, in whole or in part, on
or after December 15, 1997 at the following redemption prices (expressed in
percentages of the principal amount thereof), plus accrued interest to the date
of redemption.
If redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning December 15,
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR PERCENTAGE
---- ----------
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ 106.250%
1998........................................................ 103.125%
1999 and thereafter......................................... 100.000%
</TABLE>
Each holder of the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes may require IPC to repurchase
such holders' 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes in the event of a change of control at
101% of principal amount thereof, plus accrued interest to the date of
repurchase. The indenture under which the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes are issued
contains certain covenants that, among other things, will limit the ability of
IPC to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or repurchase stock.
D. 13 1/4% Discount Debentures -- On March 8, 1993, the Company issued
$160,000 of 13 1/4% Series A Senior Discount Debentures due 2005 (the "13 1/4%
Discount Debentures") for an aggregate consideration of approximately $65,000
(the "1993 13 1/4% Discount Debenture Offering"). Commencing on September 15,
2000, cash interest on the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will be payable
semi-annually, and on March 15, 2005, the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures will
mature and the aggregate principal amount then outstanding will become
F-11
<PAGE> 84
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
due and payable. The Company is dependent on the cash flow of IPC and IPC's
subsidiaries in order to meet its debt service obligations. Significant
contractual and other restrictions exist on the payment of dividends and the
making of loans by IPC to the Company. In addition, as a result of a goodwill
write-off in 1993, IPC's ability to make distributions to the Company under the
indenture relating to IPC's 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes has been impaired and
such indenture will require modification before any such distributions to the
Company can be made. Consequently, all or a portion of the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures may require refinancing prior to the maturity thereof. During the
period prior to September 15, 2000, the Company does not expect to have
significant cash requirements.
Long-term debt principal maturities are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ $ 5,921
1998........................................................ 10,267
1999........................................................ 15,148
2000........................................................ 17,279
2001........................................................ 16,115
Thereafter.................................................. 347,945
--------
412,675
Discount on 13 1/4% Discount Debentures..................... (53,861)
--------
$358,814
========
</TABLE>
NOTE 6 -- INCOME TAXES:
The components of the income tax provision shown in the statement of
operations are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current provision:
Federal........................................... $(106) $ (142) $ (415)
State............................................. (942) (971) (485)
Deferred (provision) benefit:
Federal........................................... 106 (9,029)
Benefit of net operating loss carryovers............ 9,029
----- ------- -------
$(942) $(1,113) $ (900)
===== ======= =======
</TABLE>
The provision recognized for income taxes differs from the amount
determined by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% due to the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income (loss) before income taxes................. $(8,351) $(21,012) $ 9,568
======= ======== =======
Computed expected (provision) benefit at the
statutory rate.................................. $ 2,923 $ 7,354 $(3,349)
Adjustments to the computed expected (provision)
benefit resulting from:
Amortization of goodwill........................ (214) (4,862) (77)
Net operating loss carryover adjustments........ (3,108) (2,701) 3,077
State income taxes, net......................... (608) (610) (417)
Other, net...................................... 65 (294) (134)
------- -------- -------
$ (942) $ (1,113) $ (900)
======= ======== =======
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE> 85
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Depreciation............................................. $ 33,581 $ 33,449
Basis differences of acquired assets..................... 4,737 3,969
-------- --------
Deferred tax liabilities................................. 38,318 37,418
-------- --------
Environmental reserves................................... (478) (330)
Non-compete agreements................................... (963) (613)
Self insurance reserves.................................. (1,731) (1,979)
Original issue discount accretion........................ (9,921) (14,394)
Other.................................................... (2,709) (2,727)
Net operating loss carryover............................. (37,646) (26,795)
-------- --------
Deferred tax assets...................................... (53,448) (46,838)
-------- --------
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance................... 23,900 18,190
-------- --------
$ 8,770 $ 8,770
======== ========
</TABLE>
At December 31, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryovers,
including the net operating loss carryovers of IPC, for income tax reporting
purposes of approximately $76,556. These carryovers expire between 2005 and
2008. In the event of a change in ownership of the Company these net operating
loss carryovers may be limited. A valuation allowance has been recorded against
certain of the net operating loss carryovers for which utilization is uncertain.
NOTE 7 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
Net periodic pension expense related to the defined benefit plans for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 is comprised of the following
components:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Service cost component -- benefits earned by
employees for services during this period......... $ 274 $ 265 $ 290
Interest cost component -- increase in projected
benefit obligation due to the passage of time..... 1,029 1,070 1,208
Return on plan assets, net of administrative
expense........................................... (79) (1,926) (1,317)
Net amortization and deferral....................... (866) 1,084 372
------ ------- -------
Net periodic pension cost........................... $ 358 $ 493 $ 553
====== ======= =======
</TABLE>
F-13
<PAGE> 86
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
Plan assets are invested in a deposit administration contract with an
insurance company and money market, equity and bond funds. The following table
sets forth the funded status of these plans as of the date of the latest
available actuarial valuation.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Actuarial present value of vested benefit obligation....... $14,228 $15,139
======= =======
Actuarial present value of accumulated benefit
obligation............................................... $14,333 $15,252
======= =======
Fair value of the plans' assets............................ $12,873 $14,202
Actuarial present value of projected benefit obligation.... 14,417 15,357
------- -------
Fair value of the plans' assets less than the projected
benefit obligation....................................... (1,544) (1,155)
Unrecognized net transition obligation..................... 463 398
Unrecognized prior service cost............................ 1,070 952
Unrecognized net loss...................................... 243 650
------- -------
Prepaid pension expense.................................... $ 232 $ 845
======= =======
</TABLE>
The following table sets forth significant assumptions utilized in the
actuarial valuation.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Discount rate used to adjust for the time value of money.... 8.5% 8.5%
Expected rate of increase in employee compensation costs.... 0%-5% 0%-5%
Expected long-term rate of return on assets................. 9.0% 9.0%
</TABLE>
The charge to operations under IPC's defined benefit and defined
contribution plans was approximately $1,900, $2,063 and $2,351 for the years
ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 8 -- STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLANS:
IPC and Ivex established a stock option plan (the "Plan") for certain key
executives, effective January 1, 1993. Pursuant to the Plan, IPC irrevocably
granted options to purchase 17,270 shares of its common stock at an exercise
price of $619.56 per share approximating fair market value. The options are
exercisable at any time, once vested and earned, prior to January 1, 2003. At
December 31, 1996, 9,413 of these options were vested and earned by the Plan
participants and 7,857 of the options were canceled. The Plan also provides IPC
and the participants with certain rights to exchange options to purchase IPC's
common stock for options to purchase the Company's common stock.
On January 1, 1996, the option plan was amended and extended to grant an
additional 6,908 options subject to vesting over three years from January 1,
1996, and such options will be available to be earned in 1996 and 1997 based on
Adjusted EBITDA results. The provisions of the options are substantially the
same as the previously issued options. During 1996, 3,454 of such options were
earned.
The Company adopted the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Under the provisions of such
statement, the Company is required to at least disclose the pro forma impact of
recognizing compensation expense for the fair value of those options granted
since January 1, 1996. Under the provisions of SFAS No. 123, the Company has not
recognized any compensation cost for stock option plans. Had compensation cost
for the Company's stock option plan been determined based on the fair value at
the grant date for awards during 1996 consistent with the provisions of SFAS No.
123, the Company's net income would have been reduced to $8,548.
F-14
<PAGE> 87
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
The Company's pro forma net income was determined under the assumption that
all applicable options were earned when available with equal vesting over the
three years from January 1, 1996. The fair value of the options granted was
estimated on the date earned using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and
utilized the following weighted-average assumptions for options earned in 1996:
dividend yield of 0.00%; expected volatility of 22.63%; risk-free interest rate
of 5.28%; and expected lives of 3 years.
IPC also entered into a special incentive agreement (the "Agreement") with
certain key executives, effective January 1, 1993. The Agreement provided for a
special incentive payment of up to $2,250 upon the occurrence of certain events
as defined in the Agreement. During 1995, management earned all of the special
incentive payment and, accordingly, IPC recorded expense of $2,250. As of
December 31, 1996, all amounts to be paid pursuant to the terms of the Agreement
have been paid. See Note 9 -- Special Charges.
NOTE 9 -- SPECIAL CHARGES:
During the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company recorded the following
special charges: $2,250 associated with the Agreement (see Note 8 -- Stock
Option and Incentive Plans), $1,950 of costs related to an attempted initial
public equity offering and a reduction of land value of $760 associated with a
donation of land to the Village of Chagrin Falls, Ohio.
NOTE 10 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
IPC recorded management fee expense to Acadia of $400 in 1996 which was
unpaid as of December 31, 1996. IPC paid management fees to Acadia of $400 in
1994 and 1995.
NOTE 11 -- COMMITMENTS:
IPC leases certain of its facilities and equipment under non-cancelable
operating leases, some of which contain renewal options, escalation clauses and
requirements that IPC pay taxes, insurance and maintenance costs. Approximate
future minimum annual rental payments under non-cancelable operating lease
agreements are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ $4,151
1998........................................................ 3,438
1999........................................................ 3,163
2000........................................................ 2,350
2001........................................................ 7,553
Thereafter.................................................. 588
</TABLE>
Rent expense under operating leases included in the accompanying statement
of operations aggregated approximately $3,576, $4,339 and $4,954 during 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively.
NOTE 12 -- EXTRAORDINARY LOSS FROM EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT:
Deferred financing costs of $2,359 written off in connection with the
refinancing of IPC's senior credit facility are presented as an extraordinary
item in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December
31, 1995.
NOTE 13 -- PLASTOFILM ACQUISITION
On August 16, 1996, IPC acquired CFI Industries, Inc. ("CFI" or
"Plastofilm") for an aggregate purchase price of $18,423, including the
repayment of certain indebtedness of CFI and related acquisition fees and
expenses. Through its subsidiary, Plastofilm Industries, CFI is a fully
integrated custom thermoformer of
F-15
<PAGE> 88
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
plastic packaging products for the medical, electronics and personal care
industries. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase; accordingly, the
purchase price was allocated to the specific assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based upon their fair value at date of acquisition. The Company's 1996
consolidated financial statements include the results of operations and cash
flows of Plastofilm from August 16, 1996.
The following unaudited pro forma summary presents the consolidated results
of operations as if the acquisition of Plastofilm had occurred at the beginning
of 1995, after giving effect for certain adjustments. These unaudited pro forma
results have been prepared for comparative purposes only and do not purport to
be indicative of what would have occurred had the acquisition been made as of
that date or of results which may occur in the future.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Net Sales................................................ $483,259 $472,414
======== ========
Net income (loss) before extraordinary items............. $(22,089) $ 8,545
======== ========
Net income (loss)........................................ $(24,448) $ 8,545
======== ========
</TABLE>
NOTE 14 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 17, 1997, IPC purchased substantially all of the assets,
excluding accounts receivable, of the OPS business of Viskase Limited located in
Sedgefield, England for $11,907 and on February 21, 1997, IPC purchased all of
the outstanding common stock of M&R Plastics, Inc. located in Laval, Quebec for
$18,651. The acquired businesses were financed through cash flow from operations
and revolving credit borrowings under IPC's senior credit facility. As a result
of these borrowings, IPC amended and restated its senior credit facility on
March 24, 1997, to, among other things, increase its revolving credit facility
from $55,000 to $105,000.
NOTE 15 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT -- INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING (UNAUDITED)
The Company intends to file a Registration Statement to register its Common
Stock. In conjunction with the offering, the Company's Board of Directors will
authorize a common stock split.
Upon successful completion of the offering, such transaction would trigger
a change in ownership of the Company, as defined under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code, resulting in a limitation of the Company's ability to
utilize its net operating loss carryovers in the future.
F-16
<PAGE> 89
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents................................. $ 2,822 $ 8,345
Accounts receivable trade, net of allowance............... 51,638 67,068
Inventories............................................... 49,023 53,506
Prepaid expenses and other................................ 5,395 6,327
--------- ---------
Total current assets................................... 108,878 135,246
--------- ---------
Property, Plant and Equipment:
Buildings and improvements................................ 49,038 53,491
Machinery and equipment................................... 231,526 249,091
Construction in progress.................................. 8,069 15,959
--------- ---------
288,633 318,541
Less -- Accumulated depreciation.......................... (123,957) (136,699)
--------- ---------
164,676 181,842
Land...................................................... 8,304 8,925
--------- ---------
Total property, plant and equipment.................... 172,980 190,767
--------- ---------
Other Assets:
Goodwill, net of accumulated amortization................. 20,506 30,115
Miscellaneous............................................. 13,537 14,514
--------- ---------
Total other assets..................................... 34,043 44,629
--------- ---------
Total Assets................................................ $ 315,901 $ 370,642
========= =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
Current installments of long-term debt.................... $ 5,921 $ 8,012
Accounts payable.......................................... 36,748 35,795
Accrued salary and wages.................................. 8,603 6,730
Self insurance reserves................................... 7,453 6,650
Accrued rebates and discounts............................. 3,824 3,559
Accrued interest.......................................... 1,680 1,567
Other accrued expenses.................................... 12,110 12,733
--------- ---------
Total current liabilities.............................. 76,339 75,046
--------- ---------
Long-Term Debt.............................................. 352,893 404,612
--------- ---------
Other Long-Term Liabilities................................. 5,243 4,894
--------- ---------
Deferred Income Taxes....................................... 8,770 10,482
--------- ---------
Stockholders' Deficit:
Ivex Packaging Corporation common stock, $.01 par value --
2,000,000 shares authorized; and 1,072,246 shares
issued and outstanding................................. 11 11
Paid in capital in excess of par value.................... 177,375 177,375
Accumulated deficit....................................... (303,566) (300,879)
Foreign currency translation adjustment................... (1,164) (899)
--------- ---------
Total stockholders' deficit............................ (127,344) (124,392)
--------- ---------
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Deficit................. $ 315,901 $ 370,642
========= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-17
<PAGE> 90
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
------------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Net sales................................................... $ 210,443 $ 264,034
Cost of goods sold.......................................... 164,668 207,673
---------- ----------
Gross profit................................................ 45,775 56,361
---------- ----------
Operating expenses:
Selling................................................... 9,599 13,231
Administrative............................................ 12,533 16,236
Amortization of intangibles............................... 258 512
---------- ----------
Total operating expenses.................................... 22,390 29,979
---------- ----------
Income from operations...................................... 23,385 26,382
Interest expense............................................ 21,221 22,805
---------- ----------
Income before income taxes.................................. 2,164 3,577
Income tax provision........................................ (440) (890)
---------- ----------
Net income.................................................. $ 1,724 $ 2,687
========== ==========
Net income per share........................................ $ 1.61 $ 2.51
========== ==========
Average shares outstanding.................................. 1,072,246 1,072,246
========== ==========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-18
<PAGE> 91
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
IVEX PACKAGING
CORPORATION PAID IN FOREIGN
COMMON STOCK CAPITAL CURRENCY
------------------ IN EXCESS OF ACCUMULATED TRANSLATION STOCKHOLDERS'
SHARES AMOUNT PAR VALUE DEFICIT ADJUSTMENT DEFICIT
------ ------ ------------ ----------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31, 1995.... 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(312,234) $(1,484) $(136,332)
Foreign currency translation
adjustment................. 320 320
Net income.................... 8,668 8,668
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at December 31, 1996.... 1,072,246 11 177,375 (303,566) (1,164) (127,344)
Foreign currency translation
adjustment................. 265 265
Net income.................... 2,687 2,687
--------- --- -------- --------- ------- ---------
Balance at June 30, 1997........ 1,072,246 $11 $177,375 $(300,879) $ (899) $(124,392)
========= === ======== ========= ======= =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-19
<PAGE> 92
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
(UNAUDITED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,
--------------------
1996 1997
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income................................................ $ 1,724 $ 2,687
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from
operating activities:
Depreciation of properties........................... 11,045 12,778
Amortization of intangibles and debt issue costs..... 951 1,251
Non-cash interest.................................... 6,139 6,956
-------- --------
19,859 23,672
Change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable.................................. 828 (12,104)
Inventories.......................................... (798) (532)
Prepaid expenses and other........................... 852 (809)
Accounts payable..................................... (3,517) (5,184)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities............... 227 (3,774)
-------- --------
Net cash from operating activities................ 17,451 1,269
-------- --------
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of senior credit facility......................... (2,500) (2,500)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility................... -- 49,200
Payment of revolving credit facility...................... (7,500) --
Payment of debt issue costs............................... (191) (327)
Other, net................................................ -- (430)
-------- --------
Net cash from (used by) financing activities...... (10,191) 45,943
-------- --------
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchase of property, plant and equipment................. (7,996) (10,984)
Acquisition of the OPS business of Viskase Limited........ -- (11,907)
Acquisition of M&R Plastics, Inc.......................... -- (18,651)
Other, net................................................ 346 (147)
-------- --------
Net cash used by investing activities............. (7,650) (41,689)
-------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents........ (390) 5,523
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period............ 4,830 2,822
-------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................. $ 4,440 $ 8,345
======== ========
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest............................................... $ 14,410 $ 15,222
Income taxes........................................... 742 1,072
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this statement.
F-20
<PAGE> 93
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NOTE 1 -- ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES
In the opinion of management, the information in the accompanying unaudited
financial statements reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of
results for the interim periods. These interim financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included
herein.
The Company is the sole stockholder of its operating subsidiary, IPC, Inc.
The Company is a holding company with no operations of its own and is dependent
on the operating cash flow of IPC and its subsidiaries in order to pay principal
and interest on its debt; however, IPC has no contractual obligation to
distribute any such cash flow to the Company.
The Company's accounting and reporting policies are summarized in Note 2 of
Ivex's consolidated financial statements included herein.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts receivable...................................... $53,718 $69,370
Less -- Allowance for doubtful accounts.................. (2,080) (2,302)
------- -------
$51,638 $67,068
======= =======
</TABLE>
Inventories
Inventories at December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997 consist of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
Raw materials............................................ $26,483 $27,561
Finished goods........................................... 22,540 25,945
------- -------
$49,023 $53,506
======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE 2 -- INCOME TAXES
Income taxes are provided at the estimated annual effective tax rate which
differs from the federal statutory rate of 35% primarily due to net operating
loss carryovers and state and foreign income taxes.
F-21
<PAGE> 94
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
NOTE 3 -- LONG-TERM DEBT
At December 31, 1996 and June 30, 1997, the long-term debt of the Company
and its wholly owned subsidiary, IPC, was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
1996 1997
------------ --------
<S> <C> <C>
Senior credit facility.................................. $ 55,000 $101,700
Industrial revenue bonds................................ 38,293 38,293
12 1/2% IPC Notes, net of discount...................... 157,340 157,395
13 1/4% Discount Debentures, net of discount............ 106,139 113,095
Other................................................... 2,042 2,141
-------- --------
Total debt outstanding............................. 358,814 412,624
Less -- Current installments of long-term debt.......... (5,921) (8,012)
-------- --------
Long-term debt.......................................... $352,893 $404,612
======== ========
</TABLE>
NOTE 4 -- ACQUISITIONS
On January 17, 1997, IPC purchased substantially all of the assets,
excluding accounts receivable, of the OPS business of Viskase Limited located in
Sedgefield, England for $11,907. On February 21, 1997, IPC purchased all of the
outstanding common stock of M&R Plastics, Inc. ("M&R") located in Laval, Quebec
for $18,651, including the repayment of certain indebtedness of M&R and related
acquisition fees and expenses. The acquired businesses were financed through
revolving credit borrowings under IPC's senior credit facility. As a result of
these borrowings, IPC amended and restated its senior credit facility on March
24, 1997 to, among other things, increase its revolving credit facility from
$55,000 to $105,000. Pro forma financial information associated with these
acquisitions has not been included because these acquisitions are not material
to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 5 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENT -- INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
The Company intends to file a Registration Statement to register its Common
Stock. In conjunction with the offering, the Company's Board of Directors will
authorize a common stock split.
Upon successful completion of the offering, such transaction would trigger
a change in ownership of the Company, as defined under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code, resulting in a limitation of the Company's ability to
utilize its net operating loss carryovers in the future.
F-22
<PAGE> 95
The following photographs depict applications of the Company's plastic and paper
packaging products. The Company is not the exclusive provider of packaging
products to the companies whose name-branded products appear below.
[photo of man]
Protective Packaging
[photo of food]
Food Packaging
[photo of electronic packaging]
Electronic Packaging
[photo of boy]
Supermarket Bakery Packaging
The following trademarks used in this Prospectus are owned by Ivex
Packaging Corporation or one of its affiliates: Ivex(R), Kama(R), Plastofilm(R),
Jet-Pak(R), Jet-Lite(R) and Jet-Cor(TM).
<PAGE> 96
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 3
Special Note Regarding Forward Looking
Statements........................... 11
Risk Factors........................... 11
Use of Proceeds........................ 16
Dividend Policy........................ 17
Dilution............................... 18
The Refinancing........................ 19
Capitalization......................... 20
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data................................. 21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data... 25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................... 27
Business............................... 37
Management............................. 46
Principal and Selling Stockholders..... 55
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions......................... 57
Description of Capital Stock........... 58
Description of Certain Indebtedness.... 60
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 63
Certain United States Federal Tax
Consequences to Non-United States
Holders.............................. 65
Underwriting........................... 67
Experts................................ 69
Legal Matters.......................... 69
Additional Information................. 70
Index to Financial Statements.......... F-1
</TABLE>
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
======================================================
======================================================
8,400,000 SHARES
[IVEX LOGO]
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
, 1997
======================================================
<PAGE> 97
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED SEPTEMBER 26, 1997
PROSPECTUS
8,400,000 SHARES
IVEX LOGO
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
------------------------
Of the 8,400,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value (the "Common
Stock"), of Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company" or
"Ivex"), being offered hereby, 6,700,000 shares are being offered by the Company
and 1,700,000 shares are being offered by Acadia Partners, L.P. and certain
related investors (the "Selling Stockholder" or "Acadia"). The Company will not
receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the
Selling Stockholder. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
Of the 8,400,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 1,680,000 shares are
being offered initially outside the United States and Canada by the
International Managers (the "International Offering"), 6,720,000 shares are
being offered initially in a concurrent offering in the United States and Canada
by the U.S. Underwriters (the "U.S. Offering," and together with the
International Offering, the "Offerings") and shares are being sold
directly by the Company to employees of the Company and certain other
individuals. The initial public offering price and the underwriting discount per
share are identical for each of the Offerings. See "Underwriting."
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. It is anticipated that the initial public offering price will be between
$14.00 and $16.00 per share. For a discussion relating to factors considered in
determining the initial offering price, see "Underwriting."
The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "IXX," subject to official notice of issuance.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN MATTERS
THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
------------------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
=============================================================================================================================
PROCEEDS TO
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO SELLING
PUBLIC DISCOUNT(1) COMPANY(2) STOCKHOLDER
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share............ $ $ $ $
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)............. $ $ $ $
=============================================================================================================================
</TABLE>
(1) The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the several
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended. See "Underwriting."
(2) Before deducting expenses of the Offerings payable by the Company estimated
at $ .
(3) The Company has granted the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters
options to purchase up to an additional 252,000 shares and 1,008,000 shares
of Common Stock, respectively, in each case exercisable within 30 days of
the date hereof, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such options
are exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discount and
Proceeds to Company will be $ , $ and $ , respectively. See
"Underwriting."
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject
to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel for the Underwriters and to
certain other conditions. The Underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel
or modify such offer and to reject orders in whole or in part. It is expected
that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made in New York, New York,
on or about , 1997.
------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997.
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES
MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE
REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO
BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES IN ANY STATE OR
JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL
PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY
SUCH STATE OR JURISDICTION.
<PAGE> 98
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
UNDERWRITING
Merrill Lynch International, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and
Salomon Brothers International Limited are acting as lead managers (the "Lead
Managers") for each of the International Managers named below (the
"International Managers"). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an
international purchase agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement") among
the Company, the Selling Stockholder and the International Managers, and
concurrently with the sale of 6,720,000 shares of Common Stock to the U.S.
Underwriters (as defined below), the Company has agreed to sell to the
International Managers, and each of the International Managers severally has
agreed to purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock set
forth opposite its name below.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF
INTERNATIONAL MANAGERS SHARES
---------------------- ---------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch International.................................
Lehman Brothers International (Europe)......................
Salomon Brothers International Limited......................
---------
Total.......................................... 1,680,000
=========
</TABLE>
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have also entered into a U.S.
purchase agreement (the "U.S. Purchase Agreement") with certain underwriters in
the United States and Canada (the "U.S. Underwriters" and, together with the
International Managers, the "Underwriters") for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch"), Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon
Brothers Inc are acting as representatives ("the U.S. Representatives"). Subject
to the terms and conditions set forth in the U.S. Purchase Agreement, and
concurrently with the sale of 1,680,000 shares of Common Stock to the
International Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement, the
Company has agreed to sell to the U.S. Underwriters, and the U.S. Underwriters
severally have agreed to purchase from the Company, an aggregate of 6,720,000
shares of Common Stock. The Company is selling shares directly to
employees of the Company and certain other individuals. The initial public
offering price per share and the total underwriting discount per share of Common
Stock are identical under the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S.
Purchase Agreement.
In the International Purchase Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
the several International Managers and the several U.S. Underwriters,
respectively, have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions set forth
therein, to purchase all of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
each such agreement if any of the shares of Common Stock being sold pursuant to
such agreement are purchased. The closings with respect to the sale of shares of
Common Stock to be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S.
Underwriters are conditioned upon one another.
The Lead Managers have advised the Company and the Selling Stockholder that
the International Managers propose initially to offer the shares of Common Stock
to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page
of this Prospectus, and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not
in excess of $. per share of Common Stock. The U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers will not receive the selling concession portion of the
underwriting discount ($ per share) on the shares sold directly by the
Company. The International Managers may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a
discount not in excess of $. per share of Common Stock on sales to certain
other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price,
concession and discount may be changed.
The Company has granted an option to the International Managers,
exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an
aggregate of 252,000 additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, less the
underwriting discount. The International Managers may exercise this option only
to cover over-allotments, if any, made on the sale of the
67
<PAGE> 99
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
Common Stock offered hereby. To the extent that the International Managers
exercise this option, each International Manager will be obligated, subject to
certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional shares of Common Stock
proportionate to such International Manager's initial amount reflected in the
foregoing table. The Company has also granted an option to the U.S.
Underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase up to an aggregate of 1,008,000 additional shares of Common Stock to
cover over-allotments, if any, on terms similar to those granted to the
International Managers.
The Company, the Company's executive officers and directors and all
existing stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to
directly or indirectly (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant
any option, right or warrant for the sale of or otherwise dispose of or transfer
any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or thereafter acquired by the
person executing the agreement or with respect to which the person executing the
agreement thereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file a registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to the foregoing except for the
registration under the Securities Act of the Shares issuable under the 1997
Stock Incentive Plan and issuable under the option agreements of certain
officers of the Company that may be registered on Form S-8 or any such successor
form or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or
in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock whether any
such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other
securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of Merrill
Lynch on behalf of the Underwriters for a period of 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters have entered into an
intersyndicate agreement (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") that provides for the
coordination of their activities. Pursuant to the Intersyndicate Agreement, the
International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are permitted to sell shares of
Common Stock to each other for purposes of resale at the initial public offering
price, less an amount not greater than the selling concession. Under the terms
of the Intersyndicate Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters and any dealer to whom
they sell shares of Common Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common
Stock to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons or to persons they
believe intend to resell to persons who are non-U.S. or non-Canadian persons,
and the International Managers and any dealer to whom they sell shares of Common
Stock will not offer to sell or sell shares of Common Stock to U.S. persons or
to Canadian persons or to persons they believe intend to resell to U.S. or
Canadian persons, except in the case of transactions pursuant to the
Intersyndicate Agreement.
Prior to the Offerings, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. The initial public offering price has been determined
through negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholder, the U.S.
Representatives and the Lead Managers. The factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price, in addition to prevailing market conditions, were
price-earnings ratios of publicly traded companies that the U.S. Representatives
believe to be comparable to the Company, certain financial information of the
Company, the history of, and the prospects for, the Company and the industry in
which it competes, an assessment of the Company's management, its past and
present operations, the prospects for, and timing of, future revenues of the
Company, the present state of the Company's development, and the above factors
in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies
engaged in activities similar to the Company. There can be no assurance that an
active trading market will develop for the Common Stock or that the Common Stock
will trade in the public market subsequent to the Offerings at or above the
initial public offering price.
The Common Stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol "IXX," subject to official notice of issuance. In
order to meet the requirements for listing of the Common Stock on that exchange,
the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers have undertaken to sell
lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.
Because affiliates of Lehman Brothers Inc. beneficially own in excess of
10% of the capital stock of the Company, the underwriting arrangements for the
Offering must comply with the requirements of Rule 2720 of
68
<PAGE> 100
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). This Offering
is being conducted in accordance with Rule 2720, which provides that, among
other things, when an NASD member participates in the underwriting of an
affiliate's equity securities, the initial public offering price can be no
higher than that recommended by a "qualified independent underwriter."
Accordingly, Merrill Lynch is acting as a qualified independent underwriter for
purposes of determining the price of the Common Stock offered hereby and has
conducted due diligence investigations and has reviewed and participated in the
preparation of this Prospectus and the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus forms a part. The price at which the Common Stock is being sold to
the public is no higher than the price recommended by Merrill Lynch.
The Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the Common Stock offered
hereby to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.
The Company and the Selling Stockholder have agreed to indemnify the
International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters against certain liabilities,
including certain liabilities under the Securities Act.
Until the distribution of the Common Stock is completed, rules of the
Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters and certain selling group
members to bid for and purchase the Common Stock. As an exception to these
rules, the U.S. Representatives are permitted to engage in certain transactions
that stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Such transactions consist of bids
or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the
Common Stock.
If the Underwriters create a short position in the Common Stock in
connection with the Offerings, i.e., if they sell more shares of Common Stock
than are set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus, the U.S.
Representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Stock in the
open market. The U.S. Representatives may also elect to reduce any short
position by exercising all or part of the over-allotment option described above.
The U.S. Representatives may also impose a penalty bid on certain
Underwriters and selling group members. This means that if the U.S.
Representatives purchase shares of Common Stock in the open market to reduce the
Underwriters' short position or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock, they
may reclaim the amount of the selling concession from the Underwriters and
selling group members who sold those shares as part of the Offerings.
In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization or to
reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher than
it might be in the absence of such purchases. The imposition of a penalty bid
might also have an effect on the price of a security to the extent that it were
to discourage resales of the security.
Neither the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above may have on the price of the Common Stock. In addition, neither
the Company nor any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the U.S.
Representatives will engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once
commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Each International Manager has agreed that (i) it has not offered or sold
and, prior to the expiration of the period of six months from the Closing Date,
will not offer or sell any shares of Common Stock to persons in the United
Kingdom, except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring,
holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the
purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which do not
constitute an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of
the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995; (ii) it has complied and will
comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services Act 1986 with
respect to anything done by it in relation to the Common Stock in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom; and it has only issued or passed on and
will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document received by it in
connection with the issuance of Common Stock to a person who is of a kind
described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act 1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 or is a person to whom such document may
otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
69
<PAGE> 101
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
No action has been or will be taken in any jurisdiction (except in the
United States) that would permit a public offering of the shares of Common
Stock, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this Prospectus or any
other material relating to the Company, the Selling Stockholder or shares of
Common Stock in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.
Accordingly, the shares of Common Stock may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, and neither this Prospectus nor any other offering material or
advertisements in connection with the shares of Common Stock may be distributed
or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with
any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
Purchasers of the shares offered hereby may be required to pay stamp taxes
and other charges in accordance with the laws and practices of the country of
purchase in addition to the offering price set forth on the cover page hereof.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1995 and 1996 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31,
1996 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report
of Price Waterhouse LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the Offerings will be passed upon
for the Company by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), Chicago,
Illinois and certain legal matters will be passed upon for the Underwriters by
Mayer, Brown & Platt, Chicago, Illinois.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock being offered by
this Prospectus. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information set
forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto, certain portions
of which have been omitted as permitted by the Securities Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder. For further information with respect
to the Company and the shares of Common Stock offered hereby, reference is made
to the Registration Statement, including the exhibits thereto, copies of which
may be obtained upon payment of the fees prescribed by the Commission or
examined without charge at (i) the Public Reference Section of the Commission at
Room 1024, Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and
(ii) the Commission's regional offices located at Northwest Atrium Center, 500
W. Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and 7 World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048. Such reports and other information may
also be accessed through the Commission's electronic data gathering, analysis
and retrieval system via electronic means, including the Commission's web site
on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov). Statements contained in this Prospectus as
to the contents of any contract or other document are intended to discuss all
relevant material provisions thereof; however, in each instance where such
contract or other document is an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, and each such statement is qualified in
all respects by such reference.
The Company is not currently subject to the informational requirements of
the Exchange Act because prior to the Offerings the Company was not required to
register under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act and did not have securities
registered on a national securities exchange under Section 12(b) of the Exchange
Act. However, since March 1993, the Company has agreed to voluntarily comply
with such informational requirements under the terms of the 13 1/4% Discount
Indenture. As a result of the Offerings, the Company will become subject to the
informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith will
be required to file reports and other information with the Commission.
70
<PAGE> 102
ALTERNATE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS
======================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERINGS COVERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED
BY THE COMPANY, THE SELLING STOCKHOLDER OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, THE
COMMON STOCK IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE, OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM, IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THERE HAS NOT BEEN ANY CHANGE IN THE FACTS SET FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS IN
THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
IN THE PROSPECTUS, REFERENCES TO "DOLLARS" AND "$" ARE TO UNITED STATES
DOLLARS.
------------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary..................... 3
Special Note Regarding Forward Looking
Statements........................... 11
Risk Factors........................... 11
Use of Proceeds........................ 16
Dividend Policy........................ 17
Dilution............................... 18
The Refinancing........................ 19
Capitalization......................... 20
Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
Data................................. 21
Selected Consolidated Financial Data... 25
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of
Operations........................... 27
Business............................... 37
Management............................. 46
Principal and Selling Stockholders..... 55
Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions......................... 57
Description of Capital Stock........... 58
Description of Certain Indebtedness.... 60
Shares Eligible for Future Sale........ 63
Certain United States Federal Tax
Consequences to Non-United States
Holders.............................. 65
Underwriting........................... 67
Experts................................ 70
Legal Matters.......................... 70
Additional Information................. 70
Index to Financial Statements.......... F-1
</TABLE>
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS),
ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
======================================================
======================================================
8,400,000 SHARES
IVEX LOGO
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
---------------------------
PROSPECTUS
---------------------------
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
LEHMAN BROTHERS
SALOMON BROTHERS
INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
, 1997
======================================================
<PAGE> 103
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "GCL") provides
that a Delaware corporation may, with certain limitations, indemnify any person
who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, civil
or criminal, by virtue of the fact he is or was an officer, director, employee
or agent of the corporation.
Section 9.1 of the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides as follows:
"To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall
indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a
"Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including without limitation, an action by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that
such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative,
is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving in
any capacity at the request of the Corporation for any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines, penalties, excise
taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements). Persons who are not
Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in
respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity to the extent
the Board of Directors at any time specifies that such persons are entitled
to the benefits of this Section 9."
Sections 1 through 9 of Article 8 of the Company's Amended By-Laws provide
as follows:
"To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall
indemnify any person who is or was made, or threatened to be made, a party
to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (a
"Proceeding"), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
including, without limitation, an action by or in the right of the
Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor, by reason of the fact that
such person, or a person of whom such person is the legal representative,
is or was a Director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving in
any capacity at the request of the Corporation for any other corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other
enterprise (an "Other Entity"), against judgments, fines, penalties, excise
taxes, amounts paid in settlement and costs, charges and expenses
(including attorneys' fees and disbursements). Persons who are not
Directors or officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in
respect of service to the Corporation or to an Other Entity at the request
of the Corporation to the extent the Board at any time specifies that such
persons are entitled to the benefits of this Section 8."
"The Corporation shall, from time to time, reimburse or advance to any
Director or officer or other person entitled to indemnification hereunder
the funds necessary for payment of expenses, including attorneys' fees and
disbursements, incurred in connection with any Proceeding, in advance of
the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that, if
required by the General Corporation Law, such expenses incurred by or on
behalf of any Director or officer or other person may be paid in advance of
the final disposition of a Proceeding only upon receipt by the Corporation
of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Director or officer (or other
person indemnified hereunder), to repay any such amount so advanced if it
shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there
is no further right of appeal that such Director, officer or other person
is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses."
"The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of
expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses may have or
hereafter be entitled under any statute, the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation, these By-laws, any agreement, any vote of
stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in
his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while
holding such office."
II-1
<PAGE> 104
"The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of
expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall continue
as to a person who has ceased to be a Director or officer (or other person
indemnified hereunder) and shall inure to the benefit of the executors,
administrators, legatees and distributees of such person."
"The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance
on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a Director, officer, employee or agent of an Other Entity,
against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such
person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as
such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such
person against such liability under the provisions of this Section 8, the
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or under Section 145 of
the General Corporation Law or any other provision of law."
"The provisions of this Section 8 shall be a contract between the
Corporation, on the one hand, and each Director and officer who serves in
such capacity at any time while this Section 8 is in effect and any other
person indemnified hereunder, on the other hand, pursuant to which the
Corporation and each such Director, officer or other person intend to be
legally bound. No repeal or modification of this Section 8 shall affect any
rights or obligations with respect to any state of facts then or
theretofore existing or thereafter arising or any proceeding theretofore or
thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such
state of facts."
"The rights to indemnification and reimbursement or advancement of
expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section 8 shall be
enforceable by any person entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses in any court of competent jurisdiction. The
burden of proving that such indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses is not appropriate shall be on the Corporation. Neither the
failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, its
independent legal counsel and its stockholders) to have made a
determination prior to the commencement of such action that such
indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is proper in
the circumstances nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including
its Board of Directors, its independent legal counsel and its stockholders)
that such person is not entitled to such indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses shall constitute a defense to the action or
create a presumption that such person is not so entitled. Such a person
shall also be indemnified for any expenses incurred in connection with
successfully establishing his or her right to such indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses, in whole or in part, in any such
proceeding."
"Any Director or officer of the Corporation serving in any capacity
(a) another corporation of which a majority of the shares entitled to vote
in the election of its directors is held, directly or indirectly, by the
Corporation or (b) any employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any
corporation referred to in clause (a) shall be deemed to be doing so at the
request of the Corporation."
"Any person entitled to be indemnified or to reimbursement or
advancement of expenses as a matter of right pursuant to this Section 8 may
elect to have the right to indemnification or reimbursement or advancement
of expenses interpreted on the basis of the applicable law in effect at the
time of the occurrence of the event or events giving rise to the applicable
Proceeding, to the extent permitted by law, or on the basis of the
applicable law in effect at the time such indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses is sought. Such election shall be made, by a
notice in writing to the Corporation, at the time indemnification or
reimbursement or advancement of expenses is sought; provided, however, that
if no such notice is given, the right to indemnification or reimbursement
or advancement of expenses shall be determined by the law in effect at the
time indemnification or reimbursement or advancement of expenses is
sought."
II-2
<PAGE> 105
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Exhibits:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
*1.1 -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement
*1.2 -- Form of International Purchase Agreement
1.3 -- Dealer Manager Agreement with Bankers Trust
Company(2)
2.1 -- Offers to Purchase and Consent Solicitations
Statement, dated August 27, 1997, relating to
the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures and the
12 1/2% Subordinated Notes together with the
accompanying letters of transmittal(2)
2.2 -- Amendment and Supplement to Offers to
Purchase and Consent Solicitation Statement,
dated September 11, 1997, relating to the
13 1/4% Discount Debentures together with the
accompanying letter of transmittal(3)
3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of IPC, Inc.
("IPC") 3.1 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
3.2 -- By-Laws of IPC 3.2 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
3.3 -- Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Ivex Packaging Corporation
("Holdings" or "Ivex")(3)
3.4 -- Amended By-Laws of Ivex(3)
3.5 -- Form of Certificate of Elimination of Senior
Cumulative Exchangeable Preferred Stock of
Ivex(3)
4.1 -- Indenture relating to IPC's 12 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes (including form of 12 1/2%
Senior Subordinated Notes) 4.1 Ivex Form S-4
(Registration No. 33-60714)
4.2 -- Indenture relating to Ivex's 13 1/4% Senior
Discount Debentures (including form of
13 1/4% Senior Discount Debentures) 4.2 IPC 1992 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
4.3 -- Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated
as of September , 1997, among Ivex, Acadia
Partners, L.P., and the other stockholders
party thereto(3)
4.4 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating
to IPC's 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes(3)
4.5 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating
to Ivex's 13 1/4% Discount Debentures(3)
5.1 -- Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom (Illinois)(3)
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 106
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.1 -- Form of Ivex Senior Management Annual
Incentive Plan(3)
10.2 -- Form of Executive Deferred Compensation Plan 10.3 IPC 1994 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
10.3 -- Form of Trust Agreement, dated October 17,
1996, between IPC, Inc. and the trustee
thereof relating to executive deferred
compensation 10.3 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
10.4 -- Form of IPC Stock Purchase and Option
Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1993, among
IPC, Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P. and each of
certain senior managers of IPC with the Ivex
Stock Purchase and Option Agreement attached
thereto 10.2 IPC 1993 Form 10-K
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.5 -- Form of Amended and Restated IPC, Inc. Stock
Option and Purchase Agreement and Amended and
Restated Ivex Packaging Corporation Stock
Option and Purchase Agreement, each dated as
of January 1, 1996 10.16 Ivex 6/30/96 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-60714)
10.6 -- IPC Retirement Plan and Trust, as amended and
Restated May 1, 1992 10.3 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.7 -- Amended and Restated Employment Agreement,
dated as of May 30, 1996, between George V.
Bayly and IPC 10.14 Ivex 6/30/96 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-60714)
10.8 -- Employment Agreement, dated as of December
31, 1992, between IPC and Frank V. Tannura 10.30 IPC 6/30/93 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-52150)
10.9 -- Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 11,
1995, to the Employment Agreement, dated as
of December 31, 1992, between IPC and Frank
V. Tannura 10.59 IPC 6/30/95 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-52150)
10.10 -- Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement,
dated May 30, 1996, between IPC and Frank V.
Tannura 10.15 Ivex 6/30/96 Form 10-Q
(File No. 33-60714)
10.11 -- Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January
22, 1991, among Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P.
and George V. Bayly 10.30 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.12 -- Form of Severance Agreement between the
Company and certain named executive officers 1.1 IPC 1994 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-52150)
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 107
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.13 -- Credit Agreement, dated as of December 7,
1995 (the "1995 Credit Agreement"), among
Ivex, IPC, certain of IPC's subsidiaries, the
lenders listed therein, and NationsBank,
N.A., as agent 10.30 OPIvex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.14 -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 7,
1995, among Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and
NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.31 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.15 -- Security Agreement, dated as of December 7,
1995, among Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and
NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.32 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.16 -- Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement in
favor of NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.33 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.17 -- Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as
of August 16, 1996, by and among IPC,
NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the
guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto 10.34 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.18 -- Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as
of November 21, 1996, by and among IPC,
NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the
guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto 10.35 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.19 -- Form of Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of March 24, 1997, by and
among IPC, NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and
the guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto 10.36 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.20 -- Form of Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement
among IPC, Ivex, certain of IPC's
subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as agent 10.37 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.21 -- Form of Amended and Restated Security
Agreement among IPC, Ivex, and certain of
IPC's subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as
agent 10.38 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.22 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1987,
between the County of Kankakee, Illinois and
Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.11 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
</TABLE>
II-5
<PAGE> 108
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.23 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988,
between the Development Authority of Morgan
County and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC,
Inc.) 10.13 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.24 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1987,
between the County of Will, Illinois and LPX,
Inc. 10.15 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.25 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1988,
between the Illinois Development Finance
Authority and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a
IPC, Inc.) 10.17 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.26 -- Indenture of Trust, dated as of March 1,
1989, between Marine Midland Bank, N.A. and
Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.19 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.27 -- Loan Agreement, dated November 1, 1985,
between the Village of Bridgeview, Illinois
and L&CP Corporation 10.21 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.28 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988,
between City of Troy, Ohio and L&CP
Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.23 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.29 -- Lease Agreement, dated as of December 5,
1996, between State Street Bank and Trust
Company and IPC 10.46 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.30 -- Lease, dated as of October 4, 1988, between
Seymour C. Graham and Kama Corporation (n/k/a
IPC, Inc) 10.33 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.31 -- Amendment to Lease, dated as of December 20,
1988, between Seymour C. Graham and Kama
Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.34 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.32 -- Lease, dated June 20, 1995, between Howard H.
Gelb and Eunice Gelb and Kama Corporation
(n/k/a IPC, Inc.) 10.44 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.33 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 19,
1992, between Telegraph Road Properties, Inc.
and Packaging Products, Inc. 10.45 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 109
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.34 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 23,
1985, between IMAC Realty, Inc. and Packaging
Products, Inc. 10.46 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.35 -- Letter Agreement, dated March 10, 1995,
between Packaging Products, Inc. and LeWa
Company 10.47 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.36 -- Tri-Party Agreement, dated September 11,
1995, among Packaging Products, Inc. and
Telegraph Road Properties, Inc. 10.48 Ivex 1995 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.37 -- Lease, dated as of September 11, 1996, by and
between Joseph P. Bennett and Trio Products,
Inc. 10.54 Ivex 1996 Form 10-K
(File No. 33-60714)
10.38 -- Installment Sales Agreement, dated as of
December 12, 1990, between Grove City
Industrial Development Corporation and Ivex
Converted Products Corporation (n/k/a IPC,
Inc.) 10.39 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.39 -- Consulting Agreement, dated as of December
17, 1992, between IPC and Penobscot-MB
Partners 10.39 IPC Form S-4
(Registration No. 33-60714)
10.40 -- Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December
17, 1992, between Ivex and IPC and certain of
IPC's subsidiaries 10.40 Ivex Form S-4
(Registration No. 33-60714)
10.41 -- Transfer and Noncompete Agreement, dated as
of October 14, 1992, between Ivex Converted
Products Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) and
MaxPack S.A. de C.V. 10.46 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.42 -- Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October
14, 1992, by and among MaxPack S.A. de C.V.
and the stockholders thereof 10.46 IPC Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-52150)
10.43 -- Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May
17, 1996 (as amended), among IPC, CFI
Industries, Inc. and Equity Partners A-1 CFI Industries, Inc.'s
Proxy
Statement dated 7/22/96
10.44 -- (intentionally omitted)
10.45 -- Form of Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Long-
Term Stock Incentive Plan(3)
10.46 -- Form of Termination Agreement to the
Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1,
1991, between IPC and Penobscot-MB
Partners(3)
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE> 110
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INCORPORATED BY
REFERENCE TO
THE FOLLOWING
EXHIBIT EXHIBIT REGISTRATION NO.
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT NO. OR REPORT
- ------- ----------------------- ------- ----------------
<C> <C> <S> <C> <C>
10.47 -- Form of Voting Agreement among Acadia,
certain related investors and certain members
of Ivex Management(3)
10.48 -- Form of Credit Agreement, dated as of October
, 1997, among IPC, Ivex, certain of Ivex's
domestic subsidiaries, the lenders listed
therein and NationsBank, N.A. as
administrative agent(3)
21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Ivex(1)
*23.1 -- Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
23.2 -- Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom (Illinois) (included in Exhibit 5.1)(3)
24.1 -- Powers of Attorney (included on signature
page)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
* Filed herewith.
(1) Filed with Amendment No. 6 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the Commission on August 1, 1997.
(2) Filed with Amendment No. 7 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the Commission on September 4, 1997.
(3) Filed with Amendment No. 8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the Commission on September 23, 1997.
II-8
<PAGE> 111
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Town of
Lincolnshire, State of Illinois, on September 26, 1997.
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
By: /s/ G. DOUGLAS PATTERSON
------------------------------------
Name: G. Douglas Patterson
Title: Vice President and General
Counsel
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated on September 26, 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIGNATURE TITLE
--------- -----
<C> <S>
GEORGE V. BAYLY* Director, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief
- --------------------------------------------- Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
George V. Bayly
FRANK V. TANNURA* Director, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
- --------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial Officer)
Frank V. Tannura
DAVID E. WARTNER* Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
- ---------------------------------------------
David E. Wartner
ANTHONY P. SCOTTO* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Anthony P. Scotto
GLENN R. AUGUST* Director
- ---------------------------------------------
Glenn R. August
*By /s/ G. DOUGLAS PATTERSON
- ---------------------------------------------
G. Douglas Patterson,
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-9
<PAGE> 112
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- ------- ----------------------- ------------
<C> <C> <S> <C>
1.1 -- Form of U.S. Purchase Agreement(16)
1.2 -- Form of International Purchase Agreement(16)
1.3 -- Dealer Manager Agreement with Bankers Trust Company(14)
2.1 -- Offers to Purchase and Consent Solicitations Statement,
dated August 27, 1997, relating to the 13 1/4% Discount
Debentures and the 12 1/2% Subordinated Notes together with
the accompanying letters of transmittal(14)
2.2 -- Amendment and Supplement to Offers to Purchase and Consent
Solicitation Statement, dated September 11, 1997, relating
to the 13 1/4% Discount Debentures together with the
accompanying letter of transmittal(15)
3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of IPC, Inc. ("IPC")(1)
3.2 -- By-Laws of IPC(1)
3.3 -- Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ivex
Packaging Corporation ("Holdings" or "Ivex")(15)
3.4 -- Amended By-Laws of Ivex(15)
3.5 -- Form of Certificate of Elimination of Senior Cumulative
Exchangeable Preferred Stock of Ivex(15)
4.1 -- Indenture relating to IPC's 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes (including form of 12 1/2% Senior Subordinated
Notes)(2)
4.2 -- Indenture relating to Ivex's 13 1/4% Senior Discount
Debentures (including form of 13 1/4% Senior Discount
Debentures)(3)
4.3 -- Form of Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of September
, 1997, among Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P., and the other
stockholders party thereto(15)
4.4 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating to IPC's
12 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes(15)
4.5 -- Form of First Supplemental Indenture relating to Ivex's
13 1/4% Discount Debentures(15)
5.1 -- Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom
(Illinois)(15)
10.1 -- Form of Ivex Senior Management Annual Incentive Plan(15)
10.2 -- Form of Executive Deferred Compensation Plan(4)
10.3 -- Form of Trust Agreement, dated October 17, 1996, between
IPC, Inc. and the trustee thereof relating to executive
deferred compensation(5)
10.4 -- Form of IPC Stock Purchase and Option Agreement, dated as of
January 1, 1993, among IPC, Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P. and
each of certain senior managers of IPC with the Ivex Stock
Purchase and Option Agreement attached thereto(6)
10.5 -- Form of Amended and Restated IPC, Inc. Stock Option and
Purchase Agreement and Amended and Restated Ivex Packaging
Corporation Stock Option and Purchase Agreement, each dated
as of January 1, 1996(7)
10.6 -- IPC Retirement Plan and Trust, as amended and Restated May
1, 1992(1)
10.7 -- Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of May
30, 1996, between George V. Bayly and IPC(7)
10.8 -- Employment Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1992, between
IPC and Frank V. Tannura(8)
</TABLE>
S-1
<PAGE> 113
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- ----------- ----------------------- ---------------
<C> <C> <S> <C>
10.9 -- Amendment No. 1, dated as of September 11, 1995, to the Employment Agreement, dated as of
December 31, 1992, between IPC and Frank V. Tannura(9)
10.10 -- Amendment No. 2 to Employment Agreement, dated May 30, 1996, between IPC and Frank V.
Tannura(7)
10.11 -- Stock Option Agreement, dated as of January 22, 1991, among Ivex, Acadia Partners, L.P.
and George V. Bayly(1)
10.12 -- Form of Severance Agreement between the Company and certain named executive officers(4)
10.13 -- Credit Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1995 (the "1995 Credit Agreement"), among Ivex,
IPC, certain of IPC's subsidiaries, the lenders listed therein, and NationsBank, N.A., as
agent(10)
10.14 -- Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1995, among Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and
NationsBank, N.A., as agent(10)
10.15 -- Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 1995, among Ivex, IPC, IPC's subsidiaries and
NationsBank, N.A., as agent(10)
10.16 -- Form of Mortgage and Security Agreement in favor of NationsBank, N.A., as agent(10)
10.17 -- Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 16, 1996, by and among IPC,
NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the guarantors and lenders identified on the signature
pages thereto(11)
10.18 -- Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1996, by and among IPC,
NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the guarantors and lenders identified on the signature
pages thereto(11)
10.19 -- Form of Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 24, 1997, by and among
IPC, NationsBank, N.A., as agent, and the guarantors and lenders identified on the
signature pages thereto(11)
10.20 -- Form of Amended and Restated Pledge Agreement among IPC, Ivex, certain of IPC's
subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as agent(11)
10.21 -- Form of Amended and Restated Security Agreement among IPC, Ivex, and certain of IPC's
subsidiaries and NationsBank, N.A., as agent(11)
10.22 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1987, between the County of Kankakee, Illinois
and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.23 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988, between the Development Authority of Morgan
County and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.24 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of October 1, 1987, between the County of Will, Illinois and
LPX, Inc.(1)
10.25 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of April 1, 1988, between the Illinois Development Finance
Authority and Ivex of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.26 -- Indenture of Trust, dated as of March 1, 1989, between Marine Midland Bank, N.A. and Ivex
of Delaware, Inc. (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.27 -- Loan Agreement, dated November 1, 1985, between the Village of Bridgeview, Illinois and
L&CP Corporation(1)
10.28 -- Loan Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1988, between City of Troy, Ohio and L&CP Corporation
(n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
</TABLE>
S-2
<PAGE> 114
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- ------- ----------------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
10.29 -- Lease Agreement, dated as of December 5, 1996, between State Street Bank and Trust
Company and IPC(11)
10.30 -- Lease, dated as of October 4, 1988, between Seymour C. Graham and Kama Corporation (n/k/a
IPC, Inc)(1)
10.31 -- Amendment to Lease, dated as of December 20, 1988, between Seymour C. Graham and Kama
Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.32 -- Lease, dated June 20, 1995, between Howard H. Gelb and Eunice Gelb and Kama Corporation
(n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(10)
10.33 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 19, 1992, between Telegraph Road Properties,
Inc. and Packaging Products, Inc.(10)
10.34 -- Industrial Building Lease, dated October 23, 1985, between IMAC Realty, Inc. and
Packaging Products, Inc.(10)
10.35 -- Letter Agreement, dated March 10, 1995, between Packaging Products, Inc. and LeWa
Company(10)
10.36 -- Tri-Party Agreement, dated September 11, 1995, among Packaging Products, Inc. and
Telegraph Road Properties, Inc.(10)
10.37 -- Lease, dated as of September 11, 1996, by and between Joseph P. Bennett and Trio
Products, Inc.(11)
10.38 -- Installment Sales Agreement, dated as of December 12, 1990, between Grove City Industrial
Development Corporation and Ivex Converted Products Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.)(1)
10.39 -- Consulting Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1992, between IPC and Penobscot-MB
Partners(2)
10.40 -- Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 17, 1992, between Ivex and IPC and certain of
IPC's subsidiaries(2)
10.41 -- Transfer and Noncompete Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1992, between Ivex Converted
Products Corporation (n/k/a IPC, Inc.) and MaxPack S.A. de C.V.(1)
10.42 -- Stockholders Agreement, dated as of October 14, 1992, by and among MaxPack S.A. de C.V.
and the stockholders thereof(1)
10.43 -- Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 1996 (as amended), among IPC, CFI
Industries, Inc. and Equity Partners(12)
10.44 -- (intentionally omitted)
10.45 -- Form of Ivex Packaging Corporation 1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan(15)
10.46 -- Form of Termination Agreement to the Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1991,
between IPC and Penobscot-MB Partners(15)
10.47 -- Form of Voting Agreement among Acadia, certain related investors and certain members of
Ivex Management(15)
10.48 -- Form of Credit Agreement, dated as of October , 1997, among IPC, Ivex, certain of
Ivex's domestic subsidiaries, the Lenders listed therein and NationsBank, N.A. as
administrative agent(15)
21.1 -- Subsidiaries of Ivex(13)
23.1 -- Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP(16)
</TABLE>
S-3
<PAGE> 115
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NUMBERED
NO. DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT PAGES
- ----------- ----------------------- ---------------
<C> <C> <S> <C>
23.2 -- Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois) (included in Exhibit 5.1)(15)
24.1 -- Powers of Attorney (included on signature page)(13)
</TABLE>
- -------------------------
(1) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement of IPC on Form S-1
(33-52150).
(2) Incorporated by reference to Registration Statement of the Company on Form
S-4 (33-60714).
(3) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of IPC on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1992.
(4) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of IPC on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 1994.
(5) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996.
(6) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of IPC on Form 10-K for the year
ended December 31, 1993.
(7) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report of the Company on Form 10-Q
for the three months ended June 30, 1996.
(8) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report of IPC on Form 10-Q for the
three months ended June 30, 1993.
(9) Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report of IPC on Form 10-Q for the
three months ended June 30, 1995.
(10) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1995.
(11) Incorporated by reference to Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 1996.
(12) Incorporated by reference to Proxy Statement of CFI Industries, Inc. dated
July 22, 1996.
(13) Filed with Amendment No. 6 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the Commission on August 1, 1997.
(14) Filed with Amendment No. 7 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the Commission on September 4, 1997.
(15) Filed with Amendment No. 8 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
S-1 filed with the Commission on September 23, 1997.
(16) Filed herewith.
S-4
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 1.1
================================================================================
================================================================================
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)
6,720,000 Shares of Common Stock
U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated: September __, 1997
================================================================================
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(ii) Independent Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(iii) Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(v) Good Standing of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(vii) Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(viii) Authorization of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
(xii) Compliance with ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(xiii) Absence of Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(xiv) Accuracy of Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(xv) Possession of Intellectual Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(xviii) Title to Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xix) Compliance with Cuba Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xx) Investment Company Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xxi) Environmental Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xxii) Registration Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(xxiii) Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(xxiv) Maintenance of Adequate Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(xxv) Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(i) Accurate Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(ii) Authorization of Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(iii) Good and Marketable Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(iv) Absence of Manipulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(v) Absence of Further Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(vi) Restriction on Sale of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(vii) Certificates Suitable for Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(viii) No Association with NASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(c) Officer's Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to U.S. Underwriters; Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(a) Initial Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(b) U.S. Option Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(c) Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
(d) Denominations; Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
(e) Appointment of Qualified Independent Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
(b) Filing of Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(f) Blue Sky Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(g) Rule 158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(h) Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(i) Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(k) Reporting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(l) Compliance with Rule 463 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(a) Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(b) Expenses of the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(c) Termination of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(d) Allocation of Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 5. Conditions of U.S. Underwriters' Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the U.S. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(e) Officers' Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(f) Certificate of Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(g) Accountant's Comfort Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(i) Approval of Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(j) No Objection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(k) Lock-up Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(l) Purchase of Initial International Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(m) Closing of New Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(n) Conditions to Purchase of U.S. Option Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(i) Officers' Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(iii) Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(o) Additional Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(p) Termination of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
SECTION 6. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
(a) Indemnification of U.S. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
(e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SECTION 7. Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
(a) Termination; General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
(b) Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the U.S. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SECTION 11. Default by one or more of the Selling Stockholders or the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SECTION 12. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SECTION 13. Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SECTION 15. Effect of Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SCHEDULES
Schedule A - List of Underwriters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sch A-1
Schedule B - List of Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sch B-1
Schedule C - Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sch C-1
Schedule D - List of Persons Subject to Lock-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sch D-1
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Form of Opinion of Company's Counsel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Exhibit B - Form of Opinion for the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-1
Exhibit C - Form of Lock-up Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 5
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)
6,720,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Par Value $.01 Per Share)
U.S. PURCHASE AGREEMENT
September ___, 1997
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Salomon Brothers Inc
as Representatives of the several U. S. Underwriters
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York 10281-1209
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and
the persons listed in Schedule B hereto (the "Selling Stockholders"), confirm
their respective agreements with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch") and each of the other U.S.
Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the "U.S. Underwriters,"
which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter
provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers Inc.
and Salomon Brothers Inc are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the
"U.S. Representatives"), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders, acting severally and not jointly, and the purchase by the
U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers
of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Common
Stock") set forth in Schedules A and B hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company
to the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option
described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of 1,008,000
additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any. The
aforesaid 6,720,000 shares of Common
1
<PAGE> 6
Stock (the "Initial U.S. Securities") to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters
and all or any part of the 1,008,000 shares of Common Stock subject to the
option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the "U.S. Option Securities") are
hereinafter called, collectively, the "U.S. Securities."
It is understood that the Company and the Selling Stockholders are
concurrently entering into an agreement dated the date hereof (the
"International Purchase Agreement") providing for the offering by the Company
and the Selling Stockholders of an aggregate of 1,680,000 shares of Common
Stock (the "Initial International Securities") through arrangements with
certain underwriters outside the United States and Canada (the "International
Managers") for whom Merrill Lynch International, Lehman Brothers International
(Europe) and Salomon Brothers International Limited are acting as lead managers
(the "Lead Managers") and the grant by the Company to the International
Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of an option to purchase all or any
part of the International Managers' pro rata portion of up to 252,000
additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over allotments, if any (the
"International Option Securities" and, together with the U.S. Option
Securities, the "Option Securities"). The Initial International Securities and
the International Option Securities are hereinafter called the "International
Securities." It is understood that (a) neither the Company nor the Selling
Stockholders are obligated to sell, and the U.S. Underwriters are not obligated
to purchase, any Initial U.S. Securities unless all of the Initial
International Securities are contemporaneously purchased by the International
Managers, and (b) neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders are
obligated to sell, and the International Managers are not obligated to
purchase, any Initial International Securities unless all of the Initial U.S.
Securities are contemporaneously purchased by the U.S. Underwriters.
The U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers are hereinafter
collectively called the "Underwriters," the Initial U.S. Securities and the
Initial International Securities are hereinafter collectively called the
"Initial Securities," and the U.S. Securities, and the International Securities
are hereinafter collectively called the "Securities."
The Underwriters will concurrently enter into an Intersyndicate Agreement
of even date herewith (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of certain transactions among the Underwriters under the
direction of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated (in such capacity, the "Global Coordinator").
The Company and the Selling Stockholders understand that the U.S.
Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the U.S.
2
<PAGE> 7
Securities as soon as the U.S. Representatives deem advisable after this
Agreement has been executed and delivered.
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-95436) covering the
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.
Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will
either (i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of
Rule 430A ("Rule 430A") of the rules and regulations of the Commission under
the 1933 Act (the "1933 Act Regulations") and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 ("Rule
424(b)") of the 1933 Act Regulations or (ii) if the Company has elected to rely
upon Rule 434 ("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations, prepare and file a term
sheet (a "Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule
424(b). Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with the offering
and sale of the Securities: one relating to the U.S. Securities (the "Form of
U.S. Prospectus") and one relating to the International Securities (the "Form
of International Prospectus"). The Form of International Prospectus is
identical to the Form of U.S. Prospectus, except for the front cover and back
cover pages and the information under the caption "Underwriting." The
information included in such prospectus or in any such Term Sheet, as the case
may be, that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became
effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the
time it became effective (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred
to as "Rule 430A Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is
referred to as "Rule 434 Information." The Form of U.S. Prospectus and Form of
International Prospectus used before such registration statement became
effective, and any prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A
Information or the Rule 434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness
and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a
"preliminary prospectus." Such registration statement, including the exhibits
thereto and schedules thereto at the time it became effective and including the
Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, is herein
called the "Registration Statement." Any registration statement filed pursuant
to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as the "Rule
462(b) Registration Statement," and after such filing the term "Registration
Statement" shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final
Form of U.S. Prospectus and the final Form of International Prospectus in the
forms first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the
offering of the Securities are herein called the "U.S. Prospectus" and the
"International Prospectus," respectively, and collectively, the "Prospectuses."
If Rule 434 is relied on, the terms "U.S. Prospectus" and "International
Prospectus" shall refer to the preliminary U.S. Prospectus dated September 4,
1997 and preliminary
3
<PAGE> 8
International Prospectus dated September 4, 1997, respectively, each together
with the applicable Term Sheet, and all references in this Agreement to the
date of the Prospectuses shall mean the date of the Term Sheet. For purposes
of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any
preliminary prospectus, the U.S. Prospectus, the International Prospectus or
any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be
deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic
Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to each U.S. Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of
the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of
Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each U.S.
Underwriter, as follows:
(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements. Each of the
Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has
become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act and no
proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to
the knowledge of the Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any
request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been
complied with.
At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto
became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any U.S. Option
Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration
Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and
supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with
the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and did not
and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading. Neither of the Prospectuses nor any
amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Prospectuses or any
amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at the Closing Time
(and, if any U.S. Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of
Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
they were made, not misleading. If Rule 434 is used, the Company will
comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectuses shall not be
"materially different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from
4
<PAGE> 9
the prospectuses included in the Registration Statement at the time it
became effective. The representations and warranties in this subsection
shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration
Statement or the U.S. Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity
with information furnished to the Company in writing by any U.S.
Underwriter through the U.S. Representatives expressly for use in the
Registration Statement or the U.S. Prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto.
Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectuses filed as part of the
Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment
thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act, complied when so
filed in all material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each
preliminary prospectus and the Prospectuses delivered to the Underwriters
for use in connection with this offering was substantially identical to the
electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission
pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(ii) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the
financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration
Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act
and the 1933 Act Regulations.
(iii) Financial Statements. The financial statements included in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together with the related
schedules and notes, present fairly in all material respects the
financial position of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the
dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders' equity and
cash flows of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries for the
periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied
on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as otherwise
stated therein. The supporting schedules included in the Registration
Statement present fairly in all material respects in accordance with GAAP
the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial
data and the summary financial information included in the Prospectuses
present fairly in all material respects the information shown therein and
have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited
financial statements included in the Registration Statement. The pro
forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectuses present fairly in all material
respects the information shown therein, have been prepared in all
material respects in accordance with the Commission's rules and guidelines
with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly
compiled on the
5
<PAGE> 10
bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation
thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate in
all material respects to give effect to the transactions and circumstances
referred to therein.
(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectuses except as otherwise stated therein, (A)
there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or
otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or
not arising in the ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse
Effect"), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of
business, which are material with respect to the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no
dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company
on any class of its capital stock.
(v) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly
organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to
own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its
obligations under this Agreement and under the International Purchase
Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to
transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in
which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership
or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the
failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries. Each "significant
subsidiary" of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X)(each a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries")
has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has
corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and
to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good
standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required,
whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct
of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good
standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as
otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized
6
<PAGE> 11
and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the
Company, directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security
interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in
violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such
Subsidiary. The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries
listed on Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration Statement.
(vii) Capitalization. The authorized (following filing of the
Amended Articles of Incorporation), issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses in the column entitled
"Historical" under the caption "Capitalization" (except for subsequent
issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement or the International Purchase
Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans
referred to in the Prospectuses or pursuant to the exercise of convertible
securities or options referred to in the Prospectuses). The shares of
issued and outstanding capital stock, including the Securities to be
purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers from the
Selling Stockholders, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital
stock, including the Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters
and the International Managers from the Selling Stockholders, was issued in
violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder
of the Company.
(viii) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Company.
(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities. The
Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers from the Company have been duly authorized for
issuance and sale to the U.S. Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and
the International Managers pursuant to the International Purchase Agreement
and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement
and the International Purchase Agreement, respectively, against payment of
the consideration set forth herein and therein, will be validly issued and
fully paid and non-assessable; the Common Stock conforms in all material
respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectuses
and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set
forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Securities
will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such a
holder; and the issuance of the
7
<PAGE> 12
Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of
any securityholder of the Company.
(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor
any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in
default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement,
covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed
of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by
which it or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or
assets of the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively,
"Agreements and Instruments") except for such defaults that would not
result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the
International Purchase Agreement and in the Registration Statement
(including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the
proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectuses
under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and compliance by the Company with its
obligations under this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and
will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time
or both, conflict with or constitutea breach of, or default or Repayment
Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of
any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company
or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for
such conflicts, breaches, Repayment Events or defaults or liens, charges or
encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will
such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or
by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or any applicable law, statute,
rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government,
government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their assets,
properties or operations except such violations that would not,
individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. As used
herein, a "Repayment Event" means any event or condition which gives the
holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any
person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to require the repurchase,
redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the
Company or any subsidiary.
(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the employees
of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the
Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or
imminent labor disturbance by the
8
<PAGE> 13
employees of any of its or any subsidiary's principal suppliers,
manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, may
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xii) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each member of its
Control Group is in compliance in all material respects with all
presently applicable provisions of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and the regulations and
published interpretations thereunder; no "reportable event" (as defined in
ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder) has
occurred with respect to any material "pension plan" (as defined in ERISA
and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder) established
or maintained by the Company or any member of its Control Group; neither
the Company nor any member of its Control Group has incurred nor expects to
incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of ERISA with respect to
termination of, or withdrawal from, any "pension plan" or (ii) Section 412
or 4971 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");
and each material "pension plan" established or maintained by the Company
that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so
qualified in all material respects and has received a favorable
determination letter as to its qualification and nothing has occurred,
whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such
qualification. For purposes of this subsection, "Control Group' is defined
to include any entity which is part of a group which includes the Company
and is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
(xiii) Absence of Proceedings. There is no action, suit,
proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or
governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or
any subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration
Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably
be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets
thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement or the International Purchase Agreement or the performance by the
Company of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all
pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any
subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective property or
assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration
Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the
business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect.
9
<PAGE> 14
(xiv) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or
documents which are required to be described in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectuses or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have
not been so described and filed as required.
(xv) Possession of Intellectual Property. The Company and its
subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms,
adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how
(including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable
proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures),
trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property
(collectively, "Intellectual Property") necessary to carry on the business
now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries
has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or
conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual
Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any
Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or
conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or
invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or
authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration,
qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its
obligations under this Agreement or the International Purchase Agreement,
in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities
hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or the International Purchase Agreement,
except such as have been already made or obtained or will be made or
obtained prior to Closing Time or as may be required under the 1933 Act or
the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities laws.
(xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its
subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other
authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by the
appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
necessary to conduct the business now operated by them except where the
failure to possess the same would not, individually or in the aggregate,
have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in
compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses,
except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses
are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such
10
<PAGE> 15
Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be
in full force and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and
neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of
proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such
Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of
an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(xviii) Title to Property. The Company and its subsidiaries
have good and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company
and its subsidiaries and good title to all other properties owned by them,
in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security
interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as
(a) are described in the Prospectuses or (b) would not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and all of the leases and
subleases material to the business of the Company and its subsidiaries,
considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or any of its
subsidiaries holds properties described in the Prospectuses, are in full
force and effect, and neither the Company nor any subsidiary has received
any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by
anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary under any of
the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the
rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued possession of the
leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
(xix) Compliance with Cuba Act. The Company has complied with, and
is and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain Florida
act relating to disclosure of doing business with Cuba, codified as Section
517.075 of the Florida statutes, and the rules and regulations thereunder
(collectively, the "Cuba Act") or is exempt therefrom.
(xx) Investment Company Act. The Company is not, and upon the
issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectuses
will not be, an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by an
"investment company" as such terms are defined in the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").
(xxi) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration
Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result
in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign
statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common
law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any
judicial or
11
<PAGE> 16
administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution
or protection of human health, the environment (including, without
limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or
subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and
regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals,
pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances,
petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, "Hazardous Materials") or to
the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage,
disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively,
"Environmental Laws"), (B) the Company and its subsidiaries have all
material permits, authorizations and approvals required under any
applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their
requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative,
regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims,
liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings
relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its
subsidiaries and (D) there are no events or circumstances that might
reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or
remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or
governmental body or agency, against or affecting the Company or any of its
subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.
(xxii) Registration Rights. Except as disclosed in the Registration
Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar
rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration
Statement or otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.
(xxiii) Taxes. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have
filed all necessary material federal, state, local and foreign income,
payroll, franchise and other tax returns (after giving effect to
extensions) and have paid all material taxes shown as due thereon or with
respect to any of its properties, and there is no tax deficiency that has
been, or to the knowledge of the Company is likely to be, asserted against
the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties or assets
that would result in a Material Adverse Effect, except for taxes that are
being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect
to which the Company has established adequate reserves in accordance with
GAAP.
(xxiv) Maintenance of Adequate Insurance. The Company
and each of its subsidiaries is insured by insurers of recognized
financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts
as is reasonably prudent in the business in which it is engaged or proposed
to engage after giving effect to the transactions described in the
Prospectuses; and the Company does
12
<PAGE> 17
not have any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its
existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain
similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its
business at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxv) Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls. The Company
maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with
management's general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are
recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain
accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in
accordance with management's general or specific authorization; and (iv)
the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at
reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any
differences.
(b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholders. Each
Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to each U.S. Underwriter
as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time, and agrees with each U.S.
Underwriter, as follows:
(i) Accurate Disclosure. To the best knowledge of such Selling
Stockholder, the representations and warranties of the Company contained
in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct; such Selling Stockholder has
reviewed and is familiar with the Registration Statement and the
Prospectuses and neither the Prospectuses nor any amendments or
supplements thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or
omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading; such Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell the
Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement or
the International Purchase Agreement by any information concerning the
Company or any subsidiary of the Company which is not set forth in the
Prospectuses.
(ii) Authorization of Agreements. Each Selling Stockholder has
the full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the
Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement and
the International Purchase Agreement. The execution and delivery of this
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement and the sale and
delivery of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement and compliance by such Selling
Stockholder with its
13
<PAGE> 18
obligations hereunder and thereunder have been duly authorized by such
Selling Stockholder and do not and will not, whether with or without the
giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a
breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any
tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities to be sold by such
Selling Stockholder or any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder
pursuant to any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or
credit agreement, note, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to
which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling
Stockholder may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of such
Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any
violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or other
organizational instrument of such Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or
any applicable treaty, law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order,
writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court,
domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or
any of its properties.
(iii) Good and Marketable Title. Such Selling Stockholder has
and will at the Closing Time have good and marketable title to the
Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement and
the International Purchase Agreement, free and clear of any security
interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of
any kind, other than pursuant to this Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement; and upon delivery of such Securities and payment of
the purchase price therefor as contemplated herein and therein, assuming
each such Underwriter has no notice of any adverse claim, each of the
Underwriters will receive good and marketable title to the Securities
purchased by it from such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any
security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, claim, equity or
encumbrance of any kind.
(iv) Absence of Manipulation. Such Selling Stockholder has not
taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is
designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected
to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any
security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the
Securities.
(v) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or consent,
approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of,
any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, is
necessary or required for the performance by each Selling Stockholder of
its obligations under this Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement or in connection with the sale and delivery of the Securities
under this Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or the
14
<PAGE> 19
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder,
except such as may have previously been made or obtained or as may be
required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities
laws.
(vi) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180
days from the date of the U.S. Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder will
not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, (i) offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into
or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration
statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii)
enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that
transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic
consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or
transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
The foregoing sentence shall not apply to the Securities to be sold
hereunder or under the International Purchase Agreement.
(vii) Certificates Suitable for Transfer. Certificates for all
of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, in suitable form for
transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of
transfer or assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been
placed with First Chicago Trust Company of New York with irrevocable
conditional instructions to deliver such Securities to the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to this Agreement and
the International Purchase Agreement, respectively.
(viii) No Association with NASD. Except as described in the
Prospectuses, neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of its affiliates
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or
is controlled by, or is under common control with, or has any other
association with (within the meaning of Article I, Section 1(m) of the
By-laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), any
member firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(c) Officer's Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the U.S. Representatives or
to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers shall be
deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each U.S. Underwriter and
each International Manager as to the matters covered thereby; and any
15
<PAGE> 20
certificate signed by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders as such
and delivered to the U.S. Representatives or to counsel for the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers as to the matters covered
thereby.
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to U.S. Underwriters; Closing.
(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and
warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not
jointly, agree to sell to each U.S. Underwriter, severally and not jointly,
and each U.S. Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase
from the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at the price per share set
forth in Schedule C, that proportion of the number of Initial U.S.
Securities set forth in Schedule B opposite the name of the Company or such
Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, which number of Initial U.S.
Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such U.S.
Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial U.S. Securities which
such U.S. Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10 hereof, bears to the total number of Initial U.S.
Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the U.S.
Underwriters as the U.S. Representatives in their sole discretion shall
make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional securities.
(b) U.S. Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the
representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms
and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the
U.S. Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an
additional 1,008,000 shares of Common Stock at the price per share set
forth in Schedule C, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or
distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial U.S.
Securities but not payable on the U.S. Option Securities. The option
hereby granted will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be
exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of
covering over-allotments which may be made in connection with the offering
and distribution of the Initial U.S. Securities upon notice by the Global
Coordinator to the Company setting forth the number of U.S. Option
Securities as to which the several U.S. Underwriters are then exercising
the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such U.S.
Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a "Date of
Delivery") shall be determined by the Global Coordinator, but shall not be
later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor
in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If the
option is exercised as to all or any portion of the U.S. Option Securities,
16
<PAGE> 21
each of the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will
purchase that proportion of the total number of U.S. Option Securities then
being purchased which the number of Initial U.S. Securities set forth in
Schedule A opposite the name of such U.S. Underwriter bears to the total
number of Initial U.S. Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments
as the Global Coordinator in its discretion shall make to eliminate any
sales or purchases of fractional shares.
(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial U.S. Securities shall be made at the offices
of Mayer, Brown & Platt, 190 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois, or at
such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the
Company and the Selling Stockholders, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the
third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any
given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later
than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the
Global Coordinator, the Company and the Selling Stockholders (such time and
date of payment and delivery being herein called "Closing Time").
In addition, in the event that any or all of the U.S. Option
Securities are purchased by the U.S. Underwriters, payment of the
purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such U.S. Option
Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other
place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator and the Company, on
each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Global
Coordinator to the Company.
Payment shall be made to the Company and the Selling Stockholders by
wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated
by the Company and each Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, against
delivery to the U.S. Representatives for the respective accounts of the
U.S. Underwriters of certificates for the U.S. Securities to be purchased
by them. It is understood that each U.S. Underwriter has authorized the
U.S. Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for,
and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial U.S. Securities and
the U.S. Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase.
Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of the U.S.
Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the
purchase price for the Initial U.S. Securities or the U.S. Option
Securities, if any, to be purchased by any U.S. Underwriter whose funds
have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of
Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such U.S.
Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.
17
<PAGE> 22
(d) Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial U.S.
Securities and the U.S. Option Securities, if any, shall be in such
denominations and registered in such names as the U.S. Representatives may
request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time
or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for
the Initial U.S. Securities and the U.S. Option Securities, if any, will be
made available for examination and packaging by the U.S. Representatives in
The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the
business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as
the case may be.
(e) Appointment of Qualified Independent Underwriter. The Company
and the Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their engagement of Merrill
Lynch as, and Merrill Lynch hereby confirms its agreement with the Company
and the Selling Stockholders to render services as, a "qualified
independent underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct
Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. with respect
to the offering and sale of the U.S. Securities. Merrill Lynch, solely in
its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and not otherwise, is
referred to herein as the "Independent Underwriter."
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each
U.S. Underwriter as follows:
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests.
The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of
Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Global
Coordinator as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i)
when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall
become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectuses or any amended
Prospectuses shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments
from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any
amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to
the Prospectuses or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by
the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of
any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of
the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the
initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes. The
Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 424(b)
and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly
whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was
received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it
will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable
effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is
issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
18
<PAGE> 23
(b) Filing of Amendments. The Company will give the Global
Coordinator notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to
the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any
Term Sheet or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the
prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became
effective or to the Prospectuses, will furnish the Global Coordinator with
copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such
proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any
such document to which the Global Coordinator or counsel for the U.S.
Underwriters shall not have given its consent which shall not be
unreasonably withheld.
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company has furnished
or will deliver to the U.S. Representatives and counsel for the U.S.
Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement
as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed
therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all
consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the U.S.
Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration
Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without
exhibits) for each of the U.S. Underwriters. The copies of the
Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the U.S.
Underwriters will be substantially identical to the electronically
transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR,
except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each U.S.
Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus
as such U.S. Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby
consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act.
The Company will furnish to each U.S. Underwriter, without charge, during
the period when the U.S. Prospectus is required to be delivered under the
1933 Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"), such
number of copies of the U.S. Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as
such U.S. Underwriter may reasonably request. The U.S. Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the U.S. Underwriters will
be substantially identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof
filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted
by Regulation S-T.
(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will
comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit
the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in
this Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement and in the
Prospectuses. If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act
to be delivered in
19
<PAGE> 24
connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or
condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion
of counsel for the U.S. Underwriters or for the Company, to amend the
Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectuses in order
that the Prospectuses will not include any untrue statements of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be
necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the
Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectuses in order to
comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations,
the Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to
Section 3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct
such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the
Prospectuses comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to
the U.S. Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement
as the U.S. Underwriters may reasonably request.
(f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its best efforts,
in cooperation with the U.S. Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for
offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and
other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Global Coordinator may
designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of
time as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities;
provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any
general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign
corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is
not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing
business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject. In
each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been so qualified, the
Company will file such statements and reports as may be required by the
laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in effect for a
period of time as may be necessary to complete the distribution of the
Securities.
(g) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to
the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its
securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the
purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last
paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.
(h) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received
by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the
Prospectuses under "Use of Proceeds."
20
<PAGE> 25
(i) Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to effect the
listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York
Stock Exchange.
(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days
from the date of the Prospectuses, the Company will not, without the prior
written consent of Merrill Lynch, (i) directly or indirectly, offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant
to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock
or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with
respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other
agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly
or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock,
whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above
is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in
cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the
Securities to be sold hereunder or under the International Purchase
Agreement, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the
exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a security
outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Prospectuses, or (C)
any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock
granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred
to in the Prospectuses.
(k) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when the
Prospectuses are required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934
Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission
pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act
and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(l) Compliance with Rule 463. The Company will file with the
Commission such reports on Form SR as may be required pursuant to Rule 463
of the 1933 Act Regulations.
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.
(a) Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses
incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement,
including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration
Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed
and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery
to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and
such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering,
purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the
preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the
21
<PAGE> 26
Securities to the U.S. Underwriters, including any stock or other
transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale,
issuance or delivery of the Securities to the U.S. Underwriters, (iv) the
fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel, accountants and other
advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing
fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the
Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the
preparation, printing and delivery of the Blue Sky Survey and any
supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of
copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Term Sheets and of the
Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the fees and
expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (viii) the
filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of
counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") of the terms of the
sale of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection
with the listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange and
(x)the fees and expenses of the Independent Underwriter.
(b) Expenses of the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders,
jointly and severally, will pay all expenses incident to the performance of
their respective obligations under, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) any stamp
duties, capital duties and stock transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the
sale of the Securities to the Underwriters, and their transfer between the
Underwriters pursuant to an agreement between such Underwriters, and (ii)
the fees and disbursements of their respective counsel and accountants.
(c) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the
U.S. Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5,
Section 9(a)(i) or Section 11 hereof, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall reimburse the U.S. Underwriters for all of their
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the sale of
the Securities, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel
for the U.S. Underwriters.
(d) Allocation of Expenses. The provisions of this Section shall not
affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may make
for the sharing of such costs and expenses.
SECTION 5. Conditions of U.S. Underwriters' Obligations. The
obligations of the several U.S. Underwriters hereunder are subject to the
accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the
Selling Stockholders contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of
any officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or on behalf of
any Selling Stockholder delivered
22
<PAGE> 27
pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of
its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further
conditions:
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration
Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become
effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or
proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any
request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have
been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the U.S.
Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have
been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b) (or a
post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed
and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A)
or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall
have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b).
(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company. At Closing Time, the U.S.
Representatives shall have received the favorable opinions, dated as of
Closing Time, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), special
counsel for the Company, and G. Douglas Patterson, Vice-President and
General Counsel of the Company in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, together with signed or
reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other U.S. Underwriters to
the aggregate effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further
effect as counsel to the U.S. Underwriters may reasonably request. In
giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by
the laws of jurisdictions other than the federal law of the United States
and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, upon the opinions
of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP and such other counsel
satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives. Such counsel may also state
that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied,
to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the
Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
(c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders. At Closing
Time, the U.S. Representatives shall have received the favorable
opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton &
Garrison, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, together with signed or
reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other U.S. Underwriters
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as
counsel to the U.S. Underwriters may reasonably request.
23
<PAGE> 28
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the U.S. Underwriters. At Closing Time,
the U.S. Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion,
dated as of Closing Time, of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the U.S.
Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for
each of the other U.S. Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth
in clauses (i), (ii), (v), (vi) (solely as to preemptive or other similar
rights arising by operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the
Company), (viii) through (x), inclusive, (xii), (xiv) (solely as to the
information in the Prospectus under "Description of Capital Stock--Common
Stock") and the penultimate paragraph of Exhibit A hereto. In giving such
opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of
jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York the federal law
of the United States and the General Corporation Law of the State of
Delaware, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the U.S.
Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion
involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper,
upon certificates of officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and
certificates of public officials.
(e) Officers' Certificate. At Closing Time, there shall not have
been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which
information is given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change in
the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs
or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one
enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and
the U.S. Representatives shall have received a certificate of the President
or a Vice President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief
accounting officer of the Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect
that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the
representations and warranties in Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct
with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of
Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and
satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or
prior to Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness
of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
purpose have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated by the
Commission.
(f) Certificate of Selling Stockholders. At Closing Time, the U.S.
Representatives shall have received a certificate of each Selling
Stockholder, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the
representations and warranties of each Selling Stockholder contained in
Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct in all respects with the same
force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time and
(ii) each Selling Stockholder has complied in all material respects with
all agreements and all
24
<PAGE> 29
conditions on its part to be performed under this Agreement at or prior
to Closing Time.
(g) Accountant's Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of
this Agreement, the U.S. Representatives shall have received from Price
Waterhouse L.L.P. a letter dated such date, in form and substance
satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives, together with signed or
reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other U.S. Underwriters
containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in
accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to the
financial statements and certain financial information contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectuses.
(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At Closing Time, the U.S.
Representatives shall have received from Price Waterhouse L.L.P. a letter,
dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements
made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section,
except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than
three business days prior to Closing Time.
(i) Approval of Listing. At Closing Time, the Securities shall have
been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to
official notice of issuance.
(j) No Objection. The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any
objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the
underwriting terms and arrangements.
(k) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the U.S.
Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form
of Exhibit C hereto signed by the persons listed on Schedule D hereto.
(l) Purchase of Initial International Securities. Contemporaneously
with the purchase by the U.S. Underwriters of the Initial U.S. Securities
under this Agreement, the International Managers shall have purchased the
Initial International Securities under the International Purchase
Agreement.
(m) Closing of New Credit Facility. The execution of the New Credit
Facility (as defined in the U.S. Prospectus) shall have occurred or shall
occur simultaneously with the closing of the Offerings.
(n) Conditions to Purchase of U.S. Option Securities. In the event
that the U.S. Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b)
hereof to purchase all or any portion of the U.S. Option Securities, the
representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the
statements in any certificates
25
<PAGE> 30
furnished by the Company and any subsidiary of the Company hereunder shall be
true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of
Delivery, the U.S. Representatives shall have received:
(i) Officers' Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of
Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the
chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that
the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e)
hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company. The favorable opinion of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), counsel for the Company,
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the U.S.
Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S. Option
Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the
same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.
(iii) Opinion of Counsel for U.S. Underwriters. The favorable
opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the U.S. Underwriters, dated
such Date of Delivery, relating to the U.S. Option Securities to be
purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the
opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.
(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter. A letter from Price Waterhouse
L.L.P. satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives and dated such Date of
Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter
furnished to the U.S. Representatives pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof,
except that the "specified date" in the letter furnished pursuant to this
paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Date of
Delivery.
(o) Additional Documents. At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery,
counsel for the U.S. Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents
and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to
pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in
order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or
the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings
taken by the Company and the Selling Stockholders in connection with the
issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the U.S. Representatives and counsel for
the U.S. Underwriters.
(p) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section
shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to
26
<PAGE> 31
be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase
of the U.S. Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, the obligations of the several U.S. Underwriters to purchase the relevant
U.S. Option Securities, may be terminated by the U.S. Representatives by notice
to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of
Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability
of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that
Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and remain in full
force and effect.
SECTION 6. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of U.S. Underwriters. (1) The Company and the
Selling Stockholders, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless each U.S. Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any U.S.
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and
(iii) below and in Section 6(a)(2).
(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information
and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged
omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission
therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading;
(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount
paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding
by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any
claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any
such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to
Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written
consent of the Company and the Selling Stockholders; and
(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred
(including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch),
reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any
litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency
or body, commenced or
27
<PAGE> 32
threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement
or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the
extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;
provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any
loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in
reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of any U.S. Underwriter through the U.S. Representatives
expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto),
including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable,
or any preliminary prospectus or the U.S. Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto). The foregoing indemnity with respect to any untrue
statement contained in or any omission from the Registration Statement shall not
inure to the benefit of any U.S. Underwriter from whom the person asserting any
such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense purchased any of the Securities
that are the subject thereof if the Company shall sustain the burden of proving
that (i) the untrue statement or omission contained in the Registration
Statement was corrected and (ii) such person was not sent or given a copy of the
U.S. Prospectus which corrected the untrue statement or omission at or prior to
the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such persons.
(2) In addition to and without limitation of the Company's and each
Selling Stockholder's obligation to indemnify Merrill Lynch as an Underwriter,
the Company and each Selling Stockholder also, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Independent Underwriter and each person, if
any, who controls the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15
of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all
loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, incurred as
a result of the Independent Underwriter's participation as a "qualified
independent underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in connection with the
offering of the Securities.
(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling
Stockholders. Each U.S. Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the
Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act,
and each Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls any Selling
Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
described in the indemnity contained in
28
<PAGE> 33
subsection (a)(1) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue
statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the
Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A
Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary
U.S. prospectus or the U.S. Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto)
in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the
Company by or on behalf of such U.S. Underwriter through the U.S.
Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any
amendment thereto) or such preliminary prospectus or the U.S. Prospectus (or
any amendment or supplement thereto).
(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall
give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of
any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve
such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this
indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section
6(a)(1) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill
Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above,
counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company or the
relevant Selling Stockholder. An indemnifying party may participate at its own
expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to
the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified
party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the
indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel
(in addition to one local counsel in each jurisdiction) separate from their own
counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or
separate but similar or related actions arising out of the same general
allegations or circumstances; provided, that, if indemnity is sought pursuant
to Section 6(a)(2), then, in addition to the fees and expenses of such counsel
for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one counsel (in addition to one
local counsel in each jurisdiction) separate from its own counsel and that of
the other indemnified parties for the Independent Underwriter in its capacity
as a "qualified independent underwriter" and all persons, if any, who control
the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of 1934 Act in connection with any one action or separate but
similar or related actions arising out of the same general allegations or
circumstances if, in the reasonable judgment of the Independent Underwriter,
there may exist a conflict of interest between the Independent Underwriter and
the other indemnified parties. Any such separate counsel for the Independent
29
<PAGE> 34
Underwriter and such control persons of the Independent Underwriter shall be
designated in writing by the Independent Underwriter. No indemnifying party
shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any
litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or
body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which
indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section
7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential
parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an
unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out
of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not
include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to
act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time
an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse
the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by
Section 6(a)(1)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement
is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of
the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice
of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being
entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement.
(e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification. The provisions of
this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling
Stockholders with respect to indemnification.
SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section
6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses
incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other
hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if
the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in
such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company and
the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and of the U.S. Underwriters on the
other hand in
30
<PAGE> 35
connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses,
liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations.
The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders
on the one hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other hand in connection with
the offering of the U.S. Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed
to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the
offering of the U.S. Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting
expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the total
underwriting discount received by the U.S. Underwriters, in each case as set
forth on the cover of the U.S. Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the
corresponding location on the Term Sheet bear to the aggregate initial public
offering price of the U.S. Securities as set forth on such cover.
The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one
hand and the U.S. Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling
Stockholders or by the U.S. Underwriters and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.
The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the U.S. Underwriters agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7
were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the U.S. Underwriters were
treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation
which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above
in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims,
damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in
this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or
defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever
based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no U.S. Underwriter
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the U.S. Securities underwritten by it and distributed to
the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which
such U.S. Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.
31
<PAGE> 36
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls a U.S.
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such U.S.
Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who
signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the
Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933
Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as
the Company or such Selling Stockholder, as the case may be. The U.S.
Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7
are several in proportion to the number of Initial U.S. Securities set forth
opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.
The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the
Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to contribution.
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive
Delivery. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this
Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or the Selling Stockholders submitted pursuant hereto, shall
remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation
made by or on behalf of any U.S. Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on
behalf of the Company or the Selling Stockholders, and shall survive delivery
of the Securities to the U.S. Underwriters.
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.
(a) Termination; General. The U.S. Representatives may terminate this
Agreement, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at any time
at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution
of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the U.S. Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition,
financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has
occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United
States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or
escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development
involving a prospective change in national or international political,
financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as
to make it, in the judgment of the U.S.
32
<PAGE> 37
Representatives, impracticable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts
for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the
Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the New
York Stock Exchange, or if trading generally on the American Stock Exchange or
the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended
or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been
fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said
exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any other governmental authority, or
(iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by Federal, New York or Illinois
authorities.
(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this
Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other
party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that
Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force
and effect.
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the U.S. Underwriters. If one or
more of the U.S. Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery
to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under
this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the U.S. Representatives shall
have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or
more of the non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to
purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such
amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth. If,
however, the U.S. Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements
within such 24-hour period, then:
(a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
number of U.S. Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the
non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly,
to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective
underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all
non-defaulting U.S. Underwriters, or
(b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of
U.S. Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect
to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of
the U.S. Underwriters to purchase and of the Company to sell the U.S. Option
Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate
without liability on the part of any non-defaulting U.S. Underwriter.
33
<PAGE> 38
No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting U.S.
Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of
this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the U.S.
Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant U.S. Option
Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) U.S. Representatives or (ii) the
Company and any Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone Closing
Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not
exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the
Registration Statement or Prospectuses or in any other documents or
arrangements. As used herein, the term "U.S. Underwriter" includes any person
substituted for a U.S. Underwriter under this Section 10.
SECTION 11. Default by one or more of the Selling Stockholders or the
Company. (a) If a Selling Stockholder shall fail at Closing Time to sell and
deliver the number of U.S. Securities which such Selling Stockholder is
obligated to sell hereunder, then the U.S. Underwriters may, at option of the
U.S. Representatives, by notice from the U.S. Representatives to the Company
and the non-defaulting Selling Stockholders, either (a) terminate this
Agreement without any liability on the fault of any non-defaulting party except
that the provisions of Sections 1, 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and
effect or (b) elect to purchase the U.S. Securities which the non-defaulting
Selling Stockholders and the Company have agreed to sell hereunder. No action
taken pursuant to this Section 11 shall relieve any Selling Stockholder so
defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
In the event of a default by any Selling Stockholder as referred to in
this Section 11, each of the U.S. Representatives, the Company and the
non-defaulting Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone Closing
Time for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required
change in the Registration Statement or Prospectuses or in any other documents
or arrangements.
(b) If the Company shall fail at Closing Time or at the Date of Delivery
to sell the number of U.S. Securities that it is obligated to sell hereunder,
then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any
nondefaulting party; provided, however, that the provisions of Sections 1, 4,
6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect. No action taken pursuant to
this Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if any, in respect of
such default.
34
<PAGE> 39
SECTION 12. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the U.S.
Underwriters shall be directed to the U.S. Representatives at North Tower,
World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281-1201, attention of Todd
Kaplan; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 100 Tri-State Drive,
Suite 200, Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069, attention of G. Douglas Patterson; and
notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be directed to
___________________________, attention of __________________.
SECTION 13. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned
in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or
corporation, other than the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors and the controlling persons and
officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and
legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement
and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and
officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the
benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities
from any U.S. Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of
such purchase.
SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
SECTION 15. Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings herein
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.
35
<PAGE> 40
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company and each Selling Stockholder a
counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts,
will become a binding agreement among the U.S. Underwriters, the Company and
the Selling Stockholders in accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
By:
--------------------------
Name:
------------------------
Title:
-----------------------
ACADIA PARTNERS, L.P.
By: ACADIA FW PARTNERS, L.P.,
its General Partner
By: ACADIA MGP, INC.,
its Managing Partner
By:
--------------------------
Name:
------------------------
Title:
-----------------------
ACADIA ELECTRA PARTNERS, L.P.
By: ACADIA PARTNERS, L.P.
By: ACADIA FW PARTNERS, L.P.,
its General Partner
By: ACADIA MGP, INC.,
its Managing Partner
By:
--------------------------
Name:
-------------------------
Title:
------------------------
36
<PAGE> 41
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
By: MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH
INCORPORATED
By
------------------------------------
Authorized Signatory
For themselves and as U.S. Representatives of the other U.S. Underwriters named
in Schedule A hereto.
37
<PAGE> 42
SCHEDULE A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Underwriter Number of
-------------------
Initial
Securities
-------------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lehman Brothers Inc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salomon Brothers Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-------------
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,720,000
=============
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 43
SCHEDULE B
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of Initial
Securities to be Sold
---------------------
<S> <C>
Ivex Packaging Corporation 5,360,000
Selling Stockholders:
--------------------
1,360,000
---------
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,720,000
=========
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 44
SCHEDULE C
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
6,720,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Par Value $.01 Per Share)
1. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities, determined
as provided in said Section 2, shall be $__.
2. The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several
Underwriters shall be $__, being an amount equal to the initial public
offering price set forth above less $__ per share; provided that the
purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the
exercise of the over-allotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be
reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions
declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not
payable on the Option Securities.
<PAGE> 45
[SCHEDULE D]
[LIST OF PERSONS AND ENTITIES SUBJECT TO LOCK-UP]
George V. Bayly
Frank V. Tannura
Richard R. Cote
Donald C. Devine
Thomas C. Ellsworth
Gene J. Gentili
Roger A. Kurinsky
Jeremy S. Lawrence
G. Douglas Patterson
David E. Wartner
Eugene M. Whitacre
Glenn R. August
Anthony P. Scotto
Robert W. George
Acadia Partners, L.P.
Acadia Electra Partners, L.P.
FWHY Coinvestments I Partners, L.P.
FWHY Coinvestments III Partners, L.P.
Rosecliff-Ivex Packaging 1990 Partners, L.P.
Rosecliff-IPMC 1991 Partners, L.P.
<PAGE> 46
Exhibit A
FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 5(b)
(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as
a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware.
(ii) The Company has corporate power and corporate authority to own,
lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its
obligations under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement.
(iii) The Company, based solely upon a review of "good standing"
certificates, is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to
transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction
set forth on an Exhibit attached hereto.
(iv) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the
Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses in the column
entitled "Historical" under the caption "Capitalization" (except
for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or pursuant to
reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in
the Prospectuses or pursuant to the exercise of convertible
securities or options referred to in the Prospectuses); the
shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company,
including the Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters
and the International Managers from the Selling Stockholders,
have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid
and non-assessable; and none of the outstanding shares of
capital stock of the Company was issued in violation of the
preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the
Company arising by operation of law under the charter or by-laws
of the Company or, to the knowledge of such counsel, any other
agreement to which the Company is a party.
(v) The Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers from the Company have been duly authorized
for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement,
respectively, and, when
<PAGE> 47
issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement,
respectively, against payment of the consideration set forth in
the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement, will be validly issued and fully paid and
non-assessable and no holder of the Securities is or will be
subject to personal liability solely by reason of being such
a holder.
(vi) The issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company and the
sale of the Securities by the Selling Stockholders is not subject
to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder
of the Company arising by operation of law under the charter or
by-laws of the Company or, to the knowledge of such counsel, any
other agreement to which the Company is a party.
(vii) Each Subsidiary has been duly incorporated and is validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its incorporation, has corporate power and
corporate authority to own, lease and operate its properties and
to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and,
based solely upon "good standing" certificates, is duly qualified
as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good
standing in each jurisdiction listed on an Exhibit attached
hereto; except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration
Statement, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of
each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is
fully paid and non-assessable and, to the best of such counsel's
knowledge, based solely on a review of the stock records and
minute books of the Company, is owned by the Company, directly or
through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued
in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any
securityholder of such Subsidiary.
(viii) Each of the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the International Purchase
Agreement and the New Credit Facility has been duly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company.
(ix) Based solely upon a telephone conversation with the Staff of the
Commission, the Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, has been declared effective under the
1933 Act; any required filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule
424(b) has been made in the manner and within the time period
required by Rule 424(b); and, to the best of such counsel's
knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
Registration
<PAGE> 48
Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been
issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose
have been instituted or are pending or threatened by the
Commission.
(x) The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, the Rule 430A Information and the Rule
434 Information, as applicable, the Prospectuses, and each
amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and
Prospectuses, as of their respective effective or issue dates
(other than the financial statements and supporting schedules
included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel
need express no opinion) complied as to form in all material
respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act
Regulations.
(xi) If Rule 434 has been relied upon, the Prospectuses were not
"materially different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from
the prospectuses included in the Registration Statement at the
time it became effective.
(xii) The form of certificate used to evidence the Common Stock
complies in all material respects with all applicable statutory
requirements, with any applicable requirements of the charter and
by-laws of the Company and the requirements of the New York Stock
Exchange.
(xiii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there is not pending or
threatened any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or
investigation, to which the Company or any subsidiary is a party,
or to which the property of the Company or any subsidiary is
subject, before or brought by any court or governmental agency or
body, domestic or foreign, which might reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be
expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or
assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement or the performance by the Company of its
obligations thereunder.
(xiv) The information in the Prospectuses under "Description of Capital
Stock," "Business-Environmental Matters and Government
Regulation" and in the Registration Statement under Item 14, to
the extent that it constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal
matters, the Company's charter and bylaws or legal proceedings,
or legal conclusions, has been reviewed by such counsel and is
correct in all material respects.
<PAGE> 49
(xv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no statutes or
regulations that are required to be described in the Prospectuses
that are not described as required.
(xvi) All descriptions in the Registration Statement of contracts and
other documents to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a
party are accurate in all material respects; to the best of such
counsel's knowledge, there are no franchises, contracts,
indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other
instruments required to be described or referred to in the
Registration Statement or to be filed as exhibits thereto other
than those described or referred to therein or filed or
incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto.
(xvii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor
any subsidiary is in violation of its charter or by-laws and no
default by the Company or any subsidiary exists in the due
performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement,
covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture,
mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other agreement or
instrument that is described or referred to in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectuses or filed or incorporated by
reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
(xviii) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license,
order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or
governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign (other than
under the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, which have been
obtained, or as may be required under the securities or blue sky
laws of the various states, as to which such counsel need express
no opinion) is necessary or required in connection with the due
authorization, execution and delivery of the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or for the
offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities.
(xix) The execution, delivery and performance of the U.S. Purchase
Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement, the New Credit
Facility and the Offers to Purchase and Consent Solicitations
Statement, dated August 27, 1997 (the "Offers") and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated in the U.S.
Purchase Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement, the
Registration Statement and the Offers (including the issuance and
sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale
of the Securities as described in the Prospectuses under the
caption "Use Of Proceeds") and compliance by the Company with its
obligations under the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the International
Purchase
<PAGE> 50
Agreement, the New Credit Facility and the Offers do not and
will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or lapse
of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or
default or Repayment Event (as defined in Section 1(a)(x) of the
U.S. Purchase Agreement) under or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property
or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to any
contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit
agreement, note, lease or any other agreement or instrument,
known to such counsel, to which the Company or any subsidiary is
a party or by which it or any of them may be bound, or to which
any of the property or assets of the Company or any subsidiary is
subject (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or
liens, charges or encumbrances that would not have a Material
Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of
the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any
subsidiary, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, writ or decree, known to such counsel, of any
government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary
or any of their respective properties, assets or operations.
(xx) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, to the best of
such counsel's knowledge, there are no agreements between the
Company and any person granting such person the right to require
the Company to include any Securities in the Registration
Statement.
(xxi) The Company is not an "investment company" or an entity
"controlled" by an "investment company," as such terms are
defined in the 1940 Act.
(xxii) The Offers complied in all material respects with the federal
securities laws; each supplemental indenture relating to IPC's
12- 1/4% Senior Subordinated Notes or the Company's 13- 1/4%
Senior Discount Debentures entered into by the Company complied
with the terms of the applicable indenture.
Nothing has come to such counsel's attention that would lead such
counsel to believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto,
including the Rule 430A Information and Rule 434 Information (if applicable)
(except for financial statements and schedules and other financial data
included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel need make no
statement), at the time such Registration Statement or any such amendment
became effective, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
<PAGE> 51
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the
Prospectuses or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for financial
statements and schedules and other financial data included therein or omitted
therefrom, as to which such counsel need make no statement), at the time the
Prospectuses were issued, at the time any such amended or supplemented
prospectus was issued or at the Closing Time, included or includes an untrue
statement of a material fact or omitted or omits to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact
(but not as to legal conclusions), to the extent they deem proper, on
certificates of responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such
opinion shall not state that it is to be governed or qualified by, or that it
is otherwise subject to, any treatise, written policy or other document
relating to legal opinions, including, without limitation, the Legal Opinion
Accord of the ABA Section of Business Law (1991).
<PAGE> 52
Exhibit B
FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(c)
(i) No filing with, or consent, approval, authorization,
license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any
court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign,
(other than the issuance of the order of the Commission declaring
the Registration Statement effective and such authorizations,
approvals or consents as may be necessary under state securities
laws, as to which such counsel need express no opinion) is
necessary or required to be obtained by the Selling Stockholders
for the performance by each Selling Stockholder of its
obligations under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement or in connection with the offer,
sale or delivery of the Securities.
(ii) The U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by
each Selling Stockholder.
(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement and the sale
and delivery of the Securities and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated in the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the
International Purchase Agreement and in the Registration
Statement and compliance by the Selling Stockholders with its
obligations under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by all
necessary action on the part of the Selling Stockholders and do
not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or
passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of,
or default under or result in the creation or imposition of any
tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities or any
property or assets of the Selling Stockholders pursuant to, any
contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit
agreement, note, license, lease or other instrument or agreement
to which any Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it may be
bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Selling
Stockholders may be subject nor will such action result in any
violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of any
Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or any law, administrative
regulation, judgment or order of any governmental agency or body
or any administrative or
48
<PAGE> 53
court decree having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder
or any of its properties.
(iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, each Selling Stockholder
has valid and marketable title to the Securities to be sold by
such Selling Stockholder pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement
and the International Purchase Agreement, free and clear of any
pledge, lien, security interest, charge, claim, equity or
encumbrance of any kind, and has full right, power and authority
to sell, transfer and deliver such Securities pursuant to the
U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
By delivery of a certificate or certificates therefor such
Selling Stockholder will transfer to the Underwriters who have
purchased such Securities pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement
and the International Purchase Agreement (without notice of any
defect in the title of such Selling Stockholder and who are
otherwise bona fide purchasers for purposes of the Uniform
Commercial Code) valid and marketable title to such Securities,
free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, charge,
claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind.
49
<PAGE> 54
[FORM OF LOCK-UP FROM DIRECTORS, OFFICERS OR OTHER STOCKHOLDERS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 5K)]
Exhibit C
______, 1997
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated,
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Salomon Brothers Inc
as Representatives of the several
U.S. Underwriters to be named in the
within-mentioned U.S. Purchase Agreement
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
North Tower
World Financial Center
New York, New York 10281-1209
Re: Proposed Public Offering by Ivex Packaging Corporation
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned, a stockholder [and an officer and/or director] of Ivex
Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), understands that
Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
("Merrill Lynch"), Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon Brothers Inc propose to
enter into a U.S. Purchase Agreement (the "U.S. Purchase Agreement") with the
Company and the Selling Stockholders providing for the public offering of
shares (the "Securities") of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Common Stock"). In recognition of the benefit that such an
offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder [and an officer
and/or director] of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned
agrees with each underwriter to be named in the U.S. Purchase Agreement that,
during a period of l80 days from the date of the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the
undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch,
directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant
any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or
transfer any shares of the Company's Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or
hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned
has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file any
<PAGE> 55
registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with
respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other
agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether
any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or
other securities, in cash or otherwise.
Very truly yours,
Signature:
-------------------
Print Name:
-----------------
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 1.2
================================================================================
================================================================================
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)
1,680,000 Shares of Common Stock
INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
Dated: September __, 1997
================================================================================
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
(ii) Independent Accountants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(iii) Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(v) Good Standing of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
(vii) Capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(viii) Authorization of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
(xii) Compliance with ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
(xiii) Absence of Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(xiv) Accuracy of Exhibits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(xv) Possession of Intellectual Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
(xviii) Title to Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xix) Compliance with Cuba Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xx) Investment Company Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xxi) Environmental Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
(xxii) Registration Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(xxiv) Maintenance of Adequate Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(xxv) Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . 12
(b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . 13
(i) Accurate Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(ii) Authorization of Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
(iii) Good and Marketable Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(iv) Absence of Manipulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(v) Absence of Further Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(vi) Restriction on Sale of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
(vii) Certificates Suitable for Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(viii) No Association with NASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(c) Officer's Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to International Managers; Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
(a) Initial Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(b) International Option Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
(c) Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
(d) Denominations; Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
(e) Appointment of Qualified Independent Underwriter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
(b) Filing of Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
(f) Blue Sky Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(g) Rule 158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(h) Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(i) Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
(k) Reporting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(l) Compliance with Rule 463 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(a) Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
(b) Expenses of the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(c) Termination of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(d) Allocation of Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 5. Conditions of International Managers' Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the International Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
(e) Officers' Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(f) Certificate of Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(g) Accountant's Comfort Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(i) Approval of Listing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(j) No Objection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(k) Lock-up Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(l) Purchase of Initial U.S. Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(m) Closing of New Credit Facility. The closing of the New Credit Facility (as defined
in the International Prospectus) shall have occurred or shall occur simultaneously
with the closing of the Offerings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(n) Conditions to Purchase of International Option Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(i) Officers' Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(iii) Opinion of Counsel for International Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(o) Additional Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
(p) Termination of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
SECTION 6. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
(a) Indemnification of International Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling Stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
(e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SECTION 7. Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
(a) Termination; General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
(b) Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the International Managers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SECTION 11. Default by one or more of the Selling Stockholders or the Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SECTION 12. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SECTION 13. Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SECTION 15. Effect of Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SCHEDULES
Schedule A - List of Underwriters
Sch A-1
Schedule B - List of Selling Stockholders
Sch B-1
Schedule C - Pricing Information
Sch C-1
Schedule D - List of Persons Subject to Lock-up
Sch D-1
EXHIBITS
Exhibit A - Form of Opinion of Company's Counsel
A-1
Exhibit B - Form of Opinion for the Selling Stockholders
B-1
Exhibit C - Form of Lock-up Letter
C-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 5
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
(a Delaware corporation)
1,680,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Par Value $.01 Per Share)
INTERNATIONAL PURCHASE AGREEMENT
September __, 1997
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
Lehman Brothers International (Europe)
Salomon Brothers International Limited
as Lead Managers of the several International Managers
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch International
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London EC2Y 9LY
England
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Ivex Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the
persons listed in Schedule B hereto (the "Selling Stockholders"), confirm their
respective agreements with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch International
("Merrill Lynch") and each of the other International Managers named in
Schedule A hereto (collectively, the "International Managers," which term shall
also include any Manager substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10
hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) and
Salomon Brothers International Limited are acting as representatives (in such
capacity, the "Lead Managers"), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and
the Selling Stockholders, acting severally and not jointly, and the purchase by
the International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective
numbers of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company
("Common Stock") set forth in Schedules A and B hereto and (ii) the grant by
the Company to the International Managers, acting severally and not jointly, of
the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of
252,000 additional shares of Common Stock to cover over-allotments, if any.
The aforesaid 1,680,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial International
Securities") to be purchased by the International Managers and all or any part
of the 252,000 shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in
Section 2(b) hereof (the "International Option Securities") are hereinafter
called, collectively, the "International Securities."
1
<PAGE> 6
It is understood that the Company and the Selling Stockholders are
concurrently entering into an agreement dated the date hereof (the "U.S.
Purchase Agreement") providing for the offering by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders of an aggregate of 6,720,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial
U.S. Securities") through arrangements with certain underwriters in the United
States and Canada (the "U.S. Underwriters") for whom Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and Salomon Brothers Inc are
acting as representatives (the "U.S. Representatives") and the grant by the
Company to the U.S. Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of an
option to purchase all or any part of the U.S. Underwriters' pro rata portion
of up to 1,008,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over
allotments, if any (the "U.S. Option Securities" and, together with the
International Option Securities, the "Option Securities"). The Initial U.S.
Securities and the U.S. Option Securities are hereinafter called the "U.S.
Securities." It is understood that (a) neither the Company nor the Selling
Stockholders are obligated to sell, and the International Managers are not
obligated to purchase, any Initial International Securities unless all of the
Initial U.S. Securities are contemporaneously purchased by the U.S.
Underwriters and (b) neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders are
obligated to sell, and the U.S. Underwriters are not obligated to purchase, any
Initial U.S. Securities unless all of the Initial International Securities are
contemporaneously purchased by the International Managers.
The International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters are hereinafter
collectively called the "Underwriters," the Initial International Securities
and the Initial U.S. Securities are hereinafter collectively called the
"Initial Securities," and the International Securities, and the U.S. Securities
are hereinafter collectively called the "Securities."
The Underwriters will concurrently enter into an Intersyndicate Agreement
of even date herewith (the "Intersyndicate Agreement") providing for the
coordination of certain transactions among the Underwriters under the
direction of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated (in such capacity, the "Global Coordinator").
The Company and the Selling Stockholders understand that the International
Managers propose to make a public offering of the International Securities as
soon as the Lead Managers deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed
and delivered.
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 33-95436) covering the
registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "1933 Act"), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses.
Promptly after
2
<PAGE> 7
execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will either (i) prepare
and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A ("Rule
430A") of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the
"1933 Act Regulations") and paragraph (b) of Rule 424 ("Rule 424(b)") of the
1933 Act Regulations or (ii) if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 434
("Rule 434") of the 1933 Act Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a
"Term Sheet") in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 424(b).
Two forms of prospectus are to be used in connection with the offering and sale
of the Securities: one relating to the International Securities (the "Form of
International Prospectus") and one relating to the U.S. Securities (the "Form
of U.S. Prospectus"). The Form of International Prospectus is identical to the
Form of U.S. Prospectus, except for the front cover and back cover pages and
the information under the caption "Underwriting." The information included in
such prospectus or in any such Term Sheet, as the case may be, that was omitted
from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is
deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became
effective (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as "Rule
430A Information" or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is referred to
as "Rule 434 Information." The Form of International Prospectus and Form of
U.S. Prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and
any prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the
Rule 434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the
execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a "preliminary
prospectus." Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto and
schedules thereto at the time it became effective and including the Rule 430A
Information and the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, is herein called the
"Registration Statement." Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule
462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein referred to as the "Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement," and after such filing the term "Registration
Statement" shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final
Form of International Prospectus and the final Form of U.S. Prospectus in the
forms first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the
offering of the Securities are herein called the "International Prospectus" and
the "U.S. Prospectus," respectively, and collectively, the "Prospectuses." If
Rule 434 is relied on, the terms "International Prospectus" and "U.S.
Prospectus" shall refer to the preliminary International Prospectus dated
September 4, 1997 and preliminary U.S. Prospectus dated September 4, 1997,
respectively, each together with the applicable Term Sheet, and all references
in this Agreement to the date of the Prospectuses shall mean the date of the
Term Sheet. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration
Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the International Prospectus, the U.S.
Prospectus or any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the
foregoing shall be deemed
3
<PAGE> 8
to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system ("EDGAR").
SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.
(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company. The Company represents
and warrants to each International Manager as of the date hereof, as of the
Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of
Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agrees with each
International Manager, as follows:
(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements. Each of the
Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has
become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that
purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the
Company, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of
the Commission for additional information has been complied with.
At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule
462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto
became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any International Option
Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration
Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any amendments and
supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with
the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and did not
and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading. Neither of the Prospectuses nor any
amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Prospectuses or any
amendments or supplements thereto were issued and at the Closing Time (and,
if any International Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of
Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact
or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make
the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading. If Rule 434 is used, the Company will comply
with the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectuses shall not be
"materially different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from the
prospectuses included in the Registration Statement at the time it became
effective. The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not
apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or the
International Prospectus made in reliance upon and in conformity with
information furnished to the Company in writing by any
4
<PAGE> 9
International Manager through the Lead Managers expressly for use in the
Registration Statement or the International Prospectus or any amendments or
supplements thereto.
Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectuses filed as part of the
Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto,
or filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act, complied when so filed in all
material respects with the 1933 Act Regulations and each preliminary prospectus
and the Prospectuses delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with
this offering was substanstially identical to the electronically transmitted
copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the
extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(ii) Independent Accountants. The accountants who certified the
financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration
Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the
1933 Act Regulations.
(iii) Financial Statements. The financial statements included in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectuses, together with the related schedules
and notes, present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the
Company and its consolidated subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the
statement of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and
its consolidated subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial
statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods
involved, except as otherwise stated therein. The supporting schedules included
in the Registration Statement present fairly in all material respects in
accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The
selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the
Prospectuses present fairly in all material respects the information shown
therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited
financial statements included in the Registration Statement. The pro forma
financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectuses present fairly in all material respects the
information shown therein, have been prepared in all material respects in
accordance with the Commission's rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma
financial statements and have been properly compiled on the bases described
therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and
the adjustments used therein are appropriate in all material respects to give
effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein.
5
<PAGE> 10
(iv) No Material Adverse Change in Business. Since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
Statement and the Prospectuses except as otherwise stated therein, (A)
there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or
otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of
the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or
not arising in the ordinary course of business (a "Material Adverse
Effect"), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of
business, which are material with respect to the Company and its
subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, and (C) there has been no
dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company
on any class of its capital stock.
(v) Good Standing of the Company. The Company has been duly
organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to
own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as
described in the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and under the U.S. Purchase Agreement; and the Company
is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in
good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is
required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the
conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in
good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(vi) Good Standing of Subsidiaries. Each "significant
subsidiary" of the Company (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02 of
Regulation S-X)(each a "Subsidiary" and, collectively, the "Subsidiaries")
has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, has
corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and
to conduct its business as described in the Prospectuses and is duly
qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good
standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required,
whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of
business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing
would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; except as otherwise
disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of each such Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly
issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company,
directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of the
outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in
violation of the
6
<PAGE> 11
preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary.
The only subsidiaries of the Company are the subsidiaries listed on Exhibit
21.1 to the Registration Statement.
(vii) Capitalization. The authorized (following filing of the
Amended Articles of Incorporation), issued and outstanding capital stock of
the Company is as set forth in the Prospectuses in the column entitled
"Historical" under the caption "Capitalization" (except for subsequent
issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement or the U.S. Purchase
Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans
referred to in the Prospectuses or pursuant to the exercise of convertible
securities or options referred to in the Prospectuses). The shares of
issued and outstanding capital stock, including the Securities to be
purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers from the
Selling Stockholders, have been duly authorized and validly issued and are
fully paid and non-assessable; none of the outstanding shares of capital
stock, including the Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters
and the International Managers from the Selling Stockholders, was issued in
violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder
of the Company.
(viii) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and
delivered by the Company.
(ix) Authorization and Description of Securities. The Securities
to be purchased by the International Managers and the U.S. Underwriters
from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the
International Managers pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Underwriters
pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and, when issued and delivered by
the Company pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
respectively, against payment of the consideration set forth herein and
therein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; the
Common Stock conforms in all material respects to all statements relating
thereto contained in the Prospectuses and such description conforms in all
material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the
same; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability
solely by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the Securities
is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any
securityholder of the Company.
(x) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts. Neither the Company nor
any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter or by-laws or in
default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement,
covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed
of trust,
7
<PAGE> 12
loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to
which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which it
or any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of
the Company or any subsidiary is subject (collectively, "Agreements and
Instruments") except for such defaults that would not result in a Material
Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated in this Agreement, the U.S. Purchase Agreement and
in the Registration Statement (including the issuance and sale of the
Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as
described in the Prospectuses under the caption "Use of Proceeds") and
compliance by the Company with its obligations under this Agreement and the
U.S. Purchase Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice
or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or
default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the
creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property
or assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to, the Agreements and
Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, Repayment Events or
defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a
Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of
the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or any subsidiary or
any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or
decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or
foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of
their assets, properties or operations except such violations that would
not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. As
used herein, a "Repayment Event" means any event or condition which gives
the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any
person acting on such holder's behalf) the right to require the repurchase,
redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the
Company or any subsidiary.
(xi) Absence of Labor Dispute. No labor dispute with the
employees of the Company or any subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of
the Company, is imminent, and the Company is not aware of any existing or
imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any
subsidiary's principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors,
which, in either case, may reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(xii) Compliance with ERISA. The Company and each member of its
Control Group is in compliance in all material respects with all presently
applicable provisions of the U.S. Employee
8
<PAGE> 13
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), and the
regulations and published interpretations thereunder; no "reportable event"
(as defined in ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations
thereunder) has occurred with respect to any material "pension plan" (as
defined in ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations
thereunder) established or maintained by the Company or any member of its
Control Group; neither the Company nor any member of its Control Group has
incurred nor expects to incur any material liability under (i) Title IV of
ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal from, any "pension plan"
or (ii) Section 412 or 4971 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"); and each material "pension plan" established or
maintained by the Company that is intended to be qualified under Section
401(a) of the Code is so qualified in all material respects and has received
a favorable determination letter as to its qualification and nothing has
occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of
such qualification. For purposes of this subsection, "Control Group' is
defined to include any entity which is part of a group which includes the
Company and is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.
(xiii) Absence of Proceedings. There is no action, suit,
proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or
governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the
knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or
any subsidiary, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration
Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably
be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets
thereof or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement or the U.S. Purchase Agreement or the performance by the Company
of its obligations hereunder and thereunder; the aggregate of all pending
legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any subsidiary
is a party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the
subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including
ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xiv) Accuracy of Exhibits. There are no contracts or documents
which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the
Prospectuses or to be filed as exhibits thereto which have not been so
described and filed as required.
(xv) Possession of Intellectual Property. The Company and its
subsidiaries own or possess, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate
patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions,
9
<PAGE> 14
copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented
and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or
procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual
property (collectively, "Intellectual Property") necessary to carry on the
business now operated by them, and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any
infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to
any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would
render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the
interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries therein, and which
infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling
or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would
result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or
authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration,
qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency
is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its
obligations under this Agreement or the U.S. Purchase Agreement, in
connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder
or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or the U.S. Purchase Agreement, except such as have been already
made or obtained or will be made or obtained prior to Closing Time or as
may be required under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations or state
securities laws.
(xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits. The Company and its
subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and
other authorizations (collectively, "Governmental Licenses") issued by the
appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies
necessary to conduct the business now operated by them except where the
failure to possess the same would not, individually or in the aggregate,
have a Material Adverse Effect; the Company and its subsidiaries are in
compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses,
except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the
aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses
are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such
Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in
full force and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither
the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of
proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such
Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of
an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
10
<PAGE> 15
(xviii) Title to Property. The Company and its subsidiaries have good
and marketable title to all real property owned by the Company and its
subsidiaries and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case,
free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims,
restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (a) are described in the
Prospectuses or (b) would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the
Company and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries holds properties described in the
Prospectuses, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any
subsidiary has received any notice of any material claim of any sort that has
been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any subsidiary
under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or
questioning the rights of the Company or such subsidiary to the continued
possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.
(xix) Compliance with Cuba Act. The Company has complied with, and is
and will be in compliance with, the provisions of that certain Florida act
relating to disclosure of doing business with Cuba, codified as Section 517.075
of the Florida statutes, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively,
the "Cuba Act") or is exempt therefrom.
(xx) Investment Company Act. The Company is not, and upon the issuance
and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net
proceeds therefrom as described in the Prospectuses will not be, an "investment
company" or an entity "controlled" by an "investment company" as such terms are
defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 Act").
(xxi) Environmental Laws. Except as described in the Registration
Statement and except as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a
Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is
in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule,
regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or
administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative
order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human
health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface
water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including,
without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened
release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances,
hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products (collectively, "Hazardous
Materials") or to the manufacture, processing, distribution,
11
<PAGE> 16
use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous
Materials (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), (B) the Company and its
subsidiaries have all material permits, authorizations and approvals required
under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their
requirements, (C) there are no pending or threatened administrative, regulatory
or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of
noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any
Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) there
are no events or circumstances that might reasonably be expected to form the
basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding
by any private party or governmental body or agency, against or affecting the
Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any
Environmental Laws.
(xxii) Registration Rights. Except as disclosed in the Registration
Statement, there are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights
to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or
otherwise registered by the Company under the 1933 Act.
(xxiii) Taxes. The Company and each of its subsidiaries have filed all
necessary material federal, state, local and foreign income, payroll, franchise
and other tax returns (after giving effect to extensions) and have paid all
material taxes shown as due thereon or with respect to any of its properties,
and there is no tax deficiency that has been, or to the knowledge of the Company
is likely to be, asserted against the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of
their properties or assets that would result in a Material Adverse Effect,
except for taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and with respect to which the Company has established adequate
reserves in accordance with GAAP.
(xxiv) Maintenance of Adequate Insurance. The Company and each of its
subsidiaries is insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility
against such losses and risks and in such amounts as is reasonably prudent in
the business in which it is engaged or proposed to engage after giving effect to
the transactions described in the Prospectuses; and the Company does not have
any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance
coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from
similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that
would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(xxv) Maintenance of Sufficient Internal Controls. The Company
maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide
reasonable assurances that (i)
12
<PAGE> 17
transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or
specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to
permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets;
(iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's
general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for
assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and
appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
(b) Representations and Warranties by the Selling Stockholders. Each
Selling Stockholder severally represents and warrants to each International
Manager as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Time, and agrees with each
International Manager, as follows:
(i) Accurate Disclosure. To the best knowledge of such Selling
Stockholder, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct; such Selling Stockholder has
reviewed and is familiar with the Registration Statement and the
Prospectuses and neither the Prospectuses nor any amendments or supplements
thereto includes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state
a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the
light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; such
Selling Stockholder is not prompted to sell the Securities to be sold by
such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement or the U.S. Purchase
Agreement by any information concerning the Company or any subsidiary of
the Company which is not set forth in the Prospectuses.
(ii) Authorization of Agreements. Each Selling Stockholder has the
full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and to sell, transfer and deliver the Securities to be
sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase
Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the U.S.
Purchase Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Securities to be sold
by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement and
compliance by such Selling Stockholder with its obligations hereunder and
thereunder have been duly authorized by such Selling Stockholder and do not
and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of
time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or
result in the creation or imposition of any tax, lien, charge or
encumbrance upon the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder or
any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to any
contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement,
note, license, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such
13
<PAGE> 18
Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder may
be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling
Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result in any violation of the
provisions of the charter or by-laws or other organizational instrument of
such Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or any applicable treaty, law,
statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any
government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of its properties.
(iii) Good and Marketable Title. Such Selling Stockholder has
and will at the Closing Time have good and marketable title to the
Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder under this Agreement and
the U.S. Purchase Agreement, free and clear of any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind,
other than pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement; and
upon delivery of such Securities and payment of the purchase price therefor
as contemplated herein and therein, assuming each such Underwriter has no
notice of any adverse claim, each of the Underwriters will receive good and
marketable title to the Securities purchased by it from
such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind.
(iv) Absence of Manipulation. Such Selling Stockholder has not
taken, and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action which is
designed to or which has constituted or which might reasonably be expected
to cause or result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any
security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.
(v) Absence of Further Requirements. No filing with, or consent,
approval, authorization, order, registration, qualification or decree of,
any court or governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign, is
necessary or required for the performance by each Selling Stockholder of
its obligations under this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement or in
connection with the sale and delivery of the Securities under this
Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder, except such as may have
previously been made or obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act
or the 1933 Act Regulations or state securities laws.
(vi) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180
days from the date of the International Prospectus, such Selling
Stockholder will not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch,
Pierce, Fenner & Smith, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase,
14
<PAGE> 19
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration
statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii)
enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that
transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic
consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or
transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by
delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The
foregoing sentence shall not apply to the Securities to be sold hereunder or
under the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
(vii) Certificates Suitable for Transfer. Certificates for all
of the Securities to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this
Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement, in suitable form for transfer by
delivery or accompanied by duly executed instruments of transfer or
assignment in blank with signatures guaranteed, have been placed with First
Chicago Trust Company of New York with irrevocable conditional instructions
to deliver such Securities to the International Managers and the U.S.
Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
respectively.
(viii) No Association with NASD. Except as described in the
Prospectuses, neither such Selling Stockholder nor any of its affiliates
directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, or has any other
association with (within the meaning of Article I, Section 1(m) of the
By-laws of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.), any
member firm of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
(c) Officer's Certificates. Any certificate signed by any officer of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries delivered to the Global Coordinator, the
International Managers or to counsel for the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the
Company to each U.S. Underwriter and each International Manager as to the
matters covered thereby; and any certificate signed by or on behalf of the
Selling Stockholders as such and delivered to the Lead Managers or to counsel
for the U.S. Underwriters and the International Managers pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement and the U.S. Purchase Agreement shall be deemed a
representation and warranty by such Selling Stockholder to the U.S.
Underwriters and the International Managers as to the matters covered thereby.
SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to International Managers; Closing.
15
<PAGE> 20
(a) Initial Securities. On the basis of the representations and
warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set
forth, the Company and each Selling Stockholder, severally and not jointly,
agree to sell to each International Manager, severally and not jointly, and
each International Manager, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from
the Company and each Selling Stockholder, at the price per share set forth in
Schedule C, that proportion of the number of Initial International Securities
set forth in Schedule B opposite the name of the Company or such Selling
Stockholder, as the case may be, which number of Initial International
Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such International
Manager, plus any additional number of Initial International Securities which
such International Manager may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the
provisions of Section 10 hereof, bears to the total number of Initial
International Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the
International Managers as the Lead Managers in their sole discretion shall
make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional securities.
(b) International Option Securities. In addition, on the basis of the
representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and
conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the
International Managers, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an
additional 252,000 shares of Common Stock at the price per share set forth in
Schedule C, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions
declared by the Company and payable on the Initial International Securities but
not payable on the International Option Securities. The option hereby granted
will expire 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in
part from time to time only for the purpose of covering over-allotments which
may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial
International Securities upon notice by the Global Coordinator to the Company
setting forth the number of International Option Securities as to which the
several International Managers are then exercising the option and the time and
date of payment and delivery for such International Option Securities. Any
such time and date of delivery (a "Date of Delivery") shall be determined by
the Global Coordinator, but shall not be later than seven full business days
after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time,
as hereinafter defined. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of
the International Option Securities, each of the International Managers, acting
severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of
International Option Securities then being purchased which the number of
Initial International Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of
such International Manager bears to the total number of Initial International
Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as the Global Coordinator
in its discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional
shares.
16
<PAGE> 21
(c) Payment. Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Initial International Securities shall be made at the
offices of Mayer, Brown & Platt, 190 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois,
or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the
Company and the Selling Stockholders, at 9:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third
(fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given
day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with
the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business
days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator, the
Company and the Selling Stockholders (such time and date of payment and
delivery being herein called "Closing Time").
In addition, in the event that any or all of the International Option
Securities are purchased by the International Managers, payment of the purchase
price for, and delivery of certificates for, such International Option
Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place
as shall be agreed upon by the Global Coordinator and the Company, on each Date
of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Global Coordinator to the
Company.
Payment shall be made to the Company and the Selling Stockholders by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the
Company and each Selling Stockholder, as the case may be, against delivery to
the Lead Managers for the respective accounts of the International Managers of
certificates for the International Securities to be purchased by them. It is
understood that each International Manager has authorized the Lead Managers,
for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the
purchase price for, the Initial International Securities and the International
Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Merrill Lynch,
individually and not as representative of the International Managers, may (but
shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial
International Securities or the International Option Securities, if any, to be
purchased by any International Manager whose funds have not been received by
the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such
payment shall not relieve such International Manager from its obligations
hereunder.
(d) Denominations; Registration. Certificates for the Initial
International Securities and the International Option Securities, if any, shall
be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Lead Managers may
request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or
the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the
Initial International Securities and the International Option Securities, if
any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Lead Managers
in The City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M.
17
<PAGE> 22
(Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant
Date of Delivery, as the case may be.
(e) Appointment of Qualified Independent Underwriter. The Company and the
Selling Stockholders hereby confirm their engagement of Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith as, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith hereby confirms
its agreement with the Company and the Selling Stockholders to render services
as, a "qualified independent underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2720 of
the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. with
respect to the offering and sale of the Dealers, Inc. with respect to the
offering and sale of the International Securities. Merrill Lynch, Pierce,
Fenner & Smith, solely in its capacity as qualified independent underwriter and
not otherwise, is referred to herein as the "Independent Underwriter."
SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants with each
International Manager as follows:
(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests. The
Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule
430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Global Coordinator as soon
as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any
supplement to the Prospectuses or any amended Prospectuses shall have been
filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any
request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or
any amendment or supplement to the Prospectuses or for additional information,
and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or
suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the
qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of
the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes. The
Company will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 424(b) and
will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the
form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for
filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly
file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent
the issuance of any stop order and, if any stop order is issued, to obtain the
lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.
(b) Filing of Amendments. The Company will give the Global Coordinator
notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration
Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any Term Sheet or any
amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the
Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectuses,
will furnish the Global Coordinator with copies of any such
18
<PAGE> 23
documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or
use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the
Global Coordinator or counsel for the International Managers shall not have
given its consent which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
(c) Delivery of Registration Statements. The Company has furnished or
will deliver to the Lead Managers and counsel for the International Managers,
without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed
and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or
incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and
certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Lead Managers, without
charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and
of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the International
Managers. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto
furnished to the International Managers will be substantially identical to the
electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to
EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(d) Delivery of Prospectuses. The Company has delivered to each
International Manager, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary
prospectus as such International Manager reasonably requested, and the Company
hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933
Act. The Company will furnish to each International Manager, without charge,
during the period when the International Prospectus is required to be delivered
under the 1933 Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "1934 Act"),
such number of copies of the International Prospectus (as amended or
supplemented) as such International Manager may reasonably request. The
International Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to
the International Managers will be substantially identical to the
electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to
EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.
(e) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws. The Company will comply
with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion
of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement, the
U.S. Purchase Agreement and in the Prospectuses. If at any time when a
prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales
of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result
of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the International
Managers or for the Company, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or
supplement the Prospectuses in order that the Prospectuses will not include any
untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
in
19
<PAGE> 24
order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the
circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it
shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend
the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectuses in order to
comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the
Company will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section
3(b), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such
statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the
Prospectuses comply with such requirements, and the Company will furnish to the
International Managers such number of copies of such amendment or supplement
as the International Managers may reasonably request.
(f) Blue Sky Qualifications. The Company will use its best efforts, in
cooperation with the International Managers, to qualify the Securities for
offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other
jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Global Coordinator may designate and
to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of time as may be
necessary to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however,
that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service
of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities
in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to
taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not
otherwise so subject. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been
so qualified, the Company will file such statements and reports as may be
required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in
effect for a period of time as may be necessary to complete the distribution of
the Securities.
(g) Rule 158. The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the
1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its
securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes
of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section
11(a) of the 1933 Act.
(h) Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the net proceeds received by it
from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Prospectuses
under "Use of Proceeds."
(i) Listing. The Company will use its best efforts to effect the listing
of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on the New York Stock Exchange.
(j) Restriction on Sale of Securities. During a period of 180 days from
the date of the Prospectuses, the Company will not, without the prior written
consent of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, (i) directly or indirectly,
offer, pledge, sell, contract
20
<PAGE> 25
to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or
contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise
transfer or dispose of any share of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration
statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter
into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole
or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the
Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or
(ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other
securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A)
the Securities to be sold hereunder or under the U.S. Purchase Agreement, (B)
any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option
or warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof and
referred to in the Prospectuses, or (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or
options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit
plans of the Company referred to in the Prospectuses.
(k) Reporting Requirements. The Company, during the period when the
Prospectuses are required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act,
will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to
the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder.
(l) Compliance with Rule 463. The Company will file with the Commission
such reports on Form SR as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 of the 1933 Act
Regulations.
SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.
(a) Expenses. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses
incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement,
including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration
Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and
of each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the
Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other
documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale,
issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and
delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including
any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon
the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the
fees and disbursements of the Company's counsel, accountants and other
advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in
accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees
and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
connection
21
<PAGE> 26
therewith and in connection with the preparation, printing and delivery
of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and
delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, any Term
Sheets and of the Prospectuses and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii)
the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities,
(viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements
of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") of the terms of the sale
of the Securities, (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
listing of the Securities on the New York Stock Exchange and (x)the fees and
expenses of the Independent Underwriter.
(b) Expenses of the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders,
jointly and severally, will pay all expenses incident to the performance of
their respective obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) any stamp duties, capital duties
and stock transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the sale of the Securities to
the Underwriters, and their transfer between the Underwriters pursuant to an
agreement between such Underwriters, and (ii) the fees and disbursements of
their respective counsel and accountants.
(c) Termination of Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated by the Lead
Managers in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or
Section 11 hereof, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall reimburse the
International Managers for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred in connection with the sale of the Securities, including the
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the International Managers.
(d) Allocation of Expenses. The provisions of this Section shall not
affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may make for
the sharing of such costs and expenses.
SECTION 5. Conditions of International Managers' Obligations. The
obligations of the several International Managers hereunder are subject to the
accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling
Stockholders contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of
the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or on behalf of any Selling
Stockholder delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by
the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the
following further conditions:
(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement,
including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at
Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement shall have been issued
22
<PAGE> 27
under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by
the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional
information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of
counsel to the International Managers. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A
Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule
424(b) (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been
filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A)
or, if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall have
been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b).
(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company. At Closing Time, the Lead Managers
shall have received the favorable opinions, dated as of Closing Time, of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), special counsel for the
Company, and G. Douglas Patterson, Vice-President and General Counsel of the
Company, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the
International Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
letter for each of the other International Managers to the aggregate effect set
forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the
International Managers may reasonably request. In giving such opinion such
counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other
than the federal law of the United States and the General Corporation Law of
the State of Delaware, upon the opinions of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom LLP and such other counsel satisfactory to the U.S. Representatives. Such
counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters,
they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers
of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
(c) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders. At Closing Time, the
Lead Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing
Time, of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison, counsel for the Selling
Stockholders, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the
International Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such
letter for each of the other International Managers to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the International
Managers may reasonably request.
(d) Opinion of Counsel for the International Managers. At Closing
Time, the Lead Managers shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of
Closing Time, of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the International Managers,
together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other
International Managers with respect to the matters set forth in clauses (i),
(ii), (v), (vi) (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by
operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Company), (viii) through
(x), inclusive, (xii), (xiv) (solely as to the
23
<PAGE> 28
information in the Prospectus under "Description of Capital Stock--Common
Stock") and the penultimate paragraph of Exhibit A hereto. In giving such
opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of
jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York the federal law of
the United States and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,
upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the International Managers. Such
counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters,
they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers
of the Company and its subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.
(e) Officers' Certificate. At Closing Time, there shall not have been,
since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is
given in the Prospectuses, any material adverse change in the condition,
financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Lead
Managers shall have received a certificate of the President or a Vice President
of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the
Company, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no
such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in
Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as
though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied
with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or
satisfied at or prior to Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings
for that purpose have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated by the
Commission.
(f) Certificate of Selling Stockholders. At Closing Time, the Lead
Managers shall have received a certificate of each Selling Stockholder, dated
as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties
of each Selling Stockholder contained in Section 1(b) hereof are true and
correct in all respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made
at and as of Closing Time and (ii) each Selling Stockholder has complied in all
material respects with all agreements and all conditions on its part to be
performed under this Agreement at or prior to Closing Time.
(g) Accountant's Comfort Letter. At the time of the execution of this
Agreement, the Lead Managers shall have received from Price Waterhouse L.L.P. a
letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lead
Managers, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of
the other International Managers containing statements and information of the
type ordinarily included in accountants' "comfort letters" to
24
<PAGE> 29
underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial
information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectuses.
(h) Bring-down Comfort Letter. At Closing Time, the Lead Managers shall
have received from Price Waterhouse L.L.P. a letter, dated as of Closing Time,
to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished
pursuant to subsection (g) of this Section, except that the specified date
referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to Closing
Time.
(i) Approval of Listing. At Closing Time, the Securities shall have been
approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject only to official
notice of issuance.
(j) No Objection. The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any
objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting
terms and arrangements.
(k) Lock-up Agreements. At the date of this Agreement, the Lead Managers
shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto
signed by the persons listed on Schedule D hereto.
(l) Purchase of Initial U.S. Securities. Contemporaneously with the
purchase by the International Managers of the Initial International Securities
under this Agreement, the U.S. Underwriters shall have purchased the Initial
U.S. Managers Securities under the U.S. Purchase Agreement.
(m) Closing of New Credit Facility. The execution of the New Credit
Facility (as defined in the International Prospectus) shall have occurred or
shall occur simultaneously with the closing of the Offerings.
(n) Conditions to Purchase of International Option Securities. In the
event that the International Managers exercise their option provided in Section
2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the International Option
Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein
and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and any
subsidiary of the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date
of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Lead Managers shall have
received:
(i) Officers' Certificate. A certificate, dated such Date of
Delivery, of the President or a Vice President of the Company and of the
chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that
the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(e)
hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.
25
<PAGE> 30
(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company. The favorable opinion of
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), counsel for the Company,
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the
International Managers, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the
International Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery
and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b)
hereof.
(iii) Opinion of Counsel for International Managers. The
favorable opinion of Mayer, Brown & Platt, counsel for the International
Managers, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the International Option
Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the
same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(d) hereof.
(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter. A letter from Price Waterhouse
L.L.P. satisfactory to the Lead Managers and dated such Date of Delivery,
substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the
Lead Managers pursuant to Section 5(h) hereof, except that the "specified
date" in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date
not more than five days prior to such Date of Delivery.
(o) Additional Documents. At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery,
counsel for the International Managers shall have been furnished with such
documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of
enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the
representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions,
herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as
herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
the Lead Managers and counsel for the International Managers.
(p) Termination of Agreement. If any condition specified in this Section
shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this
Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of the
International Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the
Closing Time, the obligations of the several International Managers to purchase
the relevant International Option Securities, may be terminated by the Lead
Managers by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or
such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be
without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section
4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive any such termination and
remain in full force and effect.
26
<PAGE> 31
SECTION 6. Indemnification.
(a) Indemnification of International Managers. (1) The Company and the
Selling Stockholders, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold
harmless each International Manager and each person, if any, who controls any
International Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act to the extent and in the manner set forth in clauses
(i), (ii) and (iii) below and in Section 6(a)(2).
(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration
Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information
and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged
omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectuses (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission
therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading;
(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid
in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim
whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such
alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section
6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders; and
(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred
(including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch),
reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any
litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency
or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any
such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or
omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii)
above;
provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or
on behalf of any International Manager through the Lead Managers expressly for
use
27
<PAGE> 32
in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including
the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any
preliminary prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any amendment or
supplement thereto). The foregoing indemnity with respect to any untrue
statement contained in or any omission from the Registration Statement shall not
inure to the benefit of any International Manager from whom the person asserting
any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense purchased any of the
Securities that are the subject thereof if the Company shall sustain the burden
of providing that (i) the untrue statement omission contained in the
Registration Statement was corrected and (ii) such person was not sent or given
a copy of the International Prospectus which corrected the untrue statement or
omission to or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities
to such persons.
(2) In addition to and without limitation of the Company's and each
Selling Stockholder's obligation to indemnify Merrill Lynch as an Underwriter,
the Company and each Selling Stockholder also, jointly and severally, agree to
indemnify and hold harmless the Independent Underwriter and each person, if
any, who controls the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15
of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, from and against any and all
loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, incurred as
a result of the Independent Underwriter's participation as a "qualified
independent underwriter" within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the Conduct Rules
of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. in connection with the
offering of the Securities.
(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers and Selling
Stockholders. Each International Manager severally agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the
Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act,
and each Selling Stockholder and each person, if any, who controls any Selling
Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of
the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a)(1) of this Section, as
incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged
untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any
amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434
Information, if applicable, or any preliminary International prospectus or the
International Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or
on behalf of such International Manager through the Lead Managers expressly
for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or
28
<PAGE> 33
such preliminary prospectus or the International Prospectus (or any amendment
or supplement thereto).
(c) Actions against Parties; Notification. Each indemnified party shall
give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of
any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought
hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve
such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not
materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it
from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this
indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section
6(a)(1) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill
Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above,
counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company or the
relevant Selling Stockholder. An indemnifying party may participate at its own
expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to
the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified
party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the
indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel
(in addition to one local counsel in each jurisdiction) separate from their own
counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or
separate but similar or related actions arising out of the same general
allegations or circumstances; provided, that, if indemnity is sought pursuant
to Section 6(a)(2), then, in addition to the fees and expenses of such counsel
for the indemnified parties, the indemnifying party shall be liable for the
reasonable fees and expenses of not more than one counsel (in addition to one
local counsel in each jurisdiction) separate from its own counsel and that of
the other indemnified parties for the Independent Underwriter in its capacity
as a "qualified independent underwriter" and all persons, if any, who control
the Independent Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of 1934 Act in connection with any one action or separate but
similar or related actions arising out of the same general allegations or
circumstances if, in the reasonable judgment of the Independent Underwriter,
there may exist a conflict of interest between the Independent Underwriter and
the other indemnified parties. Any such separate counsel for the Independent
Underwriter and such control persons of the Independent Underwriter shall be
designated in writing by the Independent Underwriter. No indemnifying party
shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any
litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or
body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which
indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or
Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or
potential parties thereto), unless such
29
<PAGE> 34
settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release
of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation,
investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to
or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any
indemnified party.
(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If at any time an
indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the
indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by
Section 6(a)(1)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement
is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of
the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice
of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being
entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such
indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such
settlement.
(e) Other Agreements with Respect to Indemnification. The provisions of
this Section shall not affect any agreement among the Company and the Selling
Stockholders with respect to indemnification.
SECTION 7. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 6
hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses
incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the International Managers on the
other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or
(ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative
benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and of the International
Managers on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations.
The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders
on the one hand and the International Managers on the other hand in
connection with the offering of the International Securities pursuant to this
Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total
net proceeds from the offering of the International Securities pursuant to this
Agreement
30
<PAGE> 35
(before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and the total underwriting discount received by the International
Managers, in each case as set forth on the cover of the International
Prospectus, or, if Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the Term
Sheet bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the International
Securities as set forth on such cover.
The relative fault of the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one
hand and the International Managers on the other hand shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling
Stockholders or by the International Managers and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.
The Company, the Selling Stockholders and the International Managers agree
that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this
Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the International
Managers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred
to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities,
claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to
above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or
defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any
governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever
based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no International Manager
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the International Securities underwritten by it and
distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any
damages which such International Manager has otherwise been required to pay by
reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission.
No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.
For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an
International Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or
Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights
31
<PAGE> 36
to contribution as such International Manager, and each director of the
Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and
each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within
the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall
have the same rights to contribution as the Company or such Selling Stockholder,
as the case may be. The International Managers' respective obligations to
contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of
Initial International Securities set forth opposite their respective names in
Schedule A hereto and not joint.
The provisions of this Section shall not affect any agreement among the
Company and the Selling Stockholders with respect to contribution.
SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.
All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or
in certificates of officers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the
Selling Stockholders submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in
full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
any International Manager or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the
Company or the Selling Stockholders, and shall survive delivery of the
Securities to the International Managers.
SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.
(a) Termination; General. The Lead Managers may terminate this Agreement,
by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, at any time at or prior
to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this
Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
International Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition,
financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business
prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise,
whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has
occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United
States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or
escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development
involving a prospective change in national or international political,
financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as
to make it, in the judgment of the Lead Managers, impracticable to market the
Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if
trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially
limited by the Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, or if trading
generally on the American Stock Exchange or the New York Stock Exchange or in
the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum
or
32
<PAGE> 37
maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices
have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of
the Commission, the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or any
other governmental authority, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared
by Federal, New York or Illinois authorities.
(b) Liabilities. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this
Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other
party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that
Sections 1, 6, 7 and 8 shall survive such termination and remain in full force
and effect.
SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the International Managers. If one
or more of the International Managers shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of
Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase
under this Agreement (the "Defaulted Securities"), the Lead Managers shall have
the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of
the non-defaulting International Managers, or any other underwriters, to
purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such
amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth. If,
however, the International Managers shall not have completed such arrangements
within such 24-hour period, then:
(a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the
number of International Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the
non-defaulting International Managers shall be obligated, severally and not
jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their
respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting
obligations of all non-defaulting International Managers, or
(b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of
International Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with
respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the
obligation of the International Managers to purchase, and of the Company to
sell, the International Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date
of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting
International Manager.
No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting
International Manager from liability in respect of its default.
In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of
this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing
Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the
International Managers to
33
<PAGE> 38
purchase and the Company to sell the relevant International Option
Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Lead Managers or (ii) the Company
and any Selling Stockholder shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the
relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven
days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or
Prospectuses or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the
term "International Manager" includes any person substituted for an
International Manager under this Section 10.
SECTION 11. Default by one or more of the Selling Stockholders or the
Company. (a) If a Selling Stockholder shall fail at Closing Time to sell and
deliver the number of International Securities which such Selling Stockholder
is obligated to sell hereunder, then the International Managers may, at option
of the Lead Managers, by notice from the Lead Managers to the Company and the
non-defaulting Selling Stockholders, either (a) terminate this Agreement
without any liability on the fault of any non-defaulting party except that the
provisions of Sections 1, 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect
or (b) elect to purchase the International Securities which the non-defaulting
Selling Stockholders and the Company have agreed to sell hereunder. No action
taken pursuant to this Section 11 shall relieve any Selling Stockholder so
defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such default.
In the event of a default by any Selling Stockholder as referred to in this
Section 11, each of the International Managers, the Company and the
non-defaulting Selling Stockholders shall have the right to postpone Closing
Time for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required
change in the Registration Statement or Prospectuses or in any other documents
or arrangements.
(b) If the Company shall fail at Closing Time or at the Date of Delivery
to sell the number of International Securities that it is obligated to sell
hereunder, then this Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the
part of any nondefaulting party; provided, however, that the provisions of
Sections 1, 4, 6, 7 and 8 shall remain in full force and effect. No action
taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company from liability, if
any, in respect of such default.
SECTION 12. Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the
International Managers shall be directed to the Lead Managers at North Tower,
World Financial Center, New York, New York 10281-1201, attention of Todd
Kaplan; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 100 Tri-State Drive,
Suite 200, Lincolnshire, Illinois 60069, attention of G. Douglas Patterson; and
notices to the Selling Stockholders shall be
34
<PAGE> 39
directed to ___________________________, attention of __________________.
SECTION 13. Parties. This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the International Managers, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned
in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or
corporation, other than the International Managers, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors and the controlling persons and
officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and
legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or
in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement
and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the International Managers, the Company and the Selling
Stockholders and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and
officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the
benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities
from any International Manager shall be deemed to be a successor by reason
merely of such purchase.
SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS
OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.
SECTION 15. Effect of Headings. The Article and Section headings herein
and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the
construction hereof.
35
<PAGE> 40
If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement,
please sign and return to the Company and each Selling Stockholder a
counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts,
will become a binding agreement among the International Managers, the Company
and the Selling Stockholders in accordance with its terms.
Very truly yours,
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
By:_______________________
Name:_____________________
Title:____________________
ACADIA PARTNERS, L.P.
By: ACADIA FW PARTNERS, L.P.,
its General Partner
By: ACADIA MGP, INC.
its Managing Partner
By:_______________________
Name:_____________________
Title:____________________
ACADIA ELECTRA PARTNERS, L.P.
By: ACADIA PARTNERS, L.P.
By: ACADIA FW PARTNERS, L.P.,
its General Partner
By: ACADIA MGP, INC.
its Managing Partner
By:_______________________
Name:_____________________
Title:____________________
36
<PAGE> 41
CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED,
as of the date first above written:
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
LEHMAN BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL (EUROPE)
SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
By: MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
By _________________________________________
Authorized Signatory
For themselves and as Lead Managers of the other International Mangers named in
Schedule A hereto.
37
<PAGE> 42
SCHEDULE A
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name of Underwriter Number of
------------------- Initial
Securities
----------
<S> <C>
Merrill Lynch International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lehman Brothers International (Europe). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Salomon Brothers International Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
______________
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,680,000
=========
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 43
SCHEDULE B
Number of Initial
Securities to be Sold
---------------------
Ivex Packaging Corporation
Selling Stockholders:
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,680,000
=========
<PAGE> 44
SCHEDULE C
IVEX PACKAGING CORPORATION
1,680,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Par Value $.01 Per Share)
1. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities, determined
as provided in said Section 2, shall be $__.
2. The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several
Underwriters shall be $__, being an amount equal to the initial public
offering price set forth above less $__ per share; provided that the
purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the
exercise of the over-allotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be
reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions
declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not
payable on the Option Securities.
<PAGE> 45
[SCHEDULE D]
[LIST OF PERSONS AND ENTITIES SUBJECT TO LOCK-UP]
George V. Bayly
Frank V. Tannura
Richard R. Cote
Donald C. Devine
Thomas C. Ellsworth
Gene J. Gentili
Roger A. Kurinsky
Jeremy S. Lawrence
G. Douglas Patterson
David E. Wartner
Eugene M. Whitacre
Glenn R. August
Anthony P. Scotto
Robert W. George
Acadia Partners, L.P.
Acadia Electra Partners, L.P.
FWHY Coinvestments I Partners, L.P.
FWHY Coinvestments III Partners, L.P.
Rosecliff-Ivex Packaging 1990 Partners, L.P.
Rosecliff-IPMC 1991 Partners, L.P.
<PAGE> 46
Exhibit A
FORM OF OPINION OF COMPANY'S COUNSEL
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 5(b)
(i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.
(ii) The Company has corporate power and corporate authority to own, lease
and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in
the Prospectuses and to enter into and perform its obligations under
the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement.
(iii) The Company, based solely upon a review of "good standing" certificates,
is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction set forth on an Exhibit attached
hereto.
(iv) The authorized, issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company is as
set forth in the Prospectuses in the column entitled "Historical" under
the caption "Capitalization" (except for subsequent issuances, if any,
pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement or pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit
plans referred to in the Prospectuses or pursuant to the exercise of
convertible securities or options referred to in the Prospectuses); the
shares of issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company, including
the Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers from the Selling Stockholders, have been duly
authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; and
none of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company was issued
in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any
securityholder of the Company arising by operation of law under the
charter or by-laws of the Company or, to the knowledge of such counsel,
any other agreement to which the Company is a party.
(v) The Securities to be purchased by the U.S. Underwriters and the
International Managers from the Company have been duly authorized for
issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, respectively, and,
when
<PAGE> 47
issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, respectively,
against payment of the consideration set forth in the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement, will be validly
issued and fully paid and non-assessable and no holder of the Securities
is or will be subject to personal liability solely by reason of being
such a holder.
(vi) The issuance and sale of the Securities by the Company and the sale of
the Securities by the Selling Stockholders is not subject to the
preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company
arising by operation of law under the charter or by-laws of the Company
or, to the knowledge of such counsel, any other agreement to which the
Company is a party.
(vii) Each Subsidiary has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as a
corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation, has corporate power and corporate authority to own, lease
and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in
the Prospectuses and, based solely upon "good standing" certificates, is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in
good standing in each jurisdiction listed on an Exhibit attached hereto;
except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, all of the
issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly
authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and, to
the best of such counsel's knowledge, based solely on a review of the
stock records and minute books of the Company, is owned by the Company,
directly or through subsidiaries, free and clear of any security
interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity; none of
the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in
violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of
such Subsidiary.
(viii) Each of the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the International Purchase
Agreement and the New Credit Facility has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by the Company.
(ix) Based solely upon a telephone conversation with the Staff of the
Commission, the Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, has been declared effective under the 1933 Act;
any required filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) has been
made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b);
and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement has been issued
<PAGE> 48
under the 1933 Act and no proceedings for that purpose have been
instituted or are pending or threatened by the Commission.
(x) The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration
Statement, the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, as
applicable, the Prospectuses, and each amendment or supplement to the
Registration Statement and Prospectuses, as of their respective
effective or issue dates (other than the financial statements and
supporting schedules included therein or omitted therefrom, as to which
such counsel need express no opinion) complied as to form in all
material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933
Act Regulations.
(xi) If Rule 434 has been relied upon, the Prospectuses were not "materially
different," as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectuses
included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.
(xii) The form of certificate used to evidence the Common Stock complies in
all material respects with all applicable statutory requirements, with
any applicable requirements of the charter and by-laws of the Company
and the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.
(xiii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there is not pending or
threatened any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, to
which the Company or any subsidiary is a party, or to which the property
of the Company or any subsidiary is subject, before or brought by any
court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, which might
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which
might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the
properties or assets thereof or the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations
thereunder.
(xiv) The information in the Prospectuses under "Description of Capital
Stock," "Business-Environmental Matters and Government Regulation" and
in the Registration Statement under Item 14, to the extent that it
constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, the Company's
charter and bylaws or legal proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been
reviewed by such counsel and is correct in all material respects.
<PAGE> 49
(xv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no statutes or
regulations that are required to be described in the Prospectuses that
are not described as required.
(xvi) All descriptions in the Registration Statement of contracts and other
documents to which the Company or its subsidiaries are a party are
accurate in all material respects; to the best of such counsel's
knowledge, there are no franchises, contracts, indentures, mortgages,
loan agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required to be
described or referred to in the Registration Statement or to be filed as
exhibits thereto other than those described or referred to therein or
filed or incorporated by reference as exhibits thereto.
(xvii) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor any
subsidiary is in violation of its charter or by-laws and no default by
the Company or any subsidiary exists in the due performance or
observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant or condition
contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note,
lease or other agreement or instrument that is described or referred to
in the Registration Statement or the Prospectuses or filed or
incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.
(xviii) No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order,
registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental
authority or agency, domestic or foreign (other than under the 1933 Act
and the 1933 Act Regulations, which have been obtained, or as may be
required under the securities or blue sky laws of the various states, as
to which such counsel need express no opinion) is necessary or required
in connection with the due authorization, execution and delivery of the
U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement or for
the offering, issuance, sale or delivery of the Securities.
(xix) The execution, delivery and performance of the U.S. Purchase Agreement,
the International Purchase Agreement, the New Credit Facility and the
Offers to Purchase and Consent Solicitations Statement, dated August 27,
1997 (the "Offers") and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the International Purchase
Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Offers (including the
issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from
the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectuses under the
caption "Use Of Proceeds") and compliance by the Company with its
obligations under the U.S. Purchase
<PAGE> 50
Agreement, the International Purchase Agreement, the New Credit
Facility and the Offers do not and will not, whether with or without the
giving of notice or lapse of time or both, conflict with or constitute a
breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined in Section 1(a)(x)
of the U.S. Purchase Agreement) under or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or
assets of the Company or any subsidiary pursuant to any contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note,
lease or any other agreement or instrument, known to such counsel, to
which the Company or any subsidiary is a party or by which it or any of
them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the
Company or any subsidiary is subject (except for such conflicts,
breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not
have a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any
violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws of the Company or
any subsidiary, or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, writ or decree, known to such counsel, of any
government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign,
having jurisdiction over the Company or any subsidiary or any of their
respective properties, assets or operations.
(xx) Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, to the best of such
counsel's knowledge, there are no agreements between the Company and any
person granting such person the right to require the Company to include
any Securities in the Registration Statement.
(xxi) The Company is not an "investment company" or an entity "controlled" by
an "investment company," as such terms are defined in the 1940 Act.
(xxii) The Offers complied in all material respects with the federal securities
laws; each supplemental indenture relating to IPC's 12-1/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes or the Company's 13-1/4% Senior Discount Debentures
entered into by the Company complied with the terms of the applicable
indenture.
Nothing has come to such counsel's attention that would lead such counsel
to believe that the Registration Statement or any amendment thereto, including
the Rule 430A Information and Rule 434 Information (if applicable) (except for
financial statements and schedules and other financial data included therein or
omitted therefrom, as to which such counsel need make no statement), at the time
such Registration Statement or any such amendment became effective, contained an
untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required
to be stated therein or
<PAGE> 51
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that the Prospectuses
or any amendment or supplement thereto (except for financial statements and
schedules and other financial data included therein or omitted therefrom, as to
which such counsel need make no statement), at the time the Prospectuses were
issued, at the time any such amended or supplemented prospectus was issued or at
the Closing Time, included or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or
omitted or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
made, not misleading.
In rendering such opinion, such counsel may rely as to matters of fact (but
not as to legal conclusions), to the extent they deem proper, on certificates of
responsible officers of the Company and public officials. Such opinion shall
not state that it is to be governed or qualified by, or that it is otherwise
subject to, any treatise, written policy or other document relating to legal
opinions, including, without limitation, the Legal Opinion Accord of the ABA
Section of Business Law (1991).
<PAGE> 52
Exhibit B
FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(c)
(i) No filing with, or consent, approval, authorization, license, order,
registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental
authority or agency, domestic or foreign, (other than the issuance of
the order of the Commission declaring the Registration Statement
effective and such authorizations, approvals or consents as may be
necessary under state securities laws, as to which such counsel need
express no opinion) is necessary or required to be obtained by the
Selling Stockholders for the performance by each Selling Stockholder of
its obligations under the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement or in connection with the offer, sale or delivery of
the Securities.
(ii) The U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International Purchase
Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by of each
Selling Stockholder.
(iii) The execution, delivery and performance of the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement and the sale and
delivery of the Securities and the consummation of the transactions
contemplated in the U.S. Purchase Agreement, the International Purchase
Agreement and in the Registration Statement and compliance by the
Selling Stockholders with its obligations under the U.S. Purchase
Agreement and the International Purchase Agreement have been duly
authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Selling
Stockholders and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving
of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a
breach of, or default under or result in the creation or imposition of
any tax, lien, charge or encumbrance upon the Securities or any property
or assets of the Selling Stockholders pursuant to, any contract,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note,
license, lease or other instrument or agreement to which any Selling
Stockholder is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of
the property or assets of the Selling Stockholders may be subject nor
will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the
charter or by-laws of any Selling Stockholder, if applicable, or any
law, administrative regulation, judgment or order of any governmental
agency or body or any administrative or
<PAGE> 53
court decree having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or any of
its properties.
(iv) To the best of such counsel's knowledge, each Selling Stockholder
has valid and marketable title to the Securities to be sold by such
Selling Stockholder pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the
International Purchase Agreement, free and clear of any pledge, lien,
security interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind, and
has full right, power and authority to sell, transfer and deliver such
Securities pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement and the International
Purchase Agreement. By delivery of a certificate or certificates
therefor such Selling Stockholder will transfer to the Underwriters who
have purchased such Securities pursuant to the U.S. Purchase Agreement
and the International Purchase Agreement (without notice of any defect
in the title of such Selling Stockholder and who are otherwise bona fide
purchasers for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code) valid and
marketable title to such Securities, free and clear of any pledge, lien,
security interest, charge, claim, equity or encumbrance of any kind.
<PAGE> 54
[FORM OF LOCK-UP FROM DIRECTORS, OFFICERS OR OTHER STOCKHOLDERS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 5K)]
Exhibit C
______, 1997
MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL
LEHMAN BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL (EUROPE)
SALOMON BROTHERS INTERNATIONAL LIMITED
as Lead Managers of the several
International Managers to be named in the
within-mentioned International Purchase Agreement
c/o Merrill Lynch & Co.
Merrill Lynch International
Ropemaker Place
25 Ropemaker Street
London EC24 9L4
England
Re: Proposed Public Offering by Ivex Packaging Corporation
Dear Sirs:
The undersigned, a stockholder [and an officer and/or director] of Ivex
Packaging Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), understands that
Merrill Lynch International ("Merrill Lynch"), Lehman Brothers International
(Europe) and Salomon Brothers International Limited propose to enter into an
International Purchase Agreement (the "International Purchase Agreement") with
the Company and the Selling Stockholders providing for the public offering of
shares (the "Securities") of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Common Stock"). In recognition of the benefit that such an
offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder [and an officer
and/or director] of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned
agrees with each underwriter to be named in the International Purchase
Agreement that, during a period of l80 days from the date of the International
Purchase Agreement, the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent
of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, directly or indirectly,
(i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the
Company's Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or
exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the
undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires
the power of disposition, or
<PAGE> 55
file any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other
agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether
any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or
other securities, in cash or otherwise.
Very truly yours,
Signature: __________________
Print Name: _________________
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated January 21, 1997, except
as to Notes 5 and 14, which are as of March 24, 1997, relating to the
consolidated financial statements of Ivex Packaging Corporation and its
subsidiaries, which appears in such Prospectus. We also consent to the
application of such report to the Financial Statement Schedules for the three
years ended December 31, 1996 listed under Item 16(b) of this Registration
Statement when such schedules are read in conjunction with the consolidated
financial statements referred to in our report. The audits referred to in such
report also included these schedules. We also consent to the reference to us
under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
Price Waterhouse LLP
Chicago, Illinois
September 26, 1997
